Chief Editor

Dr. A. Singaraj, M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.

Managing Editor
Mrs.M.Josephin Immaculate Ruba
EDITORIAL ADVISORS
1. Prof. Dr.Said I.Shalaby, MD,Ph.D. ISSN (Online): 2455-7838
Professor & Vice President
Tropical Medicine, SJIF Impact Factor (2022):8.197
Hepatology & Gastroenterology, NRC, ISI I.F. Value : 1.241
Academy of Scientific Research and Technology,
Cairo, Egypt. DOI : 10.36713/epra2016
2. Dr. Mussie T. Tessema,
Associate Professor,
Department of Business Administration,
Winona State University, MN, EPRA International Journal of
United States of America,
3. Dr. Mengsteab Tesfayohannes,
Associate Professor,
Department of Management,
Research &
Sigmund Weis School of Business,
Susquehanna University,
Selinsgrove, PENN,
Development
United States of America,
4. Dr. Ahmed Sebihi
(IJRD)
Associate Professor
Islamic Culture and Social Sciences (ICSS),
Monthly Peer Reviewed & Indexed
Department of General Education (DGE), International Online Journal
Gulf Medical University (GMU),
UAE.
5. Dr. Anne Maduka, Volume: 7, Issue:9, September 2022
Assistant Professor,
Department of Economics,
Anambra State University, Indexed By:
Igbariam Campus,
Nigeria.
6. Dr. D.K. Awasthi, M.SC., Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Department of Chemistry,
Sri J.N.P.G. College,
Charbagh, Lucknow,
Uttar Pradesh. India
7. Dr. Tirtharaj Bhoi, M.A, Ph.D,
Assistant Professor,
School of Social Science,
University of Jammu,
Jammu, Jammu & Kashmir, India.
8. Dr. Pradeep Kumar Choudhury,
Assistant Professor,
Institute for Studies in Industrial Development,
An ICSSR Research Institute,
New Delhi- 110070, India.
9. Dr. Gyanendra Awasthi, M.Sc., Ph.D., NET
Associate Professor & HOD
Department of Biochemistry,
Dolphin (PG) Institute of Biomedical & Natural
Sciences,
Dehradun, Uttarakhand, India.
10. Dr. C. Satapathy,
Published By
Director,
Amity Humanity Foundation, EPRA Publishing
Amity Business School, Bhubaneswar, CC License
Orissa, India.
11. Dr. Oybek Kamilovich Komilov, PhD
Assistant Professor,
Andizhan State University, Andijan city,
Republic of Uzbekistan, 170100
SJIF Impact Factor 2021: 8.013| ISI I.F.Value:1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7| Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CONTENTS
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR/S PAGES
1 AN AYURVEDIC PROTOCOL FOR THE Dr. Krishika.M, Dr. Athira B, 1-4
PREVENTION OF ADENOMYOSIS-A Dr. Kashavva V Hiremath
CONCEPTUAL STUDY
2 SOCIAL SECURITY MEASURES AND Dr.P.Firoz Babu 5-12
LIFESTYLE BEHAVIOUR OF ELDERS
3 CONTENT, MEANS AND METHODS OF Azimova Makhfuza Hasanovna 13-18
FORMATION OF COMMUNICATION
CULTURE IN FUTURE FOREIGN
LANGUAGE TEACHERS
4 RECENT DEVELOPMENT OF Ishita Mukherjee 19-31
POLYSACCHARIDE BASED GEL:
POROSITY BASED CLASSIFICATION
AND A FUTURE PERSPECTIVE
5 THE FEMINIST RESPONSES TO MARY Anasuya Adhikari , Dr. Birbal Saha 32-38
WOLLSTONECRAFT: A READING
6 EFFICACY OF PRIMARY SCHOOL Madan Ghosal, 39-45
TEACHERS IN RAGHUNATHPUR OF Dr. Ujjwal Kumar Panda
PURULIA DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL
7 THE ANALYSES OF CHRONOTOPE OF Urayeva Darmonoy Saidjanovna, 46-48
THE ROAD IN JOHN STEINBECK'S Yunusova Ganjina Rustamovna
NOVEL THE GRAPES OF WRATH
8 CUSTOMER SEGMENTATION USING V.K.G.Kalaiselvi, A. Ponmalar , 49-56
MACHINE LEARNING Hariharan Shanmugasundaram,
Bhanuprasad A , Mamathibala V,
Swetha Sri M
9 HOMOTOPY GROUP OF SPHERES, Deep Bhattacharjee, 57-64
HOPF FIBRATIONS AND VILLARCEAU Sanjeevan Singha Roy,
CIRCLES Riddhima Sadhu
10 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR ANALYSIS: Yashwi Saini, Hridya Gandhi, 65-71
SUSTAINABLE FOOD WRAPPING WITH Samakshi Garg, Khushi Joshi,
BEESWAX Anika, Dharvi Singhal
11 SOCIAL POSITION OF MERCHANTS OF Shokhida Davurova 72-74
BUKHARA EMIRATE
12 A COMPILATION OF DIFFERENT Dr Adeeb A ,Dr Nancy Jeyaseeli, 75-81
ANJANA YOGAS EXPLAINED FOR Dr Arun Das, Dr Pratibha Prakash ,
ADHIMANTA CHIKITSA IN SUSRUTHA Dr Arun Biradar
SAMHITHA, ASHTANGA HRUDYA,
ASHTANGA SANGRAHA,
YOGATRATNAKARA, CHAKRADATTA
13 MANAGEMENT OF NON- Dr. Elezebath John 82-85
COMMUNICABLE DISEASES DURING
2018 FLOOD IN KOZHENCHERRY
TALUK OF KERALA
14 APPROACHES TO THE STUDY OF Matyakubova Gulnoza Atabekovna 86-89
EDUCATIONAL AND PEDAGOGICAL
WORKS OF NOSIRIDDIN TUSI
15 REAL-TIME HIDDEN DATA D.Monica Satyavathi, B.Vandana 90-94
TRANSMISSION USING LORA Mala, Ch.Veera Vamsi, Ch.Chiranjeevi,
Ch.Neeraj
16 INFORMAL SECTOR AND POVERTY Dr. Grace Ngozi Ekpounobi 95-102
ERADICATION STRATEGIES IN THE Dr. Haruna Ismaila Maikujeri
NEW NORMAL OF COVID-19
PANDEMIC IN NORTH-WEST, NIGERIA
17 A REVIEW ON THE FREQUENCY Ashok Maruvada, Ramana Pilla 103-107
RESTORATION IN A TWO AREA POWER
SYSTEM
18 A RAPID NOVEL ANALYTICAL METHOD Vankudoth Kavitha, Usha Kondla, 108-114
FOR SIMULTANEOUS ESTIMATION OF P.V Pavan Kumar, Gopi Swapna
GRAZOPREVIR AND ELBASVIR BY
USING RP-HPLC
19 AN EMPIRICAL STUDY ON LIFE Dr.Prasad Mahale, Dr. C.K Hebbar 115-118
INSURANCE POLICYHOLDERS AND
INNOVATIONS IN INSURANCE SECTOR:
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INDIA
20 THE MAIN FEATURES OF GENDER Haqberdiyeva Gulrux Tolibovna 119-121
LINGUISTICS
21 GENERATORS OF BOREL MEASURABLE Deep Bhattacharjee 122-124
COMMUTATIVE ALGEBRA ON
COMPACT HAUSDORFF TAKING VON
NEUMANN AW*OVER*-ISOMORPHISM
22 CURRENT PROSPECTS FOR THE Absattarov Nietbay 125-127
DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIMARY SEED Allenbergenovich,
OF SHORTANBAY-1 VARIETY OF Omarov Alauaddiyin Kadyrbaevich,
COMMON WALL WHEAT IN THE Gudaybergenov Bakhtiyar
CONDITIONS OF KARAKALPAKSTAN Sultamuratovich
23 INFLUENCE OF THE USE OF COMPOSTS Saymbetov Alisher 128-130
OF DIFFERENT COMPOSITIONS ON THE
GROWTH AND YIELD OF COTTON
24 ACCLIMATIZATION OF IN VITRO Saimnazarov Yuldash Bekmirzaevich, 131-133
PROPAGATED CHERRY KRIMSKY-5 Amirov Murodulla Shavkat ugli
(VSL-2) GRAFTS TO OPEN FIELD
25 KNOWLEDGE, ATTITUDE AND Sridevi B, Soundariya.S, 134-140
PRACTICE REGARDING LEPTOSPIROSIS Yogalakshmi.S
PREVENTION AMONG THE NON-
PARAMEDICAL STUDENTS
26 TEACHER EMPOWERMENT TOWARDS J. Nagabhooshanam 141-144
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND
EFFECTIVENESS-CONCEPT, NEED AND
IMPORTANCE
27 A STUDY ON ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR Mr. Sayam Deepathi 145-148
AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL
TEACHERS IN MEDCHAL MALKAJGIRI
DISTRICT
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

AN AYURVEDIC PROTOCOL FOR THE PREVENTION OF

ADENOMYOSIS- A CONCEPTUAL STUDY

*Dr. Krishika.M1, Dr. Athira B2, Dr. Kashavva .V Hiremath3

1
PG Scholar, Dept. of Rasayana evam Vajeekarana, KAHER’s Sri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi,
Karnataka,
2
PG Scholar, Dept. of Rasayana evam Vajeekarana, KAHER’s Sri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi,
Karnataka.
3
Reader, Dept of Kayachikitsa, KAHER’s Sri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11147

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11147

ABSTRACT
Female reproductive health is the most neglected area in medical science. Ayurveda has given more importance to the maintenance of
the reproductive health of a female by describing three regimens that are to be followed during the most important reproductive
milestones. Rajaswala paricharya to be followed entirely during the reproductive life during the menstruating period, Garbini
paricharya is the term coined for ante-natal care and sootika paricharya is meant for Post-natal care. Women who fail to follow these
regimens can be prey for a number of Gynaecological disorders. Adenomyosis is one such disease that is the most neglected disease to
be diagnosed in its initial stage, which may be caused by the stanika vata vruddi; violation of menstrual regimen can be a cause for the
same. So, the proper adoption of Rajaswala paricharya during the menstruating period remains the major preventive factor for most
of Gynaecological disorders like Adenomyosis.
KEY WORDS: Rajaswala paricharya, Adenomyosis, Prevention, Vata Vruddi

INTRODUCTION
Ayurveda is the science that emphasizes the importance of maintenance of health as its prime focus. It comprises of eight
speciality branches like Kayachikitsa, Bala chiktsa, Graha chikitsa (Manasaroga) , Urdhwanga chikitsa (Shalakya) , Shalya chikitsa,
Dhamstra chikitsa (Agada tantra), Jara chikitsa (Rasayana) and Vrusha chikitsa (Vajeekarana).(1) Among this Bala roga is
subdivided into two main branches like Kumarabrutya and another one is Prasuti tantra evam stree roga(PTSR). PTSR is a branch
that is giving utmost importance to the female health. As per Atharva veda, stri is compared with earth(2) and purusha to akasa. Just
as the mother earth receives or collects rainwater, stri receives or collects bija(sperm) following which the seed sown germinates;
resulting in the formation of embryo(garbha). Hence stri Arogya plays a major role in the healthy development of the foetus; for
that, maintenance of the reproductive health of a female has a prime role. Acharyas has given various regimen throughout the
reproductive life of a female like Rajaswala paricharya, Garbhini parichrya and Sootika parichraya for protecting and maintaining
the reproductive health of a female in each of her reproductive milestone.(3) Among this Rajaswala paricharya should be followed
throughout the reproductive age of a female.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

Aim
To analyse the effect of rajaswala paricharya in preventing the Pathophysiology of Adenomyosis.

Objectives
To compile and study the references regarding the anatomy of female reproductive system in ayurveda and contemporary science.
To understand the importance of following the Rajaswala paricharya.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |1 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

To find out the relationship between violating Rajaswala paricharya and the patholophysiology behind adenomyosis.

MATERIALS AND METHODOLOGY

The literature study was done from the Ayurvedic texts, Contemporary textbooks and all the available e-resources regarding
the physiology of menstruation, Rajaswala paricharya and Adenomyosis.

RESULTS
Female Reproductive Anatomy
The female reproductive system is composed of internal and exterior reproductive organs that are involved in the procreation
of new life. The female reproductive system in humans is immature at birth and matures during puberty to produce mature gametes
that will be fertilized and paves way for the reproduction. The vagina, uterus, Fallopian tubes, and ovaries are the internal sex organs.
The cervix connects the vagina to the uterus, vagina is referred to as the birth canal in the context of pregnancy and childbirth which
aids in sexual activity. The uterus carries the fertilized throughout the gestation period. Additionally, the uterus secretes substances
that aid sperm in reaching the Fallopian tubes, where they fertilize ova (egg cells) produced by the ovary. The uterus is a pear-
shaped organ consisting of fundus, body and cervix. The dimensions are 7.5cm á 6cm á 4cm in length, width and thickness. The
uterus has 3 layers namely perimetrium (outer layer), myometrium (middle muscle layer), endometrium (inner mucosal layer).
Endometrium in turn is divided into 2 layers; the superficial stratum functionalis which sloughs off during menstruation and the
deep layer, stratum basalis , which is permanent and gives rise to new functionalis layer after each menstrual cycle.The labia, clitoris,
and vaginal opening are together referred to as the exterior sex organs (Vulva). The ovaries release an ovum at predetermined
intervals, and it travels via the Fallopian tube and into the uterus. If sperm are encountered during this transit, it can combine with
the egg or ovum, fertilizing it to form a zygote. The process of embryogenesis normally starts with fertilization, which takes place
in the Fallopian tubes. Once the zygote undergoes cell division and attains the stage of blastocyst it will get implanted in the uterine
endometrium. The gestational period starts at this point, and the embryo will continue to grow until it is fully developed. After the
period of gestation, the cervix widens and the uterus contracts, allowing the fetus to pass through the birth canal (the vagina).(4)

Adenomyosis
Adenomyosis is a common and rarely diagnosed gynecological disorder in the early stage, which is characterized by the
invasion of endometrial glands and stroma deep within the myometrial layers.(5) Previously considered as a variant form of
endometriosis and termed as Endometriosis interna, but now considered a different entity. It occurs when there is a disruption in the
physiological boundary between the endometrial basal layer and the myometrium. As a result, the endometrial glands invade the
myometrium, resulting in ectopic intra-myometrial glands which results in adjacent myometrial hypertrophy and hyperplasia.
Islands of adenomyotic lesions may be scattered throughout the uterine musculature, giving origin to the various form of the disease.
or they may occur as a localized, focal form, called the adenomyoma. Grades 1, 2, and 3 correspond, respectively, to the involvement
of the inner third (superficial adenomyosis), two-thirds, and entire myometrium (deep adenomyosis). The cut section reveals
thickening of the uterine wall with a characteristic trabeculated appearance with no capsule as in the case of a fibroid. Microscopic
studies reveal glandular tissue surrounded by stromal cells in the myometrium. The range of symptom may vary from menorrhagia
or menometrorrhagia and congestive dysmenorrhoea. Uterine cramps may start a few days earlier to the bleeding phase and may
continue for a few more days or may persists throughout the cycle. Deep dyspareunia may be present and enlarged bulky uterus on
bimanual examination is the significant feature of adenomyosis. USG diagnostic reveals enlarged uterus with asymmetrically
enlarged posterior wall associated with multiple small cysts in myometrium with increased vascularity. Junctional zone greater than
or equal to 12mm is diagnostic of adenomyosis. MRI is used to differentiate it from fibroid. In contemporary science secondary
dysmenorrhoea is managed with NSAIDS or OCPs. If the women has completed her family then hysterectomy can be advised.
Laproscopic myometrial electrocoagulation is advised in young women who has completed her family. (6)

Arthavavaha Strotas
Arthavavaha strotas is the classical reference of the female reproductive system in Ayurveda. The strotas are known for their
karma of Sravana i.e, the flow of the body fluids from the site of production to the area of requirement.(7) Arthavavaha strotas are
the Bahirmukha srotas which are two in number which are directed downwards and are responsible for carrying the menstrual blood.
Garbhashaya and Arthava vahini dhamani are considered as the moola of arthavavaha strotas.(8) Garbhashaya (uterus), is triangular
in shape with its apex at its mouth. Dalhanacharya describes the garbhashaya is the avayava with a small mouth and a big inner
cavity, and its shape is compared with that of the shape of rohita fish. Acharya susrutha and Vagbhata explained Yoni as a conch
shell shaped organ having three avartha or layers and Garbhashaya as the third layer of the yoni. Location of the Garbhashaya is
between the Pittashaya and Pakvashaya. In the context of ashmari chikitsa it is explained as the garbhashaya is located near Basti.
Arthavavaha dhamani when injured may cause Vandhyata(infertility), Maithuna asahishnutaa (Intolerance to sex ie., difficulty in
sex or painful sex -dyspareunia), Aartava naasha (Amenorrhoea or Dysmenorrhoea)(8)

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |2 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Rajas
The blood that which is expelled from the yonimarga for a duration of 3 days once in every month is termed as Rajas. It is
the upadhatu of Rasa dhatu.(9) It is Soumya during the time of formation and becomes agneya at the time of excretion by its nature,
having the characteristics of Rakta and which is responsible for the formation of Garbha. Arthava pramana is 4 anjali. Suddha
arthava should be devoid of picchila(slimy), daha (burning sensation) and arthi(pain) which is neither heavy nor scanty and will
have the colour of Gunja fruit, Padma or indrakopa.(10)

Rithu Chakra
The menstrual cycle can be said to have composed of 3 phases ie,
1)Raja srava kala (Menstrual phase)
2)Rithu kala (Proliferative phase and ovulatory phase)
3)Rithuvyatitha kala (Secretory or Post-ovulatory phase)
Bleeding phase according to charaka is 5 days, Vagbhata is 3 days, Haritha is 7 days. Bhavamishra explains further like Excessive
bleeding which lasts for 3 days and medium and scanty flow for 5 and 16 days are to be considered as physiological.

Rajaswala Paricharya
Menstrual hygiene in Ayurveda is explained as Rajaswala paricharya in various classics like charaka samhita, sushruta
samhita, kashyapa samhita, ashtanga hridyam, ashtang sangraha and bhava prakasha. These are the separate set of regimen which
should be followed by a women during her days of menstruation (ie. 3 to 7 days of her menstrual cycle), Bodily composition
(Prakruti) forms the basics for all the physiological functions in the human body. The doshic predominance is expressed in all the
bodily functions like even in menstruation i.e, vata prakruthi is more prone to have dysmenorrhoea, pitta prakruti have more mood
changes and kapha prakruthi will have the menstrual flow associated with clots.

Contraindicated Activities: (11)

1. Dhivaswapna (day sleep) should be avoided and matresses should be made of Darbha.
2. Application of any kind of Anjana, crying, massaging the body, head bath, too much of laughing, talking and exercise should be
avoided.
3. Swedana karma, Vamana and nasya karma are contraindicated.
4. Diet contraindicated: Avoid the eatables which are pungent (tikshna), spicy (katu) and salty in taste.
5. Maithuna (Coitus) is contraindicated.
6.Adoring by wearing any kind of Ornaments, combing and Grooming are contraindicated

Indicated Activities and Diet

1.Positive thoughts should be promoted and always should think about auspicious things.
2.Meal should be Havisyanna (made of Ghee, Sali and milk) and Yavaka (made of barley and milk) and should be consumed directly
by taking in hands or in utensils made of clay or leaves.

DISCUSSION
During the reproductive life of a female, the main milestone is the attainment of menarche, which will be achieved
physiologically from the age of 8-12 years in the developing countries.(12) Menstruation is the probable indicator of the reproductive
capability of women. During the initial days of the commencement of a cycle due to the absence of fertilization the ovum degrades
and all the endometrial functionalis start shedding out followed by the imbalance in the hormone levels, especially progesterone
(important for the maintenance of pregnancy). After that, a thin layer of endometrial stroma remains. Under the influence of estrogen
hormone, the stromal cells and the epithelial cells proliferate and the whole endometrial surface is re-epithelialized within 4 to 7
days.(13) Then within the next few days, the endometrium proliferates and thickens due to the increased number of stromal cells,
glands, and new blood vessels aiding in the implantation of the conceptus. During the time of menarche, the uterus undergoes the
first time of contraction and endometrial shedding, at that time the whole physic as well as the uterus will be in a weak state. So
foods and regimen which promotes strength, as well as rest to the body, should be preferred. The regimen which is opposing these
phenomena will cause a decrease in the strength of the uterine musculature during this menstruating phase it may lead to the improper
shedding of the endometrial layer or may cause excess invasion of the endometrial layer into the myometrium due to the excess
uterine contractions. Menstrual regimen, the Rajaswala paricharya explains that it is a natural shodhana procedure (cleansing), that
a women undergoes every month of their reproductive life. So during that period agnimandhya will be observed and so the agni of
the menstruating women should be taken care as that of a person undergone a shodhana therapy. The ultimate aim of this regimen
is to restore the agni, bala and to avoid the vitiation of vata and kapha doshas by maintaining its equilibrium. Adenomyosis is mainly
characterized by the invation of endometrial layers into deeper layers which is mainly due to the sthanika vata kopa occurring during
this period. Rajaswala paricharya is the most important Nidhana parivarjana chikitsa for most of the female reproductive tract

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |3 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

disorders. This article mainly emphasis on the role of rajaswala paricharya in preventing Adenomyotic changes, a disease which is
mostly left undiagnosed clinically.

REFERENCES
1. Jadhav AN, Bhutani kjjoe. Ayurveda and gynecological disorders. 2005;97(1):151-9.
2. Karki ajjoa, Sciences IM. Importance of Mudras in Stree Swasthya. 2021;6(6):116-9.
3. Gaikwad VRS, Kuwar VRC, Pashte vsjijon, Science H. Rajaswala Paricharya: an Ayurvedic Management to Prevent Menstrual
Disorders. 2017;6(1):61-3.
4. Ramírez-González, Juan Andrés & Vaamonde-Lemos, Ricardo & Cunha Filho, Joao & Varghese, Alex & Swanson, R James. (2016).
Overview of the Female Reproductive System. 10.1007/978-1-4939-3402-7_2.
5. Ferenczy ajhru. Pathophysiology of adenomyosis. 1998;4(4):312-22.
6. Kapoorchand H. A Comprehensive Treatise on Striroga. Chaukhambha Bharat Academy: Chaukhambha Vishvabharati; 2018.
7. Shaikh A, Ingle S, Sant S, Ugale K, Bansode R. Concept of strotas–the duct system of our body. 2020.
8. Pratibha K, Shrinath V. A critical review on artavavaha srotas with special reference to female reproductive system.
9. Tripath DKM, Nikhate DSP, Raole DVV, Kumar DSJTPIJ. A Conceptual Study of Upadhatu in Ayurveda. 2019;8(5):596-9.
10. Kapoorchand H. A Comprehensive Treatise on Striroga. Chaukhambha Bharat Academy: Chaukhambha Vishvabharati; 2018.
11. Pai P, Bhatuda S, Pandkar pjijod, Sciences M. Rajaswala paricharya: Effect on menstrual cycle and its associated symptoms.
2015;14(2):2.
12. Albright DL, Voda AM, Smolensky MH, Hsi BP, Decker mjci. Seasonal characteristics of and age at menarche. 1990;7(3):251-8.
13. Ludwig H, Metzger HJAFG. The re-epithelization of endometrium after menstrual desquamation. 1976;221(1):51-60.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |4 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

SOCIAL SECURITY MEASURES AND LIFESTYLE BEHAVIOUR

OF ELDERS

Dr.P.Firoz Babu
Assistant Professor,Department of RD & Social Work, Sri Krishndevaraya University, Anantapuramu,
Andhra Pradesh, India.

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11151

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11151

1. ABSTRACT
1.1 Background
Every person – in every country in the world – should have the opportunity to live a long and healthy life. Yet, the environments
in which we live can favor health or be harmful to it. Environments are highly influential on our behavior and our exposure to
health risks, our access to services like health and social care and the opportunities that ageing brings. Old age has many
positive and negative aspects associated with it. Often the realities, perceptions and expectations vary a lot and become a source
of distress. It is important to evaluate the concerns and reflect on the possible solutions.

2. Objectives
 To study the various age-related issues influencing the lifestyles of older people.
 To understand the social security measures for elders in urban settings.

2.1 Method
The qualitative study was taken up to know the social security measures for elder people and to study the lifestyle of the older
adults for their well-being.

2.2 Inference: There are many social concerns raised by the older adults and they are needed to be addressed. Awareness, provision
of information on how to approach the concerned authority for utilizing the scheme and ease of administrative procedures should
be the important part of providing social security measures for older people. These require multi-level and multidisciplinary
levels of checks to deal with and help the elderly to lead a healthy lifestyle with long term social security.
3. KEY WORDS: Ageing, Health, Social Security, lifestyle, common health conditions, India.

4. Preamble: India, one of the oldest civilizations around the world, is the country with a long history of almost 5000 years and
extremely complex social structure. Most of the religious groups around the world like Hinduism, Islam, Buddhism,
Christianity, etc., are present here and in addition, there are a variety of cultures and sections with different belief and rituals
under the same constitution. Thus, Indian social matrix and cultural pattern is characterized by “Unity in diversity.”

5. Social Security for Elderly – Introduction

Until recently, family and adult children took on the responsibility of looking after their elderly and were considered to be a
reliable source for providing old age security. However, these traditional sources of old age security have come under great strain due
to the increased longevity1 of the elderly, and other widespread


1
Author - Sumati Kulkarni, Siva Raju, SmitaBammidi: Increased Awareness, Access and Quality of Elderly Services.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |5 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

demographic and socio-economic-cultural changes taking place in these transitional societies. The problem is more acute
among the poor elderly who, with their deteriorating health conditions, are unable to work for earning and have hardly, if ever, any
savings to fall back upon. Marginalization of the poor – an unforeseen consequence of globalization – and increasing feminization of
poverty have further underscored the need to adopt suitably targeted measures that provide social security to the elderly.
Like a few other developing countries, the Government of India as well as the State governments have undertaken some
initiatives in this direction. Presently, the debate on provision of social security to the elderly revolves around the eligibility, coverage,
pension amount, appropriate form of assistance to the elderly (food or physical assistance or monetary help etc.), delivery
mechanisms, their suitability, and the economic implications of such measures.

6. Indian Social Security System

In India, since time when the British introduced the concept of retirement benefits for employees, a multitiered system of social
security evolved over the long period. However, until recently, the focus has been on the organized sector. The pension system that
was created for government employees in 1881 by the British rulers was retained by the Indian government even after independence.
The Adarkar Report of 1944 laid the groundwork for a social security system in India. Pension policies that evolved from 1940s to
1960s cover mainly employees in the organized sector. The elderly, who were working in the organized sector could also avail of the
benefits under various acts such as the Employees‟ Provident Fund Act 1952, Family Pension Scheme 1971, Payment of Gratuity Act
1972, Deposit-linked Insurance Scheme1976, Group Insurance and General Provident Fund Scheme 1982 and finally, the National
Pension Scheme 2004.

7. Concept of Social Security

Social security is defined by the International Labour Organization (ILO)2 as „the protection which society provides for its
members, through a series of public measures to prevent the social and economic distress that would otherwise be caused by the
stoppage or substantial reduction in earnings resulting from sickness, maternity, employment injury, unemployment, invalidity, old
age and death; the provision of medical care and the provision of subsidies for families with children (ILO, 1942).
According to Sir William Beveridge (1943), who is widely accepted as the father of the United Kingdom‟s social security
system, it is „security of an income to take place of the earnings interrupted by unemployment, sickness or accident, to provide for
retirement benefit, to provide against the loss of support by the death of either person and to meet exceptional expenditure such as
those connected with birth, death and marriage.‟
Social security is a basic human right, which was recognized in the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights in 1948. The
Right to life, recognized as a fundamental right by Article 21 of the Constitution of India, implies the Right to live with human
dignity. It encompasses not only the security regarding the basic human needs of food, clothing and shelter, but also health security.
Social security schemes usually give priority to income security because, generally, the basic needs of the vulnerable sections may be
satisfied, if people have an adequate income.
Most of the elderly become vulnerable due to their inability to work and earn. Vulnerability due to advancing age can be
anticipated in time, and can be mitigated by making specific provisions if one has an adequate income.
In traditional agricultural societies, families, especially in the joint family system with multi-generational co-residence, usually
take care of the economic and emotional security needs of the elderly. When people and families are not able to make arrangements
for the care of the elderly, their needs must be provided for by society/state, either in cash or kind (through social insurance and social
assistance schemes).
In developed countries, the elderly are covered by an elaborate system of social security. The nature of the issues of the elderly
in developing countries is vastly different due to factors such as chronic poverty, unemployment and underemployment as well as the
existence of a large informal sector. Many researchers have, therefore, argued for the need to adopt a more extensive notion of social
security for LDCs as they felt that the type of social security programmes implemented in developed industrialized countries are
generally neither appropriate nor economically feasible in poor countries.

8. Indian concepts of lifestyle:Lifestyle is the perception of a particular society towards life and the way its people live, think
and behave. It includes dietary practices, physical-mental activities, cognitive exposure as well as cultural and environmental
revelation. The “Vedantic” literature says that life is sacred and eternal and according to this belief when the life particles
interact with material elements, various events like birth, disease, old age and death result. In Rig Veda, desire for longevity


2
Author - Sumati Kulkarni, Siva Raju, SmitaBammidi: Increased Awareness, Access and Quality of Elderly Services

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |6 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

and health (mental and eternal physical) is best exemplified in the much-quoted Atharva Veda sukt:
“Pashyemsharadahshatam, Jivetsharadahshatam” (let me see 100 autumns, let me live 100 autumn).

9. Concept of Ageing: At the biological level, ageing 3 results from the impact of the accumulation of a wide variety of
molecular and cellular damage over time. This leads to a gradual decrease in physical and mental capacity, a growing risk of
disease and ultimately death. These changes are neither linear nor consistent, and they are only loosely associated with a
person‟s age in years. The diversity seen in older age is not random.
Older people are a valuable resource for any society. Ageing is a natural phenomenon with opportunities and challenges.
According to Census 2011, India has 104 million older people (60+years), constituting 8.6% of total population. Amongst the
elderly (60+), females outnumber males.
Increase in longevity and decline of joint family and breakdown in social fabric pushes seniors into loneliness and neglect. A healthy
life, with physical activity, good diet, and other habit-forming substances is recommended.

10. The Indian lifestyle and its basics:The Indian lifestyle is embedded in the principles of “karma” (action) and “dharma” (the
righteous way to do the work). In the past and at present, both “karma” and “dharma” are given maximum importance in all
Indian activities and deeds. According to the ancient scripture writers (Shastrakars), the dharma is based on four major
factors i.e., (i) “Desa” (place, region); (ii) “Kal” (time); (iii) “Karma” (action, efforts, activities); and (iv) “Guna” (natural
traits). It was the prevalent belief that a person should perform his “karma” as per the condition, demands, and experience of
self as well as in perspective of “desa” and “kal.” In this frame, only the activities carried out as per time, place and condition
were considered as “Dharma.” Indeed, “desa” and “kal” were significant factors contributing to dharma.
In Ayurveda, Shushruta advocates for “swasthyavritta” (positive health) recommending “dincharya” (daily routine), “ritucharya”
(seasonal routine), diet, exercise and virtuous conduct for positive heath. Spiritual dimensions of personality are recommended by
“Upnishads.” „Buddhism‟ favors to lead a well ordered life by opting middle course between self-indulgence and extreme simplicity.
“Jainism” emphasized non-violence, vegetarianism, warmth and human sympathy. “Christianity” talked a lot about individual living
style, systems and ways of salvation. “Yogguru Patanjali” advocated to follow eight-fold path of yoga to get insight and sublime
purity of the soul. This could be achieved through adopting a particular lifestyle including 8 steps of “yoga” (1) “Yama” (self control)
with five rules, i.e., non-violence, truthfulness, not stealing, chastity and the avoidance of greed; (2) “Niyam” (observance) through
purity, contentment, austerity, study of Vedas and devotion of God; (3) “Asana” (posture) (4) “Pranayama” (control of the breath) (5)
“Pratyahar” (restraint) (6) “Dharana” (steadying of the mind) (7) “Dhyana” (Meditation) and (8) “Samadhi” (deep meditation). All of
these lifestyle concepts are being followed by various communities across the country till date.

11. Indian lifestyle Vs Healthy Ageing – Needs and Activities:

A longer life brings with it opportunities, not only for older people and their families, but also for societies as a whole.
Additional years provide the chance to pursue new activities such as further education, a new career or a long-neglected passion. Older
people also contribute in many ways to their families and communities. Yet the extent of these opportunities and contributions
depends heavily on one factor: health.
Evidence suggests that the proportion of life in good health has remained broadly constant, implying that the additional years
are in poor health. If people can experience these extra years of life in good health and if they live in a supportive environment, their
ability to do the things they value will be little different from that of a younger person.
Physical and social environments can affect health directly or through barriers or incentives that affect opportunities, decisions
and health behaviour. Maintaining healthy behaviours throughout life, particularly eating a balanced diet, engaging in regular physical
activity and refraining from tobacco use, all contribute to reducing the risk of non-communicable diseases, improving physical and
mental capacity and delaying care dependency. Supportive physical and social environments also enable people to do what is
important to them, despite losses in capacity.
The life of an individual was being regulated harmoniously according to the stages of life. It was believed that an individual life
is to be lived for 100 years and therefore, has been demarcated into four stages (Ashrams) -“Brahmcharya” (studentship); “Grihstha”
(householder); “Vanprasth” (forest dweller); “Sanyas” (ascetic) depending upon physical, psychological, familial, social and spiritual
needs. This concept is still practiced by many individuals in India. This system was meant to maintain the discipline, peace and
harmony in the family and society. Each of the stages was intended to prepare for the next.


3
Author - Ageing and its implications, P Jayanthi, Elizabeth Joshua, and K Ranganathan

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |7 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Brahmcharya proposed to achieve all round developments (including formal, informal education) of the child. This stage was
to facilitate the individual to stand on his own feet in later stages of life.
The second stage, Grihastha (householder life) was planned to perform all the duties and debts according to dharma (right
functioning). In this stage of life, it was suggested that one should acquire the Artha (wealth) by utilizing their wisdom and learned
skill as well as satisfy kama (sex desire) in a righteous manner, according to dharma. Proper upkeep, stability, growth and
development of human race, enjoying worldly life, earning money, having children, taking care of the family and its welfare, and
performing various duties required by family and society‟ were the major activities of this stage of life. Vanprasth was intended to
handover the household duties to one's successor, and leave the worldly life, luxuries and enjoyments. Manu Smriti describes this
stage in following manner:
 “Grhasthastu yada pasyed vali palitamatmanah; Apatyasyaivacapatyamtadaranyamsamasrayet” ( When so ever a householder
gets to see wrinkles on his body, white hair on his head, and has his grandchildren, he should resort to the forest).
 Svadhyayenityayuktahsyaddantomaitrahsamahitah; Datta nityam-anadatasarvabhutanukampakah‟ (He should be engaged in
regular study, control his senses, keep friendly behavior with everyone, and have a tranquil mind. He must give charity,
should not accept gifts from others, and have mercy on all living beings).
The fourth Sanyasa (ascetic) ashram was meant to give up everything and exclusively perform intense “sadhana” (deep meditation).
The aim was to reach the final goal of human life: “moksha” or freedom from all the activities of the worldly life and be in a peace-or
realization of the God. According to Manu Smriti.
 “Vanesutuvihrtyaivamtrtiyambhagam-ayusah; Caturtham-ayusobjagamtyaktvasangan-parivrajet” ( After spending the third
portion of one's life in the forest, the fourth portion of life should be spent as a sanyasi, by surrendering all attachments (for
the world).
 “Adhyatma-ratir-asinonirapeksonir-amisah; Atmanaivasahayenasukharthivicared-iha” (Delighting in meditation on the
Supreme, independence from others, giving up all desires, with only the Self as companion, seeking supreme bliss, shall live
like sanyasi).
Among the four Ashrams, “Vanprasth” and “Sanyas” basically relate to old-age lifestyle. Few persons may directly move from
“Brahmacharya” to “Vanaprastha” or “Sanyas.” The practice/performance related to “Vanprastha” is to devote one's heart and soul for
intellectual activities and meditation; at the same time, he has to lead a life of self-control, friendliness and altruism with intention to
give to charity. “Dharma” and “Moksha” become the main concern of life in the “Vanprastha.”. In “Sanyas” ashram, the Sanyasi
becomes fit to achieve immortality by not possessing any materialistic thing, by restraining his senses, by casting out the love and
hatred from him, and by living a life of harmlessness to living beings.
In changing structures of socio-political power and patterns of religious belief, lifestyle of individuals gradually began to
change. During the time of Buddhism (around 500 BC) a naοve understanding of old age –continued growth to a more sophisticated
way was brought into existence. The old age was characterized by decline and decay of body and its functions along with illness and
death. The early “Buddhism” saw the ageing life as an incessant agony and monotony culminating in death. It was also perceived that
elderly irrespective of their geographical limits remain in distress and turmoil. During Buddhist period, it was repeatedly declared
“Dukkhelokoptitthito” (world is created by sufferings). “Buddhism” consider humans to be independent beings possessing free will
bestowed to them by nature. However, the true nature of human beings is suffering because of egoistic desires which arise from
spiritual ignorance. The Buddhist doctrine of dependent co-origination or “paticcasamuppada” contains the basic Buddhist insight into
the Nature and the working of reality. The Buddhist approach to problems associated with the old age is to recognize the nature of the
human condition, which is common to all people.
During the time of Asoka, hospitals were set up for care and proper upkeep of the society. However, no marked development
was observed for the care of elderly. After the advent of Mughals, the conditions in the society remained more or less the same. It was
during the British-Raj when the structure of society changed in a noted way. The concept of nuclear families came into existence as
individuals became more centralized and concerned towards the well-being of their immediate families. In the long run, this culture
became widespread and elderly were ignored to a great extent. They were left to fend for themselves and their needs were overlooked.
The trend is still prevalent in large masses, but awareness is now slowly seeping in to motivate individuals in the society to look after
the elderly.
The joint family with three to four generations of a single-family living together has always been an accepted and strengthened
body of the Indian society. Each of the members of the family supposed to follow the rules and regulations; generally male members
were holding head position of the family as traditional values support gender role preferences. Each member of the family has his or
her own role and all the members were emotionally bonded with each other. There used to be a very strong support system for the
family members. The changing socio-economic, political, technological environment has dramatically influenced the entire current
scenario. In search of economic gains and livelihood, population has started moving from their own places to distant places. In the

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |8 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

name of modernization, the changing circumstances are influencing the interpersonal relations, outlook towards life in an adverse
manner. The modernization and emergence of nuclear families is gradually eroding these traditional living patterns.

12. Mental Health of Older Adults

Older adults, those aged 60 or above, make important contributions to society as family members, volunteers and as active
participants in the workforce. While most have good mental health, many older adults are at risk of developing mental disorders,
neurological disorders or substance use problems as well as other health conditions such as diabetes, hearing loss, and osteoarthritis.
Furthermore, as people age, they are more likely to experience several conditions at the same time.
There may be multiple risk factors for mental health problems 4 at any point in life. Older people may experience life stressors
common to all people, but also stressors that are more common in later life, like a significant ongoing loss in capacities and a decline
in functional ability. For example, older adults may experience reduced mobility, chronic pain, frailty or other health problems, for
which they require some form of long-term care. In addition, older people are more likely to experience events such as bereavement,
or a drop in socioeconomic status with retirement. All of these stressors can result in isolation, loneliness or psychological distress in
older people, for which they may require long-term care.
Mental health has an impact on physical health and vice versa. For example, older adults with physical health conditions such
as heart disease have higher rates of depression than those who are healthy. Additionally, untreated depression in an older person with
heart disease can negatively affect its outcome.

13. Indian Lifestyle Vs Mental Health:

India is a country which has bred a number of religious sects at different stages of its civilization and also adopted some alien
religion and culture. Aryan, Hindu, Sikkhism, Jainism, Buddhist and some not very popular religions and culture took its birth on
Indian soil. Religions and culture like Christianity, Islam, Bahai, Yahudi, Parsians, etc., were adopted in the country from alien
nations. As a result, the lifestyle in India got colored under the shadows of cults and cultures. Added to that, India also witnessed
development of sects based on the thoughts of Yogguru Patanjali, AadiguruShankeracharya, Swami RamkrishnaParamhans, Swami
Vivekanand, Swami Dayanand, Sai Baba, Jaigurudev, etc., Consequently, the contemporary Indian lifestyle is the conglomeration of a
number of lifestyles.
Every lifestyle has its positives and negatives. Following a particular lifestyle may be smooth as well as stressed. In ancient
Indian situations people knew their specific roles to be performed during different stages of life and that left little room for
development of psychogenic (exogenous) mental-health problems. Although biological (endogenous) mental-health problems were
almost equally prevalent as “unmad” (mania); “avsaad” (depression); “sannipat” (delirium); “smritibhransh” (dementias); etc., as are
today. A number of religions, sects, cults and the influences of the western world (like industrialization, urbanization, demographic
movements) without any set patterns of lifestyle have become prevalent in the country. And, these factors are leading to conflicts and
confusions and providing more opportunities to conflicts between soma, psyche and environment, which are leading to a variety of
mental illnesses.
The lifestyle affects the longevity and health in old age. The “Atharva-Veda,” believed that mental illness might result from
divine curses and it also provides the description for mental illness like schizophrenia. In Vedic period, mental health was described in
two well-known Ayurvedic scriptures, the “Charaka Samhita” by Charaka, and the “Sushruta Samhita” by Sushruta. Both of these
scriptures have established the roots in modern Indian medicine.
It is also described that health related problems take place due to imbalance in nutritional intake. Ayurveda advocates
consumption of whole grain foods, fruits and vegetables for better mental health. Studies show that food with low amounts of life
energy (prana) like over-ripened, overcooked, highly processed, frozen and refined food products should be avoided.Lifestyle (dietary
habits, mental exercise, social networking, etc) also have role in preventing/developing cognitive disorders. Alzheimer's is more
common in the community where elderly are socially isolated. The fear of death or the despair of the absurd, ignorance of life's
meaning (apivarga in ayurveda) and the sadness secondary to loneliness were believed to be three common sufferings of old age.
In ancient systems, diagnoses (nidana) of illnesses were based on cause, premonitory indications (purvarupa), symptoms
(rupa), therapeutic tests (upashya) and natural history of the disease (samprapti).Keeping the body in good health and free from
diseases were very much persuaded in ancient Indian thinking. Ayurveda believed “old age is the foundation of all wisdom, virtues,
enjoyments (bhoga) and the source of all „purusharth‟ (dharma, arth, kam and moksha).”Disease due to senile degeneration causing
decline in memory and intelligence (smritikhasay and medhakhasay) are referred in modern time as AD and other dementias. The
health related problems were thought to be the result of divine curse, seasonal factors or bad deeds (dosh bal, daivabal or

4
World health organization, fact sheets, mental health of older adults
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |9 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

kalbalpravritti). To maintain health, healthy ways of life (dincharya, ritucharya) were advocated by “Ayurveda.”Different mental-
health conditions occurring in the old age are also featured in Indian epics.
Decline in the old age mental-health, however, is often the results of faulty lifestyle like smoking, alcohol intake, improper diet
and lack of exercise as well as environmental and other external factors. Hence, this decline can be slowed down or even reversed at
any age through the appropriate interventions to modify individual lifestyle or adverse environmental factors

14. Need for Social Security in Older people

As per 2011 Census, there were 104 million elderly 5 (60+) in India, as compared to 70.6 million in2001 and they are expected
to cross 173 million by 2026.Out of 104 million elderly in 2011, 64million are young- old i.e. in the age group 60-69, 28.4 million in
the old- old age group 70-80while 11.4 million are oldest- old i.e. above 80, of which 0.6 million are 100+.
Between 2000 and 2050, the total population of India is estimated to increase by 60% while that ofthe elderly is expected to
shoot up by 360%. Rapid ageing is the result of expected increase in the lifeexpectancy from 1996 to 2021-25
About two-fifths of the elderly have no personal income.

15. Major themes raised by the older adults – Health Related:

 Anxiety
 Insomnia
 Dementia
 Diabetes
 Obesity
 Prostrate problems
 Dental problems
 Cancer
 Depression
 Neurological disorders
 Heart diseases
 Lack of interaction/ Isolation
 Lack of respect / Elderly Abuse
 Social Anxiety
 Stress

16. Major themes raised by older adults – Social Security Related:

 Increase in population
 Changing socio- economic scenario
 Illiterate
 Totally or partially dependent on their children or others
 Lack of awareness on the schemes
 Lack of care givers
 No other source of economic support
 Not owning any assets
 Poor administrative procedures

17. Solutions for concerns of elderly – Health Related:

 Adherence to medical advice
 Good Nutrition
 Balanced Diet
 Healthy Habits/ Healthy lifestyle
 Early diagnosis, in order to promote early and optimal management;
 Optimizing physical and mental health6, functional ability and well-being;

5
Author - Sumati Kulkarni, Siva Raju, SmitaBammidi: Increased Awareness, Access and Quality of Elderly Services.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |10 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

 Identifying and treating accompanying physical illness;

 Detecting and managing challenging behavior; and
 Providing information and long-term support to carers.
 Provide comprehensive, integrated and responsive mental health and social care services in community-based settings;
 Implement strategies for promotion and prevention in mental health

18. Solutions for Concerns of Elderly – Security Related:

 Family and friends should provide proper information to the elderly
 More steps should be taken to raise awareness on social security measures.
 Provide recreation centers where elderly can gather and share information
 Use innovative technology to make the procedures easier.

19. Results: Discussion and feedback from the older adults suggested that while specific information and support were available for
the health-related issues, there were some concerns; it was the social issues and security which were highlighted as a major cause of
concern for the older adults. Lack of respect, unacceptable behavior of younger generation in the public places towards the elderly,
inadequate or lack of infrastructure supporting elderly in various public areas, offices, conveniences or support systems were given as
examples. There was no visible implementation of laws on the ground, although many were available to support or protect the elderly.
Suggestions for possible solutions were offered which included: more involvement of multiple agencies along with the government,
nongovernment organizations working in the field of old age, authorities for law and order and legal systems, all working in tandem
keeping focus at the needs of the elderly. While the elderly aresupported it was considered vitally important to take care of their
dignity and self-respect. It was felt that awareness needs to be raised in all quarters, from educational set ups to even political
establishmentsto support the cause of the elderly and safeguard their dignity

20. Conclusion: The Indian model of the society has excellent concepts regarding the all-round development of an individual with
proper stress on the importance of caring for ageing. Traditional values and beliefs are transferred from one generation to other
through the elderly.
Social security and welfare aspect is an integral part of overall national development. A modern welfare nation needs to bear
duty and responsibility of social security in order to develop the socio- economic and other sectors of its elder citizens. It should
design appropriate structure and programmes of social security with limited limitations. It is the elderly‟s social right to deserve
security measures.The multilevel and multi-disciplinary checks should be done to deal with and help the elderly to lead a happy and
healthy and a socially secured lifestyle as they deserve the respect and attention they have been ignored of.

21. BIBILOGRAPHY
1. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5483713/
2. https://www.markedbyteachers.com/gcse/sociology/old-age-and-social-security-measures.html
3. https://india.unfpa.org/sites/default/files/pub-pdf/ThematicPaper1_2.pdf
4. Building Knowledge Base on Ageing in India: Increased Awareness, Access and Quality of Elderly Services, by Sumati Kulkarni, Siva
Raju, SmitaBammidi.
5. Encyclopedia of Social Work, publication by Govt. of India.G.R. Madan, Indian Social Problems,
6. Alam, Rafique and Husain, M.G. (1997). “Psycho-Social Problems ofAgeing: Indian Perspective in M.G. Husain (ed.)”; Changing Indian
7. Society and Status of Aged. New Delhi; Manak Publication Pvt. Ltd
8. Anantharaman, R.N. (1981). “Physical Health and Adjustment in OldAge.” Journal of Psychological Researches.
9. Husain, M.G. (ed.) (1997). Changing Indian Society and Status of Aged. New Delhi; Manak Publications Pvt. Ltd.
10. Social Security Measures for Elderly Population in Delhi, India: Awareness, Utilization and Barriers, Charu Kohli, Kalika Gupta,
BratatiBanerjee,and Gopal Krishna Ingle

6
World health organization, fact sheets, mental health of older adults.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |11 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

11. Author - Sumati Kulkarni, Siva Raju, SmitaBammidi: Increased Awareness, Access and Quality of Elderly Services
12. Author - G.R. Madan, Indian Social Problems Encyclopedia of Social Work, publication by Govt. of India.
13. Old age and social security measures
14. Social Security Measures for Elderly Population in Delhi, India: Awareness, Utilization and Barriers, Charu Kohli, Kalika Gupta,
BratatiBanerjee,and Gopal Krishna Ingle
15. Ageing and its implicationsP Jayanthi, Elizabeth Joshua, and K Ranganathan
16. World health organization, fact sheets, mental health of older adults

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |12 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CONTENT, MEANS AND METHODS OF FORMATION OF

COMMUNICATION CULTURE IN FUTURE FOREIGN
LANGUAGE TEACHERS

Azimova Makhfuza Hasanovna

Researcher of the Samarkand State, Institute of Foreign Languages

ANNOTATION
This article is devoted to content, means and methods of formation of communication culture in future foreign language teachers. In
it, one of the main requirements for future foreign language teachers is the development of communication culture, its quality, the
correctness, accuracy, clarity, expressiveness of communication culture behaviors, as well as the ability to listen to one's partner,
politeness and care. The importance of the ability to build different behavioral strategies that occur in the communication process is
taken into account. The article highlights the importance of using interactive educational technologies, one of the modern
technologies, for successful teaching of communicative culture in English. In addition, in addition to the above-mentioned
interactive educational technologies aimed at developing communication culture in future foreign language teachers, it is possible to
highlight the importance of “cooperative learning” technology.
KEY WORDS: communication, culture, teacher features, student features, collaborative work, Students’ team-achievement
Divisions-STAD, Group-investigation method, The Learning Together Method, Dialogue and discussion method

Содержание, средства и методы формирования культуры общения у будущих

учителей иностранного языка
Самаркандский государственный институт иностранных языков, доктор
педагогических наук, профессор Махмудова, Азимова Махфуза Хасановна

Данная статья посвящена содержанию, средствам и методам формирования культуры общения у будущих
учителей иностранного языка. В нем одним из основных требований к будущим учителям иностранного языка является
развитие культуры общения, ее качества, правильности, точности, ясности, выразительности поведения, культуры
общения, а также умения слушать собеседника, вежливости и внимательности. . Учитывается важность умения строить
разные поведенческие стратегии, возникающие в процессе общения. В статье подчеркивается важность использования
интерактивных образовательных технологий, одной из современных технологий, для успешного обучения
коммуникативной культуре на английском языке. Кроме того, помимо вышеперечисленных интерактивных
образовательных технологий, направленных на развитие культуры общения у будущих учителей иностранного языка,
можно выделить важность технологии «обучения в сотрудничестве».
Ключевые слова: коммуникация, культура, особенности учителя, особенности ученика, совместная работа,
Студенческие коллективы-достижения Отделы-ШТАД, Метод группового исследования, Метод совместного обучения,
Метод диалога и обсуждения.

INTRODUCTION
Studying the experience of higher education institutions in recent years shows that many methodological approaches to
teaching a foreign language are widespread. The main methodological approach called “Communication” is understood as an
educational system that shifts the main focus from the goal of “teaching verbal activity” to “teaching communication” [1,136].
Thus, communication is considered a one-way process of transfer from subject to object. The main goal of communication is to
develop language and speech skills in reading, listening, speaking, writing, as a result of which communication is carried out in

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |13 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

the context of knowing and learning a foreign language (educational, professional, everyday, socio-cultural). Communication
culture of a student of a foreign language is a general process that is difficult to implement in a short time. It compares speaking in
a foreign language according to the linguistic parameters of the mother tongue. Oral and written forms of teaching a foreign
language should be distinguished by their correctness, accuracy, methodological adequacy, appropriateness to the communication
situation. Therefore, the communicative culture of a foreign language can be interpreted as the goal and result of language
teaching.

LITERATURE ANALYSIS
A number of research works have been carried out on the development of communication culture in future foreign
language teachers. In particular, William Littlewood (1992) summarized earlier theories in terms of the personal experience and
level of autonomy of language learners [2,112]. The author describes communication culture in three stages of skill development.
D. A. Starkova's dissertation research (2009) devoted to the use of interactive methods of teaching a foreign language aroused the
interest of scientific researchers. In addition, a meaningful component of professional teaching of English language teachers
(2013) N.D. This method was proposed by D.W.Johnson and R.T.Johnson (2019), in which students of different knowledge levels
interact with each other. means to help and develops in them skills such as respect, making the right decision, getting out of
problematic situations [3, 6].

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The article discusses the integration of our country into the world education and information space, the need for new
methods of forming and developing the linguistic identity of university graduates who can freely communicate there is becoming
urgent. In this regard, especially in the process of interaction of future foreign language teachers with students, the way to acquire
communication culture skills in English necessary for the development of communication culture based on the expansion of the
scope of communication culture and the development of basic (basic) competencies. One of the most important tasks is the
application of new and advanced methodological methods and technologies and their effectiveness.

ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

Today, in the period of improvement of the continuous education system, the training of highly qualified personnel
remains one of the most important tasks of the modern society. To solve this problem, it is necessary to evaluate the knowledge
and skills of future foreign language teachers, to reorient them, and to modernize the higher education system. The goal of
education in higher education institutions, which is reflected in the state educational standard, is to achieve world-class general
and professional culture. This approach to the professional training of students makes the problem of forming the culture of oral
communication as a component of the professional competence of future English language specialists relevant. In our country, due
to the integration of world cultural and economic spheres, the development of international relations, the expansion of production,
the training of qualified specialists, knowledge of a foreign language at an appropriate level has become a necessary feature [4;
224-229].
One of the main requirements for future foreign language teachers is the development of communication culture, its
quality, correctness, accuracy, clarity, expressiveness of communication culture behavior, richness of language, logic,
argumentation, correctness of given evidence. , the ability to defend one's opinion in a debate; the ability to listen to one's partner,
politeness, care; It is important to have the ability to build strategies for different behaviors that occur in the process of
communication. Also, the whole complex of forms and methods of developing students' communicative competence aimed at
acquiring communication culture skills in English should allow them to effectively carry out professional (ie teaching) tasks.
In addition to the above-mentioned interactive educational technologies aimed at developing the culture of
communication in future foreign language teachers, it is possible to highlight the importance of the "cooperative learning"
technology. Through “cooperative learning” it is possible to model the organization of the activities of the listeners in small
groups. One of the options is "studying the student body". This method emphasizes "team goals" and the success of the whole
group (team success), which can only be achieved as a result of the independent work of each member of the group (team) in
constant interaction with other members. We think that one of the main goals of our research is to use the methods of
“collaboration” in order to develop communication culture among students.
We propose to categorize the main principles of the educational technology of cooperation, the primary aspects that the
teacher should follow, and the two main groups that are considered by the students (from the most important parameters to the
second levels). This can be seen in the following graphic we can consider (see Figure 1.1):

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |14 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

1. Teacher features
a) organization
of group work in
mutual
cooperation

b) creativity,
demandingness,
careful preparation

c) organizing joint educational,

creative and communicative
activities of group members

d) to help the socialization of group

members

e)general evaluation of group work

2. Student features

e) feeling responsible for the group's success

d) to be friendly with partners

c) serious approach to the process,

activity

b) to prepare

a)
communication

Figure 1.1 The main principles of using the educational technology of “collaborative work” in the development of
communication culture in English among future foreign language teachers
It is worth noting that the English language teacher should strongly prepare for classes based on certain psychological-
linguistic characteristics of students in the development of communication culture, and a number of problems and difficulties that
may arise in the correct distribution of independent work. can prevent. In setting up a successful cooperative work, sometimes
there are conflicting situations between group members that can hinder the learning process. Therefore, it is necessary to analyze
the problems and difficulties that may arise along with the existing advantages of the "collaboration" technology. The following
table contains the same aspects and the recommendations and conclusions that can be overcome (see Figure 1.2):

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |15 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Importance of oral communication

process in students

Creating the ability to work independently Every student

trying to speak at
the same time
during classes, that
The members of the group discuss the facts first is, making noise
within their knowledge and then in small groups Talabalarni
guruhga
taqsimlashda
Students with different levels of bilim darajasi
knowledge are facilitated to work as a yuqori bo„lgan
team talabalarni
The
Exclusion of guruhlarga
It isstudents
necessary importance

Suggestions
Effective use of short time with low teng
of perfect

Disadvantages
to prepare
Advantages

mastery by taqsimlashi
strongly for
knowledgeable preparatio
Social and moral equality between the seminar
students in groups n for
student-teacher, student-student, and the lessons
possibility of strengthening mutual Dars
relations mashg„ulotlari
talabalarning
bilim
To create a free, friendly atmosphere and
darajasidan
a sense of trust among students
The origin of kelib chiqqan
disagreements holda
due to arguments tanlanishi
Formation of motivation for the
development of communication in English

Development of all motivational speech

activities and mastering of educational
materials in various fields

Students are the priority in the auditorium,

not the teacher

Figure 1.2 Advantages of using “Collaboration” technology, possible problems and disadvantages and suggestions for their
elimination
From the table above, it is clear that the advantages of "collaborative" educational technology can “compensate” for its
above-mentioned disadvantages. In this regard, one of the tasks of foreign language pedagogues is to achieve maximum success in
this process, taking into account the methods of learning English, educational needs and possible difficulties of future foreign
language teachers. It is important to take appropriate measures. For this purpose, it is necessary to use certain “working in

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |16 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

cooperation” methods. In particular, we found it permissible to apply the following special methods of this educational technology
in the development of communication culture among future foreign language teachers (see Figure 1.3):

a) Students’ team-achievement Divisions-STAD

b) Group-investigation method

v) the Learning Together Method

g) The Discussion and Dialogue Method

Figure 1.3. Special methods of "collaborative work" educational technology in the development of communication culture
in future foreign language teachers.
a) The method of “combination towards team success” of students. (Students‟ team-achievement divisions-STAD) This
method was proposed by S. Sharan, and the main goal of this method is to perform the task orally by working in pairs - to discuss
the task, exchange ideas, and share knowledge. implies. [5; 105-p]. In this case, students are divided into small groups with
different levels of knowledge, and the teacher monitors the complete mastery of the given assignment or task by each team
member. Then individual tasks are carried out: at this stage they work together, but cannot help each other. The main goal is to
ensure that students create opportunities for each other and use it to achieve the assigned task, and to conduct individual control
over mastering and acquired knowledge within the specified period. In this way, group members will be motivated to use the
opportunity effectively.
b) “Group-investigation method” is a method proposed by D. Zingaro [6; p. 42] a specific topic is selected based on the
common opinion of the members of a small group, and this a small research work is carried out. Through this method, the student
performs oral communication in English on the basis of his/her own desire, on the basis of discussion, discussion, conversation,
social research, and statistical analysis. That is, a topic covering multifaceted, problematic aspects is chosen and research is
conducted in this direction in small groups. It is important for the teacher to create conditions for the students to conduct this
process independently, to develop it, to define goals and tasks, and it is not allowed to reject their opinions and make their own
suggestions. At the end of the "Group Presentation", the results are analyzed and collectively evaluated.
c) “The Learning Together Method”. This method was proposed by D.W.Johnson and R.T.Johnson. develops skills such
as making the right decision, getting out of problematic situations [7; 6]. In the Collaborative Learning Method, small groups are
given a common task and students can complete it individually and make their own suggestions. In this case, improving
communication in English is the main condition. In this method, the main attention is paid to the two main criteria: the quality of
the work performed and the active participation of each student in the observation process.
g) “Dialogue and discussion” method (The Discussion and Dialogue Method). Yoshio Asano was the first to use this
method, in which small groups exchange information with each other in the form of a dialogue or mutual discussion, decide on the
negative or positive side, and discuss their knowledge through questions and answers [8; 89]. Also, the conversation is
analytically strengthened with the participation of student-student, student-teacher. As a result, the main focus is not on the grade,
but on the development of learned skills.

CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the integration of our country into the world education and information space, the need for new methods of
forming and developing the linguistic identity of university graduates who can freely communicate there is becoming urgent. In
this regard, especially in the process of interaction of future foreign language teachers with students, the way to acquire
communication culture skills in English necessary for the development of communication culture based on the expansion of the
scope of communication culture and the development of basic (basic) competencies. One of the most important tasks is the
application of new and advanced methodological methods and technologies and their effectiveness. Moreover, “working in
cooperation” is based on the students‟ joint performance of a given task, acquiring new knowledge and skills, information,
working as a team, respecting the opinion and personality of others, develops skills and competencies such as defending one's

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |17 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

position. These technologies do not mean theory, but practice, they support the development of communication and work on oral
speech, the practical use of language in the course of the lesson.

REFERENCES
1. Fedotova, N. N. (1999). Professional potential graduates. Human resources, 1(2),14-16.
2. Гальскова Н.Д. Современная цель обучения иностранным языкам: от комплексного подхода к интегратции//Сборнник
статей международной научно-практической конференции памяти академика РАО Инессы Львовны Бим.-М.:”
Просвещение”, 2013.25-34 Б.
3. Popova, T. P. (1999). Formation of foreign language communicative competence of students of the 1st year correspondence
department of language high school (English: Applications) (Unpublished candidate dissertation). Nizhny Novgorod State Linguistic
University, Nizhny Novgorod, Russian Federation.-B. 54-57
4. Sodiqov Kh. Developing Communicative and Speech Culture and Communicative Competence of Future Teachers. // Eastern
European ScientificJournal. Germany. 2018. Issue 3. -B. 224-229
5. Sharan, S. Cooperative Learning in the Classroom. Research in Disegregated Social Subjects .-Lawrence :Erlbaum, 1984.-235-236 p.
6. Zingaro, D. Group Investigation: Theory and Practise.-Ontario institute for studies in Education, Toronto, Canada, 2008-P.12.
7. ohnson , D.W., Johnson, R.T. Cooperative Learning methods: A Meta-Analysis. University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA.,
2004.http//www.co-operation.org/. (Access date:20.03.2019)
8. Anna-Maria, STOICA. Methods for the assessment of ESP.-New York:UTT, 2006.-326-329 p.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |18 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

RECENT DEVELOPMENT OF POLYSACCHARIDE BASED GEL:

POROSITY BASED CLASSIFICATION AND A FUTURE
PERSPECTIVE

Ishita Mukherjee
Department of Chemistry, The University of Burdwan, Burdwan, West Bengal, India

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11185

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11185

ABSTRACT
Polysaccharide is one of the most ancient and vast research field among natural sustainable biopolymers and they are readily
available in nature as an essential component of our daily food. Hence, distribution of the entire field into some important factor-
based classification like physical structure, stability, solubility become mandatory for clear understanding of whole polysaccharide
chemistry. In some past decades, scientists mainly focused on general laboratory synthesis of this biopolymers with potential
applications. Then, they broadened their vision to classify polysaccharide based composite materials and hydrogels based on majorly
available polysaccharides in nature. Those gels are separated from entire polysaccharide based soluble biopolymers due to their three-
dimensional physical or chemical crosslinked structure and hydrophilic, polymeric frameworks. But, a more compile classification
was needed for better understanding of synthetic approach for those biodegradable hydrogels and their applications. Introducing gel
porosity-based classification is a novel approach facilitating to understand the gel structure. The review mainly focused the recent
advancement of polysaccharide-based gels with targeted porosity.
KEYWORDS: Hydrogels, biopolymers, polysaccharides, porosity

1. INTRODUCTION
Polysaccharide is one of the most common biopolymers, naturally available in nature.1 Recent development of polysaccharide-
based materials has added in novel dimension in every industrial as well as bio applications such as environmental 2 and food
packaging industry;3 drug or gene delivery4 and tissue engineering5 and so on. Modern progression of science has categorized the
polysaccharide-based materials into water soluble biopolymers; polymerics nano composite6 and gels7. Among them, gels have
attracted major attention due to their diverse ability to important properties inclusion and regulations as well as variable
applicative side from the same polysaccharide-based gel.8
Hence, now a days, a major attention has been paid on synthesis of polysaccharide based three-dimensional network, called
gels, because they are widely investigated self-organized materials with wide applications in toothpaste, shampoo, hair-gel and
many more day-to-day usable products of human life.9 Major polysaccharide-based gels are hydrogels due to their extensive water
adsorption capability with incredible properties like biodegradability, biocompatibility, high cost-effectiveness, non-toxicity,
reproducibility, and ready availability. Most of them exhibited low stiffness with high-water absorption capacity, which preferably
introduced self-healing properties approximating natural tissues specifically in case of bulk gel. These properties facilitated
several biomedical applications like drug delivery, tissue engineering, would healing. Porosity is one of the most important
properties of hydrogel to dictate their structural stiffness feature and water adsorption and retention in this regard.10 It not only
dictates the leachability of incorporated drugs or genes, but actually decide the industrial and biomedical application capability of
the same polysaccharide-based gel also in diverse perspectives as the same polysaccharide can form bulk, nano, micro and
supramolecular gel based of different porous distribution and result in diverse properties. Numerous bioapplications of gel like
drug delivery, tissue engineering, cell immobilization, wound healing abilities can be restricted due to irregular pour size. Hence,
the gel porosity-based classification of synthetic approaches for polysaccharide-based gels are very urgent to explore future gel
with higher efficiency.
Polysaccharide chemistry is a vast field; hence focusing on a particular aspect is very important to understand the whole
science. In that respect, many reviews captured several perspectives like general synthetic approaches of individual
polysaccharide materials; general or specific applications; the perspective of different porosity while classifying polysaccharide-
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |19 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

based gels remain untouched. In recent days, numerous review articles discussed specific applications of different common
polysaccharide composite,11 bioapplications of their synthesized gels;12 general synthetic approaches such as extraction and
purification or characterization.13 But, overall idea of porosity-based classification of polysaccharide-based gel and their specific
synthetic approaches has not been explored yet in terms of an overview. This review mainly focused on porosity-based
classification of common polysaccharide gels and their specific synthetic approach and an overall future perspective in terms of
broad range of applications.

2. POROSITY BASED CLASSIFICATION

In several polysaccharide-based gels porosity can be incorporated by particle leaching technique through controlled sized particle
called porogen dispersion into prepolymer solution. Goh et al reported a porous heparin-based hydrogel with fast gelling
injectable property and an incredible pour interconnectivity utilizing gelatin microparticles as a porogen. 14 Another mixed
polysaccharide based porous hydrogel matrix was synthesized by utilizing a gelatin-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid/carboxylmethyl
cellulose tyramine (Gtn-HPA/CMC-Tyr) through horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-catalyzed oxidation. Based on the porosity, all
the polysaccharide-based gels have been classified as follows (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Porosity based classification of polysaccharide-based gel.

2.1. Bulk Gel

These categories majorly focused on three-dimensional heterogeneous network. Uniform texture is absent in most cases.

2.1.1. Cellulose Based Gel

Cellulose is attractive and inexpensive natural hydrophilic polysaccharide, which is most abundant on Earth and possesses high
biocompatibility with low density. 15,16 Simple methyl derivative of cellulose was originated by partial substitution of hydroxyl
groups (-OH) with methoxy groups (-CH3O) with enhanced viscosity with temperature induced sol-gel transition property as a
result of hydrophobic interaction. The gelation behavior has been organized by degree of substitution, molecular weight and its
concentration. 17 Great functional alteration leads to gel networking structure. A well-known cellulose derivative, carboxymethyl
cellulose (CMC), has been extensively utilized to prepare hydrogels due to its water-solubility through numorous chemical
modifications.18 For example, hydrogels from thiol-modified CMC and polyethelene glycol (PEG)-tetra-norbornene through
photopolymerization was reported by Lee et al.19 However, applications of injectable hydrogels were restricted by ultra violet
(UV)-triggered reaction mechanism. In situ Schiff base reaction could be more feasible in this regard. Shen et al. engineered a
CMC-based injectable hydrogel via this reaction, where 3,3′-dithiobis(propionohydrazide) is crosslinked to oxidized CMC. 20

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |20 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2.1.2. Chitin Based Gel

Chitin is a basic aminopolysaccharide obtained from crustaceans (shrimps and crabs). It is basically poly (β(1→4) N-acetyl-D-
glucosamine) unit.21 Being second most abundant after cellulose and common natural polymer with high viscosity, metal chelation
capacity, polyelectrolyte tendency; chitin based hydrogels are very attractive materials in terms of applications. 22 Double
crosslinked chitin hydrogels was reported recently by dissolving chitin in potassium hydroxide (KOH)/urea aqueous solution with
freezing-thawing process through cross linking followed by coagulating in ethanol solution at low temperature.23
Chitosan was basically synthesized by N-deacetylation of chitin. They generally found in fungi and cell walls of algae, the
exoskeletons of insects, mollusks and crustacean. 24,25 Easy physical and chemical modification of chitosan through reactive
hydroxyl and amino groups resulted gelation. In contact with alkali, the amino functionality transformed to physically cross-linked
hydrogel. Hydrogen-bonding played an important role to entangle macromolecular chains. Synthesis of chitosan hydrogels was
trigerred by numorous chemical networking agents, including glutaraldehyde (GLA), 26 formaldehyde,27 N, N’-
methylenebisacrylamide (MBA),28 genipin,29 ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDGE) and epichlorohydrin (ECH). 30 Report
showed that modification of chitosan with 1, 2-butene oxide and succinic anhydride (NSHBC) resulted gel as function of
temperature ranging from 17 °C to 32 °C. Chemical modifications in acrylamide 31 or glycol chitosan obtaining N-hexanoyl glycol
chitosan using hexanoic anhydride were able to form chitosan based gel. 32 Physical networking technique has been also taken to
consideration in case of chitosan based gel formation. Ionic crosslinking was reported as a great approach in this regard. Anionic
crosslinkers such as sodium tripolyphosphate, 33 sodium citrate, sulfosuccinic acid, and oxalic acid were used to prepare chitosan
hydrogels.34 Another method was freeze-thwing approach which led to combination of several polymers like starch, poly (vinyl
alcohol) (PVA), poly (acrylic acid) (PAA) or alginate and capable of hydrogen bonding. 35 For example, synthesis of artificial
bones composed of chitosan/PAA network using PVA and PAA by repeated freezing and thawing was reported. Another recent
study exhibited that; a novel chitosan hydrogel was prepared through dissolution in alkaline-urea aqueous solvent. The entire
gelation process was observed through aggregation induced emission fluorescence. 36 A composite hydrogel of chitosan, heparin
and poly (gamma-glutamic acid) for wound healing was reported by Zhang and co-workers via crosslinking by addition of acetic
acid.37

2.1.3. Starch Based Gel

Starch, one of the largest biomasses on earth, is a natural, abundant, cheap, available, renewable, and biodegradable polymer. But
native starch extracted from plants cannot tolerate the extreme processing conditions like temperature or acid base treatment leads
to limited applications.38 Hence to enhance or inhibit particular properties according different industrial requirements as well as
bioapplications, several modifications regarding physical, chemical or enzymatic modifications by debranching enzymes
(isoamylase or pullulanase) have been performed.39 Smaller blocks were generated from linear short chains through highly
debranching of starch (H-DBS) with less water holding capacity, which leads to stronger smooth, non-sticky and glossy
hydrogel.40 These gels have potentially used in the food and pharmaceutical industries 41

2.1.4. Hyaluronic Acid Based Gel

Hyaluronic acid (HA) is another well-known polysaccharide with large number of hydroxyl group, a non-sulfated
glycosaminoglycan (GAG) and major constituent of skin extracellular matrix (ECM). In a work performed by Laurent, Gelotte,
and Hellsing (1964), stability in aqueous solutions of HA was enhanced through crosslinking with 1, 2, 3, 4-diepoxybutane.42
Similarly a stable and homogeneous hydrogel has been reported via mixing with butanediol-diglycidylether in sodium hydroxide
solution followed by HA powder addition. 43 Hylase wound gel composed of emollients and sodium hyaluronate (2.5 %) was
synthesized.44 Fiorica et al. (2018) fabricated a hydrogel by crosslinking of a copolymer of HA (MW = 1.5 × 10 6 Da),
(hyaluronic-(2-aminoethyl)-carbamate acid (HA-EDA)) with α-elastin.45 Wu et al. (2017) utilized 1-ethyl-3-(3-
dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC) to provide crosslinking of HA with gelatin to synthesize hydrogel. 46 Initially, gelatin
(GEL) and HA at different ratio (8:2, 5:5 and 2:8) were prepared followed by crosslinking with 0.1 % EDC. The crosslinking
agent did not damage the porous structure of the hydrogel, essential for several biomedical applications. A hydrogel with
improved mechanical properties by mixing HA -tyramine (HA-Tyr) with collagen I-hydroxybenzoic acid derivative (COL-P) has
been prepared, followed by crosslinking through blending with HRP and H 2O2. Shi et al. (2018) reported HA (MW = 1.5 × 105
Da) modification through functionalization with pendant bisphosphonate (BP) groups. 47 HA based in situ injectable hydrogel
could be formed through dynamic covalent bond between phenylboronic acid modified HA (HA-PBA) and PVA.48 Another novel
injectable DMEM (Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle’s Medium)-induced phenylboronic acid-modified HA self-crosslinking hydrogel
was reported. Combination of the phenylboronic acid and a diol on HA resulted good self-healing properties and tissue adhesion
properties to the hydrogels through dynamically reversible phenylboronic acid esters. 49

2.1.5. Dextran Based Gel

Dextran primarily composed of repeating α(1→6) linked D-glucopyranose residues with less percent of α(1→2), α(1→3), or
α(1→4) linked side chains and major components of many bacteria. 50 Main groups, which can be modified through physical and
chemical cross-linking leading to gelation, are hydroxyl groups per glucose unit. Physically crosslikned dextran gel could be
prepared through derivatization with lactic acid oligomers while functionalized with bifunctional glutaraldehyde, isocyanates or
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |21 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

by partial oxidation of hydroxyl groups to aldehydes followed by crosslinking with gelation, results chemically crosslinked gels. 51
Another interesting example of injectable biomimetic hydrogel was dextran-tyramine conjugated HA with high moduli, enhanced
bovine chondrocyte viability, proliferation and matrix secretion.

2.1.6. Agar Based Gel

Agar is a complex polysaccharide mixture of linear agarose and branched agaropectin, extracted from marine red seaweeds. 52 The
linear polymer composes of 1→3-linked-β-D-galactose (G) and 1→4-linked 3, 6-anhydro-α-L-galactose; whereas branched
agaropectin linked with several substituent groups for example sulfate esters, methyl esters, pyruvate acid ketals. 53 Hydrogen
bonding played vital role for linear agarose hydrogels which could be used for three-dimensional chondrocytes encapsulation.

2.1.7. Alginate Based Gel

Alginate is an unbranched anionic heteropolysaccharide derived from brown seaweeds and some bacteria, also found in outer wall
of some brown algae such as kelps, composed of 1–4 glycosidically linked β-D-mannuronic (M) and α-L-guluronic (G) acids in
varying composition and sequences. 54 Effective quantification of alginate hydrogel formation along with its mechanical strength
could be dictated by external gelation process using calcium chloride (CaCl 2).55 Hence divalent cations, such as Ca2+ and Ba2+,
played the mastered role as crosslinking agents to transform aqueous solutions of sodium alginate to gels. The predicted
interaction strength order was reported as Pb2+ > Cu2+ > Cd2+ > Ba2+ > Sr2+ > Ca2+.56 Mechanistic elucidation revealed the
gelation through ionic cross-linking of negatively charged carboxyl groups of the alginate chain and positively charged divalent
metal ions.57 It is important to note that, in order to obtain authentic information about molecular interactions, the knowledge of
the initial values of the storage modulus in rheology was very important unlike the case of Alginate-Ca2+ gelation studies. A new
custom-made rheometric setup was able to record the fast response from the very beginning, thus both the concentration and
volume of the crosslinker could be controlled.58 Again, injectable self-crosslinking property was introduced through reaction
between alginated dialdehyde and gelatin. 59

2.1.8. Gums Based Gel

Gums are another class of naturally available polysaccharide derived from renewable sources. Capacity to hydration of these
materials leads to form gel.60 Common gums are generally classified as Gellan gum and Xanthan gum. Gellan gum is anionic
exopolysaccharide, more precisely a linear tetramer composed of (1→4)-L-rhamnose-α(1→3)-D-glucose-1 β(1→4)-D-glucuronic
acid-β(1→4)-D-glucose as repeating unit with one carboxylic side group; with high molecular weight, secreted by the bacteria
Sphingomonas paucimobilis.61 This polysaccharide resulted non-toxic, ionic and thermo responsive gels close to body
temperature.62 Gellan gum gel network was truly formed upon aggregation and ionic crosslinking through monovalent cations
inspite of adopting ordered double helical architecture upon cooling. These monovalent cations broadcasted electrostatic repulsion
amongst the carboxylate groups to induce gelation, but connection of two carboxylate groups was established by the divalent
cations in addition to the screening effect. Thus, divalent cations formed stronger gels with higher viscosity than monovalent
cations. Additionally, this gellan gum based photocrosslinkable hydrogels via methacrylation and blending was also reported.63
Xanthan gum composed of five monosaccharides comprising two D-glucose, two D-mannose and one D-glucuronic acid
units.64 It is basically an extracellular heteropolysaccharide produced by the bacterium Xanthomonas campestris. Trisaccharide
units of glucuronic acid replaced the alternating glucose units flanked by mannose entities. The backbone was protected from the
external environment through covering with the side chains in helical secondary structure via hydrogen bonding. This structural
complication leads to highly viscous gel even at lower concentration. Stability at various stimuli like pH, temperature, ion
concentrations are some basic natures of the gel resulting pseudo-plastic property. Various medical applicative sides such as
wound healing, drug carriers could be shown by gum-based gel. Carboxymethyl derivatization at the glucose residues of xanthan
resulted microcapsule entrapment.65 Thus, the injectable property or encapsulation could trigger this method. Running of intra-
articular xanthan injection has the ability to protect the articular cartilage in osteoarthritic rabbit models.

2.1.9. Pectin Based Gel

Extraction from plant cell walls results pectin, a water-soluble polysaccharide, composed of α-D-galacturonate residues linked by
(1→4) glycosidic bond, and Rhamnogalacturonan I (RGeI) and Rhamnogalacturonan II (RGeII). Monosaccharides such as D-
xylose, D-glucose, L-rhamnose, L-arabinose or D-galactose are the major constituents66 with partly methoxylated or amidated
galacturonic acid (GalA) as a main building block. Classic egg-box model explained the gelation process which was regulated by
several intrinsic and extrinsic factors such as pH, temperature, ion strength, molecular weight, Ca-binding blocks distribution, the
degree of methoxylation. Egg-box dimers could be constructed from two antiparallel polyuronate chains with Ca 2+ and further
aggregated laterally to form multimers. 67

2.1.10. Heparin Based Gel

Heparin is a highly sulfated linear glycosaminoglycan with alternating units of β-(1→4) linked uronic acids (mainly D-glucuronic,
L-iduronic or L-2-sulfated iduronic) and glucosamine residues (mainly D-N-acetyl glucosamine and O- and N-sulfated
glucosamine).68 Presence of carboxyl and sulfate reactive groups result high negative charge leads to the electrostatic interaction
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |22 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

with proteins and chemical modifications. Numorous capacity of cellular signaling and growth could be regulated via enzymes
like proteases and chemokines. An enzymatically crosslinked injectable heparin and dextran-based hydrogel exhibited higher
storage modulus (~48 kPa), chondro compatibilty and cartilage matrix secretion. 69

2.1.11. Chondroitin Sulfate Based Gel

Polyelectrolyte chondroitin sulfate, renowned anionic polysaccharides composed of disaccharide units consisting β-(1→4) D-
glucuronic acid and β-(1→3) N-acetyl galactosamine with sulfate group glycosaminoglycan. Being major matrix components of
cartilage, the presence of chondroitin sulfate empowered constricted strength of the scaffold through proteoglycan secretion.
Combination of chondroitin sulfate with other synthetic or natural polymers like PEG through its reactive hydroxyl and carboxyl
functional groups lead to gel formtion.70 For example, injectable biomimetic hydrogels was generated from collagen type II (Col
II) and activated chondroitin sulfate under physiological conditions without addition of any catalysts or crosslinker. 71

2.1.12. Carrageenan Based Gel

Carrageenan is a linear hydrophilic polysaccharide composed of sulfated disaccharides with (1→3)-linked β-D-galactose and
(1→4)-linked α-D-galactose units, which could be altered into the 3, 6-anhydro derivative depending on the extraction situation
and starting materials. Due to structural resemblance to glycosaminoglycans, a large scientific attention has been paid to
carrageenans based gel. κ-Carrageenan (kappa) extracted from Kappaphycus cottonii results strong rigid gels. On the contrary,
elastic, dry, soft gels were prepared by the iota (ι-type) in the presence of calcium ions. Rigidity of this hydrogels can be
monitored by changing potassium concentration. Another interesting property possessed by this polysaccharide-based gel is
temperature triggered sol-gel transformation along with ionic gelation, since carrageenan can show upper critical solution
temperature.72

2.1.13. Pullulan Based Gel

Pullulan, a component of the cell wall in the yeast-like fungus Aureobasidium pullulans, composed of linear maltotriose
oligosaccharide connected through α(1→4) and α(1→6) glycosidic bonds. Chemical functionalization or mixing with other
organic or inorganic materials could transform highly water-soluble pullulan to gel with enhanced stability. Carboxymethylated
pullulan conjugated with heparin and hydroxyapatite/pullulan/dextran composite has been developed with tissue regenerative
ability.73

2.1.14. Xylan Based Gel

Xylan is a natural, biodegradable polysaccharide composed of arabinose, 4-O-methyl-glucuronic acid and xylose in a ratio of
1:2:11 respectively.74 Low molecular weight and high degree of side chain substitution could not lower water solubility of xylan.
Hence, hydrogel network was formed through crosslinking from hydrophilic xylan polymer. 75 Modification of carboxylic groups
present in glucuronic acid residues could be used for transfoming gel. In situ injectable xylan-tyramine gel through enzymatic
crosslinking using HRP and H2O2 has been synthesized.76

2.1.15. Curdlan Based Gel

Curdlan, composed of (1 → 3)-linked β-D-glucose, is a crystalline polysaccharide with high molecular weight over 1,000,000. Its
unique gelation ability caused by heating or neutralization of its alkaline solution is well known. A novel curdlan hydrogel was
recently reported through chemical cross-linking. This gel exhibited high compression ability and exceptional shape recovery
capacity. Variable cross-linker such as ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDGE, C2), 1, 4-butane diol diglycidyl ether (BDDGE,
C4), and 1, 6-hexane diol diglycidyl ether (HDDGE, C6) were recently utilized for this type of gel synthesis. 77

2.2. Supramolecular Gel

Supramolecular hydrogels are generally formed through noncovalent interactions. Though it is similar as polymer hydrogel,
different physical and chemical properties have to be taken in consideration in terms of three-dimensional entanglement, thermal
stability and reversibility. Unlike to the typical molecular gels, thermal stability at lower temperature is an essential characteristic
for supramolecular gel.78 They are mostly homogeneous such as uniform pour size, sometimes heterogeneous network like the
bulk gel.79 Again, completely reversible sol-gel transition of these gels facile desired biomedical applications harmonizing to
existing polymer driven soft materials. 80 Generally polysaccharide based supramolecular gel can be prepared through host-guest
interaction by accommodating organic/inorganic guest molecules, where cyclodextrins (CDs), cyclic oligosaccharides extracted
through enzymatic hydrolysis of starch and was reported to act as a potential host. The polar hydrophilic external surface and
hydrophobic internal cavity are the major characteristics of CDs. Again, it contains numorous hydroxyl groups with variable
reactivity. CDs can be classified into three categories namely α-cyclodextrin (α-CD), β-cyclodextrin (β-CD), and γ-cyclodextrin
(γ-CD). They can be differentiated by the number of glucose subunits. Some reports regarding supramolecular polysaccharide gels
are demonstrated here. A supramolecular polymer coassembly, composed of Fmoc-tetrapeptide and light-responsive
arylazopyrazole (AAP), was mixed with β-CD vesicles (CDVs) to result supramolucar gel by using host–guest chemistry.81
Several iclusion complex based supramolecular polysaccharide gels were reported. For example, development of inclusion
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |23 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

complex between PEG grafted dextran and α-CDs could originate a supramolecular hydrogel.82 Another report showed star-
shaped poly-N-isopropylacrylamide (PNIPAM) polymer with a β-CD molecule forming supramolecular self-assembled
architectures through mixing with adamantly terminated eight-arm PEG polymer. Inclusion complexation between the β-CD
molecules and the adamantyl groups played the major role here. 83 Hence inclusion triggered supramolecular architecture resulted
from α-CD conjugated curdlan with photoirradiated gel–sol transition at 365 nm. Mixing of α-CD and PEG-terminated
poly(amino amine) dendrimer bearing NIR-active platinum (Pt) nanoparticles in the core resulted self healing supramolecular
network.84 Poly(acrylic acid) functionalized cyclodextrins (pAA-CDs) (host) and pAA modified with ferrocene (pAA-Fc) (known
for its redox-responsive properties) (guest) fabricated an interesting system upon addition of oxidant sodium hypochlorite
(NaClO).85 Again mono-carboxylated PEG modified chitosan was combined with α-CD resulting thermo-responsive
supramolecular hydrogel leading to supramolecular gel. 86. Hence it is already established that supramolecular gels could respond
to various chemical (pH change, ionic, etc.) and physical (light, sonication, mechanical force, etc.) stimuli along with reversible
phase transitions resulting advantageous bioapplications. For example, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC)-based pH-
triggered in situ gel containing HP-β-CD-drug inclusion complex exhinited a novel nasal delivery of Paliperidone (PLPD).87
Simply mixing of β-cyclodextrin-modified chitosan (CS−CD) with AgNO3 under basic condition leads to a stable supramolecular
hydrogel resulting high antibacterial and wound healing capacity (Figure 2). 88

I II

Figure 2. (I) (a) Illustration of the Prepared Hydrogels through Supramolecular Complexation (b) Illustration of the
Supramolecular Hydrogels Loading Anionic Drugs. (II) In vivo antibacterial and wound healing capacity of the hydrogels in the
mouse wound-infection model. (a) Images of wounds on mouse back in different treatments after 6 days of treatment. Scale bar =
0.5 cm. The calculated areas of each wound were 0.56, 0.5, 0.33, 0.25, 0.17, and 0.08 cm 2 from light to right. (b) Wound healing
rate of different groups. (c) Bacterial numbers of different groups in wound tissues evaluated by colony forming unit (cfu) assays.
Reproduced with permission from ref 88. Copyright 2021 American Chemical Society.

High attention has been paid in low molecular weight gelators (LMWGs) over recent dates in this regard, due to multi-
stimuli responsive properties, which can lead to higher flexibility for the creation of smart materials. 89 The unique properties of
LMWGs like reversible gel formation in different solvents arise from its lower molecular weight less than 2000 D. The resulting
gels processed through non-covalent driving force including hydrogen bonding, hydrophobic interactions, π- π stacking, and van
der Waals interactions, hence termed as physical gels or supramolecular gels. Several common monosaccharides and
oligosaccharide units like D-glucose, D-glucosamine, N-acetyl-D-glucosamine, D-lactose, D-maltose based LMWGs are
exceptionally good in this regard due to high biocompatatability, biodegradability (Figure 3). For example, severals sugar building
blocks starting from D-glucose has been synthesized through functionalization with triazole, alditol. Similarly, derivatization of
glyconamide at annomeric position or C-2/3 position from methyl glycosides leads to glycocluster formation and results LMWGs
which leads to supramolecular assembly. Enzyme-responsive supramolecular hydrogel has also been reported using LMWGs. 90
Glucoside-introduced supramolecular hydrogel in response to a protein is wellknown. Lactose containing amphipathic ureas forms
LMWHGs, aimed at site-specific drug release in the small intestine.91,92

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |24 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Figure 3. Structures of the sugar starting materials used often for designing low molecular weight gelators (LMWGs).
Reproduced with permission from ref 80. Copyright 2021 MDPI.

2.3. Microgel and Nanogel

Depending on the gel particle dimension, the classification of micro and nanogel was made and today’s biomedical field is
basically ruled by those materials. Microgels are the hydrogels on a microscopic scale and nanogels are on a submicron scale.
Now the basic question arises what are the properties which make them so evolitionary to modernize medical procedures.
Basically, those materials are more interesting compared to their bulk analogue due to smaller particle size, 93 superior
encapsulation efficacy of many therapeutics, such as proteins, genes, drugs and contrast agents, enhanced colloidal stability,94
inertness which facilitates drug delivery and gene therapy. Again, they respond faster to their surroundings and effectively
circulate in the blood to arrive at target sites after injection. Their high interfacial area per unit mass leads to higher exchange
rate.95 These exceptional characteristics add a new dimension to polysaccharide-based gel research field. A detail consideration
about polysaccharide micro and nanogels are discussed in this regard.
Polysaccharide based microgels are physically cross-linked polymer of colloidal size between 1 and 1000 nm and leads to
soft and porous architecture. This physical entrapment by cross-linking into a polysaccharide-based hydrogel network might
happen via hydrazide aldehyde interaction; afterward, this hydrazide-functionalized microgel transformed to covalently
crosslinked bulk hydrogel.96 Generally they are distinct particles with colloidal dispersions ability and good swelling capacity
depending on cross-linking density, synthetic process, initial monomer concentration, composition and solvents. General synthetic
methods used generally are anionic copolymerization, emulsion polymerization in presence or absence of sufactant, precipitation
method, inverse microemulsion polymerization, cross-linking of neighboring polymer chains (Figure 4).

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |25 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

II

Figure 4. (I) Physical (A) and chemical (B) strategies for enhancing the interaction between a loaded drug and a polymeric gel to
slow drug release. Reproduced with permission from ref 121. Copyright 2019 Elsevier. (II) Schematic representation of microgel
preparation by radical crosslinking polymerization in (inverse) miniemulsion: (a) emulsification and homogenization, (b)
polymerization, (c) removal of excess surfactant by washing/dialysis and subsequent freeze-drying and (d) redispersion of
microgels in a good solvent for the network-forming polymer by swelling. Reproduced with permission from ref 97. Copyright
2012 Elsevier.

Thus, several well-known polysaccharides like dextran, gelatin or chitosan formed microgel materials by using those
methods.97 Chitosan can form microgel through self-assembly or derivatization. Dual stimuli (temperature and pH) responsive
microgel was reported through copolymerization of ionizable chitosan with poly(N-isopropylacrylamide).98 UV-crosslinkable and
injectable chitosan based microgel has been synthesized by Wang et al.99 Reversible binding of lectin metalloprotein, conA to
glucose and mannose with high affinity resulted microgel. 100
On the other hand, polysaccharide based nanogels are basically physically or chemically crosslinked nanosized polymer
particles and can be prepared through nanoemulsions and nanosuspensions. Synthetic approach of several polysaccharide
nanogels are as follows. Monodisperse dextran nanogels were synthesized through the self-assembly of amphiphilic poly (D-/L-
lactide)-grafted dextran.101 Combination of azobenzene and dextran was reported by Patnaik et al. and lead to azodextran-based
nanogels by a self-assembly physical technique.102 Aguirre et al. demonstrated emulsion polymerization process followed by
electrostatic interaction to produce cationic and biodegradable polyvinyl chloride (PVCL) & polydiethylaminoethyl methacrylate
(PDEAEMA) based core-shell nanogels utilising dextran-based macro-cross-linkers. Positively charged core-shell nanogels could
interact with the negatively charged siRNA after loading and exhibited a charge reversal in zeta potential values. Another dextran
based cationic nanogels combination with (2-(methacryloyloxy)-ethyl) trimethyalammonium chloride are also reported. Thus,
stimuli responsiveness can be introduced including thermo-responsive PVCL and pH-responsive PDEAEMA, and dually thermo-
and pH-responsive PDEAEMA/PVCL-based core-shell nanogels. These syntheses are basically driven by utilizing different
biocompatible and biodegradable dextran-methacrylates as macro-cross-linkers. Modern studies show that bio-orthogonal and
reversible reaction play important role to synthesize multistimuli-responsive dextran based nanogels. These reactions mainly
fascilitated the nanogel preparation through formation of a polyhydrazone network by the cross-linking of nanodroplets obtained
from functionalized dextran with N-reactive carbonyls. These systems would be oxido reductive stress and pH sensitive, as
disulfide groups are exhibits reducing environment responsiveness. 103 Nanogels possessing dextran and oligolactide (OLA) chains
connected through disulfide bonds (Dex-g-SS-OLA) were reported as an efficient drug delivery system. Galactose (Gal) based
nanogel was reported leading to receptor-mediated endocytosis. Another report shows, colloidal chitin nanogels has been prepared

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |26 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

in calcium chloride solution with saturated methanol.104 Nanofibrous microsphere with high cellular affinity resulted from chitin
in NaOH/urea.105 Chondroitin sulfate-nisin nanogel with variable morphology and different loading capacity was reported with
electrostatic complexation.106 Chondroitin sulfate based nanogels with enhanced solubility was prepared through direct
crosslinking.107 The major component for synthesizing these nanogels was N-diethylamino-4- hydroxymethylcoumarin (CM) and
functional modification HA could enhance the selectivity towards cancer cells. 108 According to sevelar reports, HA is an
extensively used polysaccharide for nanogel preparation with biomedical applications. HA based nanogels with good
immunocompatibility and hemocompatibility could be prepared via radical copolymerization, emulsion and precipitation
polymerization through functionalization with thiolated hydrophobic molecules. 109 Fluorescent HA-iodixanol nanogels (HAI-
NGs) were synthesized by Zhu et al. and used for targeted X-ray computed tomography (CT) imaging and chemotherapy. 110
Synthesis of injectable nanocomposite temperature responsive gel from andhydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) as a matrix
with nano-sized inorganic filler and biphasic calcium phosphate (BCP) has been reported. 111 Wu et al. demonstrated injectable
nanogels with poly(NIPAM), poly(3-acrylamidophenylboronic acid) using maleic acid–dextran as a crosslinker with
monodisperse property.112 Another NIPAM and polysaccharide based hybrid nanogel was reported through chemically cross-
linking with alginate used for as efficient anticancer drug delivery. Doxorubicin loaded DNA aptamer linked myristilated chitosan
nanogel, Chitosan/albumin hybrid nanomaterials have also been explored by renowned research groups with anticancer drug
delivery applications.113 Some reports include formation of nanocomposite gel from analogous bulk structure. For example a
novel chitosan-based thermosensitive hydrogel using a sol-gel method has been synthesized and by adding silica/calcium
phosphate (SiCaP) nanoparticles it was transformed to nanocomposite hydrogels including chitosan and β-glycerophosphate (Ch-
β) as a matrix.114 Modification of an injectable thermoresponsive hydroxypropyl guar-graft-poly(N-vinylcaprolactam) (HPG-g-
PNVCL) copolymer with nano-hydroxyapatite covalently crosslinked via divinyl sulfone (DVS) lead to HPG-g-PNVCL/n-
HA/DVS as an efficient nanocomposite thermogel acting as a biocompatible scaffold for osteoblastic cell growth. 115 Glucose
responsive nanogel based on electrostatic interaction between chitosan and alginate was reported with potential bioutilizations.116
Modern research indicates the development of a new concept for brachytherapy based on intrinsically radiolabeled gold-palladium
(AuPd) alloy nanoparticles, followed by functionalization with carbohydrate-ester based liquid. Thus, the system was transformed
to biodegradable injectable nanogel allowing lower administration through small-gauge needles. Dispersion of nanoparticles in
ethanol along with water insoluble carbohydrate esters resulted “nanogels” (Figure 5). 117

Figure 5. Preparation of the 103Pd-nanogel formulation for immobilization of 103Pd-containing AuPdNPs. [103Pd] AuPdNPs were
prepared from their chloride salts using trisodium citrate. Surface coating of the particles was carried out with thiol-terminated
PNIPAAm. The liquid 103Pd-nanogel formulation was prepared by adding the [103Pd] AuPdNPs directly to a premixed solution of
LOIB or SAIB in ethanol. Reproduced with permission from ref 117. Copyright 2021 Wiley.

As per the last section, these materials have been used in several biomedical applications. Hence sterilization is very
important in this regard. A novel approach to get purified nanogel is autoclave method at high temperature and pressure.
Montanari et al. reported the synthesis of gellan- and HA-cholesterol derivatives followed by dispersion in aqueous solutions, and
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |27 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

then, sterilization through autoclave leads to pure polymeric nanogels. 118 An interaction between hydrophobic cholesterol moieties
and hydrophilic polysaccharide chains under autoclave condition (temperature (121 oC) and pressure (1.1 bar for 20 min) was
explored.

3. CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE PERSPECTIVE

The above discussion has given an overview on porosity-based classification of recently developed polysaccharide-based gel. I
have discussed every case as an applicative viewpoint. Numerous common polysaccharide based highly porous hydrogel network
composed of cellulose, alginate, chitin, chitosan and hyaluronic acid can provide a biomimetic and moist cellular outgrowing
environment, where the porous structure not only accommodates the living cells, but diffuse gases, nutrients and waste
products.119
Though scientists are making progress in this field, more development is required in this aspect. The clarity of understanding
about the porosity will not only define the structural pattern of the gel, classify them as bulk, nano or microgel, but several
properties like in situ injectability and self-healing properties can be incorporated. These are essential requirements for wide
biomedical applications and industrial uses. Hence, better understanding should be built on porosity specific synthetic approaches
through functional group modification via a cost-effective process. Moreover, industrial method with higher economical
feasibility to introduce porosity for a broad range of therapeutic applications should also be explored further. Hence, this review
climaxes that more analytical research, which should get a good appreciation in polysaccharide-based gel synthetic field in future.

Conflict of Interest
The authors declare no conflict of interest

Acknowledgements
I thank the Science and Engineering Research Board (SERB), Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) and
Government of India for my fellowship and research grands during my Ph.D in Indian Institute of Science Education and
Research, Kolkata and Postdoctoral journey in the University of Burdwan.

REFERENCES
1.F. G. Torres, O. P. Troncoso, A. Pisani, F. Gatto and G. Bardi, Int. J. Mol. Sci. 20, 5092 (2019). https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms20205092
2. Z. A. Raza, S.A. Munim and A. Ayub, Carbohydrate Research 510, 108443 (2021).
3. A. Nešić, G. Cabrera-Barjas, S. Dimitrijević-Branković, S. Davidović, N. Radovanović and C. Delattre, Molecules 25, 135 (2020).
https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules25010135
4. P. Manivasagan and J. Oh, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 82, 315 (2016).
5. A. Tchobanian, H. V. Oosterwyck and P. Fardim, Carbohydrate Polymers 205, 601 (2019).
6. Y. Zheng, J. Monty and R. J. Linhardt, Carbohydrate Research 405, 23 (2015).
7. M. Zhu, H. Jin, T. Shao, Y. Li, J. Liu, L. Gan and M. Long, Materials & Design 192,108723 (2020).
8. H. Hu and F-J. Xu, Biomater. Sci. 8, 2084 (2020).
9. N. Basu, A. Chakraborty and R. Ghosh, Gels 4, 52 (2018).
10. K. Farzanian and A. Ghahremaninezhad, Gels 4, 70 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/gels4030070
11. M. Nasrollahzadeh, M. Sajjadi, S. Iravani and R. S. Varma, Carbohydrate Polymers 251, 116986 (2021).
12. Md. I. H. Mondal, Synthesis and Applications of Carbohydrate-Based Hydrogels. Springer International Publishing AG, part of
Springer Nature. Cellulose-based superabsorbent hydrogels, polymers and polymeric composites: a reference series. (2018).
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-76573-0_49-1
13. K. Mohana, T. Muralisankarb, V. Uthayakumara, R. Chandirasekara, N. Revathia, A. R. Ganesanc, K. Velmurugand, P. Sathishkumare,
R. Jayakumarf and P. Seedevig, Carbohydrate Polymers 238,116185 (2020).
14. M. Goh, Y. Kim, K. Gwon, K. Min, Y. Hwang, G. Tae, Carbohydrate Polymer 174, 990 (2017).
15. D. Klemm, B. Heublein, H. P. Fink and A. Bohn, Angewandte Chemie International Edition 44, 3358 (2005).
16. R. J. Moon, A. Martini, J. Nairn, J. Simonsen and J. Youngblood, Chemical Society Reviews 40, 3941 (2011).
17. H. Park, M. H. Kim, Y. Yoon and W. H. Won Ho Park, Carbohydrate Polymers 157, 775 (2017).
18. X. Shen, J. L. Shamshina, P. Berton, G. Gurau and R. D. Rogers, Green Chemistry 18, 53 (2016).
19. S. Lee, Y. H. Park and C. S. Ki, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 83, 1–8 (2016).
20. Y. Shen, X. Li, Y. Huang, G. Chang, K. Cao and J. Yang, et al., Macromolecular Research 24, 602 (2016).
21. J. Radhakrishnan, A. Subramanian, U. M. Krishnan and S. Sethuraman, Biomacromolecules 18, 1 (2017).
22. H. Imen, Fatih Özogul and Joe M. Regenstein, Trends in Food Science & Technology 48, 40 (2016).
23. B. Chen, S. Wu and Q. Ye, Carbohydrate Polymers 259, 117707 (2021).
24. H. P. S. Abdul Khalil, C. K. Saurabhm, A. S. A. Adnan, M. R. Nurul Fazita, M. I. Syakir, Y. Davoudpour and R. Dungani, Carbohydrate
Polymers 150, 216-226 (2016).
25. Z. Shi, X. gao, M. W. Ullah, S. Li, Q. Wang and G. Yang, Biomaterials 111, 40 (2016).
26. J. O. Gonçalves, J. P. Santos, E. C. Rios, M. M. Crispim, G. L. Dotto and L. A. A. Pinto, Journal of Molecular Liquids 225, 265 (2017).
27. M. Sadeghi, F. Hanifpour, R. Taheri, H. Javadian and M. Ghasemi, Process Safety and Environmental Protection 102, 119 (2016).

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |28 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

28. N. B. Milosavljević, M. Đ. Ristić, A. A. Perić-Grujić, J. M. Filipović, S. B. Štrbac, Z. L. Rakočević and M. T. Kalagasidis Krušić,
Journal of Hazardous Materials 192, 846 (2011).
29. K. Delmar and H. Bianco-Peled, Carbohydrate Polymers 136, 570 (2016).
30. T. Jóźwiak, U. Filipkowska, P. Szymczyk, J. Rodziewicz and A. Mielcarek, Reactive and Functional Polymers 114, 58 (2017).
31. X. Bai, Z. Bao, S. Bi, Y. Li, X. Yu, S. Hu, ... and X. Chen, Macromolecular Bioscience 18(3), 1700305 (2018).
32. Z. Li, H. Shim, M. O. Cho, I. S. Cho, J. H. Lee, S.-W. Kang and K. M. Huh, Carbohydrate Polymers 184, 342 (2018)
33. M. Yadollahi, S. Farhoudian, S. Barkhordari, I. Gholamali, H. Farhadnejad and H. Motasadizadeh, International Journal of Biological
Macromolecules 82, 273 (2016).
34. P. M. Pakdel and S. J. Peighambardoust, Carbohydrate Polymers 201, 264 (2018).
35. S. Baghaie, M. T. Khorasani, A. Zarrabi and J. Moshtaghian, Journal of Biomaterials Science. Polymer Edition 28, 2220 (2017).
36. Z. Wang, J. Nie and W. Qin, et al. Nat Commun. 7, 12033 (2016).
37. L. Zhang, Y. Ma, X. Pan, S. Chen, H. Zhuang and S. Wang, Carbohydrate Polymers 180, 168 (2018).
38. S. Wang and L. Copeland, Effect of Acid Hydrolysis on Starch Structure and Functionality: A Review. Critical Reviews in Food Science
and Nutrition 55, 1081 (2015).
39. G. Liu, Z. Gu, Y. Hong, L. Cheng and G. Li, Trends in Food Science & Technology 63, 70 (2017).
40. N. Klaochanpong, C. Puttanlek, V. Rungsardthong, S. Puncha-arnon and D. Uttapap, Food Hydrocolloids 45, 218 (2015).
41. G. Liu, Y. Hong, Z. Gu, Z. Li and L. Cheng, Food Hydrocolloids 45, 351 (2015).
42. M. F. P. Graca, S. P. Miguel, C. S. D. Cabral and I. J. Correia, Carbohydrate Polymers 24, 116364 (2020)
43. E. Piron and R. Tholin, Polysaccharide Crosslinking, Hydrogel Preparation, Resulting Polysaccharide (S) and Hydrogel (s), uses
thereof. Google Patents. (2005)
44. A. Khelfi, Therapeutic Enzymes Used for the treatment of Non-Deficiency Diseases. Research Advancements in Pharmaceutical,
Nutritional, And Industrial Enzymology. IGI Global 46 (2018).
45. C. Fiorica, F. S. Palumbo, G. Pitarresi, M. Allegra, R. Puleio and G. Giammona, Journal of Drug Delivery Science and Technology 46,
28 (2018).
46. S. Wu, L. Deng, H. Hsia, K. Xu, Y. He and Q. Huang, et al., Journal of Biomaterials Applications 31, 1380 (2017).
47. L. Shi, Y. Zhao, Q. Xie, C. Fan, J. Hilborn and J. Dai, et al. Advanced Healthcare Materials 7, 1700973 (2018).
48. W. Shia, B. Hass, M. A. Kussa, H. Zhang, S. Ryud, D. Z. T. Lig and Bin Duana Yu-long Lif, Carbohydrate Polymers 241, 116364
(2020).
49. H. Gao, C. Yu, Q. Li and X. Cao, Carbohydrate Polymers 258, 117663 (2021).
50. D. Q. Wu, F. Qiu, T. Wang, X. J. Jiang, X. Z. Zhang and R. X. Zhuo, ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 1, 319 (2009).
51. C. Hiemstra, L. J. Aa, Z. Zhong, P. J. Dijkstra and J. Feijen, Macromolecules 40, 1165 (2007).
52. A. M. M. Sousa, H. K. S. Souza, J. Uknalis, S.-C. Liu, M. P. Goncalves, L. Liu, Carbohydr. Polym. 115, 348 (2015).
53. A. A. Amini and L. S. Nair, Biomed. Mater. 7, 24105 (2012).
54. L. Caoa, W. Lua., A. Mataa, K. Nishinarib and Y. Fang, Carbohydrate Polymers 2020, 242, 116389 (2020).
55. S. St¨oßlein, I. Grunwald, J. Stelten and A. Hartwig, Carbohydrate Polymers 205, 287 (2019).
56. Y. A. Mørch, I. Donati, B. L. Strand and G. Skjåk-Bræk, Biomacromolecules 7, 1471 (2006).
57. G. Simóa, E. Fernández, J. Vila-Crespob, V. Ruipérezb and J. M. Rodríguez-Nogales, Carbohydrate Polymers 170, 1 (2017).
58. I. N. Besiri, T. B. Goudoulas and N. Germann, Carbohydrate Polymers. 246, 116615 (2020).
59. R. Resmia, J. Parvathya, A. Johnb and R. Joseph, Carbohydrate Polymers 234, 115902 (2020).
60. A. J. Ribeiro, F. R. L. de Souza, J. M. N. A. Bezerra, C. Oliveira, D. Nadvorny, R. de La, M. F. Soares,...and J. L. Soares Sobrinho,
Carbohydrate Polymers 147, 188 (2016).
61. D. D. Nguyen and J-Y. Lai, Polym. chem. 11, 6988 (2020).
62. H. E. Tahira, Z. Xiaoboa, G. K. Mahunub, M. Arslana, M. Abdalhaia and L. Zhihua, Carbohydrate Polymers 224, 115141 (2019).
63. K. M. Zia, S. Tabasum, M. F. Khan, N. Akram, N. Akhter, A. Noreen, ... and M. Zuber, Macromolecules 109, 1068 (2018).
64. G. Han, H. Shao, X. Zhu, G. Wang, F. Liu, F. Wang, P. Ling and T. Zhang, Carbohydr. Polym. 89, 870 (2012).
65. A. C. Mendes, E. T. Baran, R. C. Pereira, H. S. Azevedo and R. L. Reis, Macromol. Biosci. 12, 350 (2012).
66. S. Y. Chan, W. S. Choo, D. J. Young and X. J. Loh, Carbohydrate Polymers 161, 118 (2017).
67. J. Krongsin, C. Gamonpilas, P. Methacanon, A. Panya and S. M. Goh, Food Hydrocolloids 50, 128 (2015).
68. R. Jin, L. S. Teixeira, P. J. Dijkstra, C. A. Van Blitterswijk, M. Karperien and J. Feijen, J. Control. Release 152, 186 (2011).
69. J. H. Choi, Y. K. Joung, J. W. Bae, J. W. Choi, T. N. Quyen, and K. D. Park, Macromol. Res. 19, 180 (2011).
70. D.-A. Wang, S. Varghese, B. Sharma, I. Strehin, S. Fermanian, J. Gorham, D. H. Fairbrother, B. Cascio and J. H. Elisseeff, Nat. Mater.
6, 385 (2007).
71. Y. Gao, B. Li, W. Kong, L. Yuan, L. Guo, C. Li, H. Fan, Y. Fan and X. Zhang, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 118,
2014 (2018).
72. E. G. Popa, M. E. Gomes and R. L. Reis, Biomacromolecules 12, 3952 (2011).
73. J. C. Fricain, S. Schlaubitz, C. Le Visage, I. Arnault, S. M. Derkaoui, S. R Catros, C. Lalande, R. Bareille, M. Renard, T. Fabre, S.
Cornet,….and J. Amedee, Biomaterials 34, 2947 (2013).
74. V. Kuzmenkoa, D. Häggc, G. Toriza and P. Gatenholm, Carbohydrate Polymers 102, 862 (2014).
75. A. F. A. Chimphango, W. H. van Zyl and J. F. Görgens, Carbohydrate Polymers 88, 1109 (2012).
76. Y. Feng, Q. Li, D. Wu, Y. Niu, C. Yang, L. Dong and C. Wang, Biomaterials 134, 128 (2017).
77. Y. Matsumoto, Y. Enomoto, S. Kimura and I. Tadahisa, Carbohydrate Polymers 269, 118312 (2021).
78. B. Tiana, S. Huab and J. Liu, Carbohydrate Polymers 232, 115805 (2020).
79. Y. Matsumoto, A. Shundo, M. Ohno, N. Tsuruzoe, M. Goto and K. Tanaka, Langmuir 34, 7503 (2018).
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |29 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

80. J. Morris, J. Bietsch, K. Bashaw and G. Wang, Gels 7, 24 (2021).

81. C. W. Chu and C. A. Schalley, Organic Materials 3, 25 (2021)
82. S. Gim, Y. Zhu, P. H. Seeberger and M. Delbianco, Nanomed Nanobiotechnol. 1558, 1 (2019).
83. Z. X. Zhang, K. L. Liu and J. Li, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 52, 6180 (2013).
84. J. Hoque, N. Sangaj and S. Varghese, Macromol. Biosci. 1800259 (2018).
85. M. Nakahata, Y. Takashima, H. Yamaguchi and A. Harada, Nat. Commun. 2, 511 (2011).
86. M. C. G. Pelláa, M. K. Lima-Tenóriob, E. T. Tenório-Neto, M. R. Guilherme, E. C. Muniza and A. F. Rubira, Carbohydrate Polymers
196, 233 (2018).
87. A. P. Sherje and V. Londhe, Carbohydrate Polymers 196, 233 (2018).
88. J. Wang, L. Feng, Q. Yu, Y. Chen and Y. Liu. 22, 534 (2021)
89. X. Guan, K. Fan, T. Gao, A. Ma, B. Zhang, J. Song, Chem. Commun. 52, 962 (2016).
90. S. Kimura, M. Yokoya and M. Yamanaka, Chem. Lett. 50, 459 (2021).
91. S. Akama, T. Maki and M. Yamanaka, Chem. Commun. 54, 8814 (2018).
92. T. Maki, R. Yoshisaki, S. Akama and M. Yamanaka, Polym. J. 52, 931 (2020).
93. G. T. Franzesi, B. Ni, Y. Ling and A. Khademhosseini, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 128, 15064 (2006).
94. G. Soni and K. S. Yadav, Saudi Pharm. J. 24, 133 (2016).
95. N. Sahiner, W. Godbey, G. L. McPherson and V.T. John, Colloid. Polym. Sci. 284, 1121 (2006).
96. M. Bayat and S. Nasri, Nanomaterials for Drug Delivery and Therapy 12, 343 (2019).
97. D. Klinger and K. Landfester, Polymer 53, 5209 (2012).
98. A. Kulkarnia, A. Tourretteb, M.C.G. Warmoeskerkena and D. Jocic, Carbohydrate Polymers 82, 1306 (2010).
99. L. Wang, F. Xu, X. Gang, U. Demirci, D. Wei and Y. Zhou, Acta Biomaterialia 22, 59 (2015)
100. S. Fuchs, K. Shariati and M. Ma, Pharm Res. 37, 202 (2020).
101. K. Nagahama, Y. Mori, Y. Ohya and T. Ouchi, Biomacromolecules 8, 2135 (2007).
102. S. Patnaik, K. S. Ashwani, G. R. Gandhi and C. K. Gupta, Int. J. Pharm. 342, 184 (2007).
103. M. S. Alkanawati, M. Machtakova, K. Landfester and H. Thérien-Aubin, Biomacromolecules 22, 2976 (2021).
104. M. V. Priya, M. Sabitha and R. Jayakumar, Carbohydrate Polymers 136, 609 (2016).
105. B. Duan, X. Zheng, Z. Xia, X. Fan, L. Guo, J. Liu,… and L. Zhang, Angewandte Chemie International Edition 54, 5152 (2015).
106. S. Mohtashamian, S. Boddohi and S. Hosseinkhani, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 107, 2730 (2018).
107. J. Wang, W. Zhao, H. Chen, A. Qin and P. Zhu, Nanoscale Research Letters 12, 572 (2017).
108. M. Ashrafizadeh, S. Mirzaei and M. H. Gholami et al., Carbohydrate Polymers 272, 118491 (2021).
109. S. S. Pedrosa, P. Pereira, A. Correia, S. Moreira, H. Rocha and F. M. Gama, Macromolecular Bioscience 16, 1610 (2016).
110. Y. Zhu, X. Wang, J. Chen, J. Zhang, F. Meng, C. Deng, …and Z. Zhong, Journal of Controlled Release 244, 229 (2016).
111. R. M. Seyedlar, A. Nodehi, M. Atai and M. Imani, Carbohydrate Polymers 99, 257 (2014).
112. Z. Wu, X. Zhang and H. Guo et al., J Mater Chem. 22, 22788 (2012).
113. R. Ahmad, Y. Deng, R. Singh, M. Hussain and M. Ali, et al. Journal of Biomedical Nanotechnology 14, 20 (2018).
114. S. M. Latifi1, C. Tang and H. J. Donahue, Journal of Biomaterials and Nanobiotechnology 12, 34 (2021).
115. A. Parameswaran-Thankam, C. M. Parnell, F. Watanabe and B. Ambar et al., ACS Omega 3, 15158 (2018).
116. M. Vicario-de-la-Torre and J. Forcada, Gels 3, 16 (2017).
117. M. Fach, F. P. Fliedner, P. J. Kempen, F. Melander, A. E. Hansen, L. M. Bruun, U. Köster, E. Sporer, A. Kjær, T. L. Andresen, A. I.
Jensen and J. R. Henriksen, Adv. Healthcare Mater. 10, 2002 (2021).
118. E. Montanari, M. De Rugeriis, C. Di Meo, R. Censi, T. Coviello, F. Alhaique and P. Matricardi, J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Med. 26, 1
(2015).
119. D. D. Nguyen and J-Y. Lai, Polym. chem. 11, 6988 (2020).

Recent development of Polysaccharide Based gel: Porosity Based Classification and A Future Perspective
Ishita Mukherjee*
A modern and compile classification was needed for better understanding of synthetic approach for biodegradable common polysaccharide-
based hydrogels and their applications. Introducing gel porosity-based classification is a novel approach facilitating to understand the gel
structure. The review mainly focused the recent advancement of polysaccharide-based gels with targeted porosity.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |30 |

SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |31 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

THE FEMINIST RESPONSES TO MARY WOLLSTONECRAFT: A

READING

Anasuya Adhikari1, Dr. Birbal Saha2

1
Ph.D. Research Scholar, Department of Education, Sidho-Kanho-Birsha University, Purulia, West Bengal,
India ORCID Id: 0000-0002-0388-3545
2
Professor, Department of Education, Sidho-Kanho-Birsha University, Purulia, West Bengal, India
ORCID Id: 0000-0002-4103-6283

Corresponding Author: Dr. Birbal Saha

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11181
DOI No: 10.36713/epra11181

ABSTRACT
According to the well-known study on Wollstonecraft's reception in the early 20 th century, some feminists embraced her unusual life
experience as a personal model for their own experiments with, and literary reflections on, love, sex, and marriage. She frequently used
the first-person plural to refer to herself as a part of the greater community of women who endure patriarchal oppression in A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman. There is evidence that many intellectuals regarded Wollstonecraft's contributions to modern women
largely from a biographical and literary standpoint. Examples include Virginia Woolf, Ruth Benedict, and Emma Goldman. Numerous
important biographical studies of Wollstonecraft's life and literary critiques of her writing have been produced since the 1970s. The
second wave of feminist researchers, however, were undoubtedly most influenced by this symbolic interpretation of Wollstonecraft as a
personal figure. In this research paper, we aim to investigate the feminist theories of Wollstonecraft as well as her experiments with
gender, life, marriage, literature, and society.
KEYWORDS: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Mary Wollstonecraft, Feminism, Radical Feminist, Modern Feminism

INTRODUCTION
What can be said about something that we presently consider to be feminist philosophy if, properly speaking, feminism did not
exist in the eighteenth century? The question can be posed because feminist thought has a long history, as Janes herself acknowledges
in her analysis of Mary Astell's seventeenth-century essay, A Serious Proposal to the Ladies (Part I, 1694). Astell was putting feminist
theory into practise when she suggested creating a ‗Retirement‘ where ‗women‘ may serve God and advance their minds (the two
goals having a radical interchangeability). She foreshadows Mary Wollstonecraft's parallel appeal to God in her case by stating that
her religious views form the core of her wish to acknowledge women as sensible human beings in A Vindication of the Rights of
Woman are supported by the fact that they are human beings, just like men, and that they were put here to develop their faculties.
When Mary Wollstonecraft's A Vindication of the Rights of Woman was published at the beginning of 1792, it is generally
believed that it was met with shock, horror, and mockery. The forces of reaction allegedly gathered to oppose this audacious attempt
to assert women's equality and spattered the Amazon with their pens. Her biographers have argued time and time again that the work's
first evaluations and recorded responses were overwhelmingly positive, but this has had no effect on the widespread misperception.
The causes of the academic ineffectiveness are plain to see. Later in the decade, Wollstonecraft came under fire from the media, and
for most of the nineteenth century, feminists used her name as proof of the terrible effects of female liberation. The quiet approval of
1792 was completely outnumbered by the clamorous of 1798 in terms of both intensity and duration. Since the majority of authors
who have written about Wollstonecraft and A Vindication of the Rights of Woman are primarily focused on the slow progress of
female emancipation, they anticipate a negative reaction to her and her work and show little to no interest in the oddities of late
eighteenth-century social thought.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |32 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

THOUGHTS ON WOLLSTONECRAFT’S FEMINISM

The emphasis on a person's potential for logical self-improvement and spiritual contemplation, however, was replaced by
Wollstonecraft, ushering in a new era of feminist ideology that was founded on Enlightenment rights and called for a larger social shift
in the status of women. The feminist theory did, however, enter a new phase with the work of Wollstonecraft, shifting from a focus on
the ability of the individual for logical self-improvement and spiritual contemplation to an Enlightenment rights-based argument for a
larger social transformation in the status of women.
The possession of the political clout to further the egalitarian change of the home, community, and state, Wollstonecraft
targeted many of her assertions in A Vindication of the Rights of Woman at enfranchised males. She has been accused of misogyny and
male identification by some academics due to her harsh criticisms of the degraded social status of women in her era, her general
demonstration of herself as a unique exception to this rule, and her advocacy for women's equality in the pursuit of the same moral
standards as men. In the A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Poovey even went so far as to say that she ―rejected a female speaking
voice‖ (1984).
However, as we have seen, Wollstonecraft frequently addressed other women in the first person, empathising with their
concerns and interests. In the A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, she regularly utilised the first-person plural to identify herself as a
member of the larger community of women who experience patriarchal injustice: ―we might as well never have been born, unless it
were necessary that we should be created to enable man to acquire the noble privilege of reason,‖ she pointed out with dark humor
(89). This first-person plural formulation foreshadows Wollstonecraft's final novel's ‗radical feminist‘ shift, in which the middle-class
Maria comes to understand the anguish of the working-class Jemima by hearing her personal account of experiencing patriarchal
oppression all of her life: ―thinking of Jemima‘s peculiar fate and her own, she was led to consider the oppressed state of women, and
to lament that she had given birth to a daughter‖ (Wollstonecraft [1798] 1994; Lorch 1990). Taylor has stressed the psychological
necessity of this sense of solidarity—more especially, the identification of the individual with group oppression—for the emergence of
any social movement to address collective injustice (2003, 238–239).
The 1846 state-level legislative petition and the 1848 Seneca Falls public conference for women‘s rights in upstate New York
marked the beginning of organised (formal, public, and collective) feminism in the nineteenth century (Ginzberg 2005). The women‘s
political clubs of the liberal stage of the French Revolution marked the unofficial beginning of modern feminist action, but
Robespierre put an end to it (Landes 1988). In early to mid-nineteenth-century American culture, abolitionist, prohibition, and
benevolent societies also served as a platform for women‘s innovative engagement in social change and informal politics. In France,
Britain, Germany, and the United States, feminist factions emerged within the socialist and anarchist movements. Women‘s rights
movements from Britain to Russia to Chile were frequently centred around these educational causes, and there were founding of
female academies, colleges, and universities as well as a push for coeducational access to men‘s institutions of higher learning (Stites
[1978] 1991; Tagle 2005). Feminist ideas quickly spread through intricate global organisations of like-minded women and men from
the 1830s through the 1860s (Anderson 2000). By the 1870s and 1880s, a number of feminist organisations were thriving, including
the National Woman Suffrage Association in the United States and indigenous women‘s reading groups in Maharashtra (Bykov 1911;
Deshpande 2008).
In France, Germany, Britain and the United States, feminist factions emerged within the socialist and anarchist movements.
Initiations of female academies, colleges, and in the year 1900, some national feminist organisations had joined global networks,
including the International Women‘s Suffrage Association (Holton 2010). Despite not being coined until 1870 in France, the word
‗feminist‘ spread quickly around the world (Offen 2000, 19–20). It began to be used as a broad term to encompass many justifications
and forms of activity against patriarchy and in favour of the welfare of women as a whole (Offen 2010, 16).
El Movimiento Feminista was the title of Elvira Lopez‘s doctoral dissertation on the global expansion of feminism, which she
wrote in Argentina in 1901. She traced the movement‘s philosophical roots to ‗Inglaterra,‘ where Wollstonecraft, Mary Astell, and
Saint Thomas More were prominent figures. She then described how its ideas expanded to the United States and other countries
(Lopez 1901, 206). By 1914, the word ‗feminism‘ had taken over as the preferred name for advocacy on behalf of women, including
the now-universal fight for women‘s suffrage (Cott 1987, 3, 14).
A Vindication of the Rights of Woman appeared in five further English editions in London and New York in the first half of the
nineteenth century after being completely translated into French, German, Dutch, and Danish within a decade of its publication in
1792 and excerpted in a Spanish magazine (Kitts 1994; Botting 2013a). In preparation for their campaign to add women‘s suffrage in
the fifteenth amendment to the United States constitution, Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton published the complete
passage in their feminist newspaper in 1869. Constitution (Botting and Carey 2004). Due to the book‘s 100th anniversary, two rival
editions with forewords by Englishwomen Millicent Fawcett and Elizabeth Robins Pennell were published. Between 1890 and 1892,
their editions were printed numerous times in London and New York; copies of each were autographed and donated to the American
Library of Congress by women‘s suffragist Carrie Chapman Catt. New translations into German by Bertha Pappenheim in 1899 and

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |33 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

the first translation into Czech by Anna Holmová in 1904 came after them. Comparative analysis of the forewords to the centennial-
era editions of the A Vindication of the Rights of Woman indicates the lasting power of Wollstonecraft‘s first-person style of
argumentation for feminists‘ self-understandings of their movement.

FIVE INTRODUCTIONS TO CENTENNIAL EDITIONS OF A VINDICATION OF THE RIGHTS OF WOMAN

A draught of the introduction to a never-finished centennial edition of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman was written by
Olive Schreiner, the South African author best known for her 1883 feminist novel, Story of an African Farm. As Burdett has
demonstrated, the colonial expatriate participated actively in Karl Pearson‘s ‗Men's and Woman's Club‘ in London in 1885 and 1886
(which was initially intended to be named after Wollstonecraft). She met publisher Walter Scott through Pearson's network. Scott
urged the young feminist to present a fresh version of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman after learning about her desire to analyze
the late Victorian ‗sex question‘ through theory (Burdett 1994). Schreiner spent three years working on the project before giving up in
1889. Although she began by reiterating the typical British Victorian criticism of Wollstonecraft's writing and contributions, her
introduction swiftly shifted to a positive rehabilitation of the book's visionary grasp of the ‗necessity‘ of the ‗woman's movement‘
(Schreiner [1889] 1994, 190).
According to Schreiner, the author‘s own experiences as a woman served as the inspiration for the book‘s call for women‘s
liberation: ―Being a woman, perhaps there was no necessity for her to see it; she knew it‖ ([1889] 1994, 190). Her observations of
black women in South Africa, who she said exemplified the ‗primitive‘ and organic foundations of the global female experience of
their sex‘s subjugation, served as the essay‘s conclusion. Despite having a patronising image of these indigenous women as
‗uncivilised‘ due to her colonial upbringing, Schreiner opposed British feminists who denied black women the right to vote when the
Union of South Africa was established in 1910.
Schreiner described her interactions with the neighbourhood black women as a form of feminist ethnography despite her
preconceptions. By separating the first-person voices of herself and the indigenous women she interviewed, she aimed to maintain the
cultural differences between them. She recalled, ―I have bent over a woman half flogged to death by her husband, and seen her rise,
cut and bleeding, lay her child against her wounded breast, and go and kneel down silently before the grind-stone and begin to grind‖
([1889] 1994, 193).
She had a lengthy discussion with a black lady to better understand her ‗deep‘ resignation to patriarchal tyranny. She then
translated her lengthy explanation. The interviewee‘s perspective on the black woman‘s dual burden of racial and sex-based
subjugation was captured by Schreiner: ―we are dogs, we are dogs. There may perhaps be a good for the white women; I do not know;
there is no good for the black‖ ([1889] 1994, 193). The laments of Wollstonecraft and her imaginary alter ego Maria about the birth of
women into dominance were mirrored in this African woman's voice as ‗I‘ and ‗we‘ statements. Schreiner regarded the black woman‘s
grief as a symbol of the ‗necessity‘ of women‘s acquiescence to sexual dominance in primitive civilizations, in contrast to A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘s need for political reforms to combat such systemic injustice against women. Schreiner's
introduction to A Vindication of the Rights of Woman reflects Wollstonecraft's recognition of the rhetorical and methodological
significance of employing the ‗I‘ and the ‗we‘ in recording women‘s experiences of denigration at the hands of males, despite its
unsettling social Darwinist conclusion.
An academic biography written by Elizabeth Robins Pennell in 1884 defended Wollstonecraft from the popular Victorian
British perception of her as a morally reprehensible proponent of free love. When Schreiner‘s introduction A Vindication of the Rights
of Woman was left unfinished, she stepped in to finish it for publisher Walter Scott‘s 1891–1892 edition. First-person narrative was
frequently utilised in Pennell's introduction to establish her authority in the expanding but still largely male-dominated field of
scholarship on Wollstonecraft and the development of women‘s rights (1891, xxii). She also emphasised the transnational nature of
the feminist movement from Wollstonecraft‘s time to the present by writing in the first person. Pennell inscribed the essay with her
own location, Budapest, 1891, and highlighted Hungarian women‘s rights theorists who went back to the French Revolution.
Similar to how she did in her biography, Pennell recast Wollstonecraft as an Enlightenment Protestant in order to lessen the
shock value of her views on women‘s human rights to a conservative audience: ―that woman, as a human being, has rights was but
the inevitable conclusion of the then new philosophical theory, that ‗man is born free,‘ which, as inevitably, had been developed from
the premises of the Reformation‖ (1891, viii). In her capacity as a biographer, she also saw the importance of reading A Vindication of
the Rights of Woman as being based on the authority of Wollstonecraft‘s firsthand accounts of being a woman: ―had she not seen for
herself the unspeakable misery caused by the intellectual and domestic degradation of women, she would not have been so quick to
discern the flaw in the reasoning of Rousseau and his French and English disciples. Her book gains in force when it is realized how
entirely her arguments and doctrines are based on experience‖ (1891, viii). While she identified A Vindication of the Rights of
Woman as the ―text book of the new generation of believers in women‘s rights,‖ it was Pennell who distanced Mary Wollstonecraft
from her contemporary feminist activists. She the others were those who, ―have failed to grasp the true meaning of the ‗Vindication‘‖
(1891, xxii). Pennell‘s deft feminist language portrayed Wollstonecraft as providing women both a wider and more sensible choice,

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |34 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

implying that some feminists naively desired to avoid sexual difference or household roles entirely: ―to live her own life, to follow her
own profession, whether this was solely domestic or no‖ (1891, xxiii).
In her introduction, Pennell rehabilitated Wollstonecraft's biography as well as A Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘s
arguments for Victorian readers. She utilised first-person narration sparingly to emphasise how well she understood the most
contentious parts of Wollstonecraft‘s history, ―As far as we can be certain,‖ she remarked that Wollstonecraft‘s friendship with Fanny
Blood during her adolescence was her only ―passionate love‖ much before she fell in love with Gilbert Imlay at the age of thirty-two
(1891, xiv). Wollstonecraft mentioned, ―I think . . . she was doing what she thought was right‖ residing with Imlay without having a
religious ceremony like a marriage (1891, xv). After Imlay abandoned her for another woman, Pennell finally said, ―I know of nothing
so terrible in fiction as her second attempt at suicide‖ (1891, xvi). Pennell‘s interpretation of the psychological underpinnings of A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman arguments served as a template for contemporary research on Wollstonecraft, which frequently
takes the form of intellectual or contextual biographies (Todd 2000, Taylor 2003, Gordon 2005).
The centennial edition of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman published in 1890 by Millicent Fawcett owes a tribute to
Pennell‘s 1884 biography of Wollstonecraft. Similarly, she described Wollstonecraft as a result of the Reformation and rights-based
Enlightenment views. She nevertheless purposefully sidestepped the Victorian debates concerning Wollstonecraft‘s amorous
preferences by citing the authority of modern biographical studies: ―the facts of Mary Wollstonecraft‘s life are now so well known
through the biographies of Mr. Kegan Paul and Mrs. Pennell, and her memory has been so thoroughly vindicated from the contumely
that was at one time heaped upon it, that I do not propose to dwell upon her personal history‖ (1890).
Fawcett instead examined A Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘s claims and their impact on the women's rights movement: ―I
have here endeavored to consider the character of the initiative which she gave to the women‘s rights movement in England, and I
find that she stamped upon it from the outset the word Duty, and has impressed it with a character that it has never since lost‖ (1890,
29–30). Fawcett symbolically connected her work for the ‗movement‘ with the concepts of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman
because she was the driving force behind the British women‘s suffrage movement. In addition, she skillfully highlighted
Wollstonecraft‘s combination of ‗rights‘ and ‗duties‘ in her reading of the book to persuade the conservative members of her audience
that it was morally necessary to support women‘s rights, especially the right to vote. She drew a comparison between the decency of
‗our time‘ and the corrupt culture of the eighteenth century, which Wollstonecraft detested (1890). She asserted that A Vindication of
the Rights of Woman should provide modern readers a ‗pleasing certainty‘ of their moral integrity (1890).
While Fawcett, like Pennell, only seldom used the first person in her preface, she frequently cited A Vindication of the Rights of
Woman‘s first-person justifications: ―I have already quoted her saying, ‗I do not want women to have power over men, but over
themselves‘‖ (1890, 29). Fawcett succeeded in identifying herself, her feminist ‗organisation,‘ and her conservative culture with A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘s thundering moral vindication of female self-governance through the use of such concentric
circles of first-person argument. In the end, Fawcett transformed Wollstonecraft into a version of herself: she was ―the basically
womanly woman,‖ whose insightful thought foreshadowed the admirable Victorian preoccupation with making women‘s rights
consistent with ―the motherly and the wifely inclinations‖ (1890). Fawcett demonstrated her political savings by highlighting how A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘s imaginative devotion to women‘s suffrage, professions in medicine, and economic
independence mesh well with marriage and family life both inside Wollstonecraft‘s work and in their ‗own time.‘ Eberle observes that
Fawcett was more direct than Pennell in linking the ‗movement‘ for women's rights to Wollstonecraft's book, but she overlooks the
fact that they both used a feminist rhetorical strategy to defend the importance of Wollstonecraft's life and ideals for their conservative
cultures (2002).
A number of German studies of Wollstonecraft's life and work were inspired by the 100 th anniversary of her passing, notably
Bertha Pappenheim's piece Das Frauenrecht (1897) and her newly translated German version of A Vindication of the Rights of
Woman (1899). Pappenheim was a pioneer in the fight for Jewish women‘s rights and is best known for establishing the Jüdischen
Frauenbundes Deutschlands in 1904. Pappenheim is often referred to as ‗Anna O,‘ a well-known early example of hysteria that was
partially addressed by Freud and Brauer (the originator of the ‗talking cure‘). She became a champion for women‘s rights as a result
of her own struggles, particularly in the field of education. Her fascination in Wollstonecraft, whom she regarded as a sort of ‗mother‘
figure for the German Jewish women‘s movement, was also sparked by this (Loentz 2007).
Pappenheim‘s version of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman contained a preface that discussed Wollstonecraft‘s biography
and beliefs, making it just the second German translation of the book since Salzmann‘s translation in 1793–1744. In it, she portrayed
Wollstonecraft as a wilderness prophetic voice who awoke women‘s collective knowledge of their rights and obligations as human
beings: ―the first woman who with overwhelming clarity awoke the consciousness in women— and also had the courage to voice—
that women have rights, not assumed through raw force or custom, but rather human rights whose basis lies in irrefutable duties‖
(1899, xiii). She shared Fawcett's interpretation of Wollstonecraft, in which the author theorised both the moral and political means for
emancipating women: ―the means [Wollstonecraft] anticipated in achieving emancipation, freeing the soul of women, range from duty
to law‖ (1899, xx).

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |35 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

She translated the treatise to make it more understandable, ―the definitions of women‘s duties and rights‖ with the ‗vibrant
wish‘ that Wollstonecraft would have ―encounter a better overall understanding today than they ever could one hundred years ago‖
(1899, xx). Pappenheim wrote about the treatise for women's legacies in the first person plural, saying, ―when we consider the
importance of its doctrines, and the eminence of genius it displays, it seems not very improbably that it will be read as long as the
English language endures‖ (1899, xii). Pappenheim emphasised, as did Fawcett, that Wollstonecraft did not promote women‘s rights
without highlighting their related home responsibilities. She strangely described Wollstonecraft, who argued against gendered
qualities and advocated for a ―revolution in female manners‖ (210) that would acknowledge the equality of morality between the
sexes—as a ―a woman, lovely in her person, and in the best and most engaging sense, feminine in her manners‖ (1899, xiii).
Pappenheim purposefully avoided talking about Wollstonecraft‘s avant-garde relationships with Gilbert Imlay and William Godwin,
mentioning only how her relationship with Henry Fuseli ―awake her womanly senses‖ without mentioning the scandal that followed
her purported infatuation with this married man (1899, xiv).
Pappenheim expressed the significance of Wollstonecraft‘s life and work in allegorical terms that would particularly appeal to
the typical German ladies of her time by sparingly drawing from Godwin's Memoirs in her editorial commentary on A Vindication of
the Rights of Woman, Wollstonecraft survived a challenging upbringing to declare her female identity as a woman while maintaining
her independence. In their roles as forerunners of feminist groups, Pappenheim and Fawcett frequently used the political symbolism of
Wollstonecraft's ‗womanly‘ persona to advance their own causes. To allay public concerns and misunderstandings about their
intention to change traditional gender roles along the more egalitarian lines envisioned in the Rights of Woman, they employed
Wollstonecraft as the archetypal feminine feminist. In 1904, the Czech translator Anna Holmová brought Wollstonecraft‘s A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman to Prague. She portrayed Wollstonecraft as more of a timeless emotional touchstone than a current
theoretical resource for feminist reform in Austria-Hungary, especially in light of the lively philosophical reception of John Stuart
Mill‘s Subjection of Women (1869) by Czech feminists in the 1880s and 1890s (Feinberg 2006, 22–23). She shared Schreiner‘s
interpretation of the Rights of Woman, seeing it as a manifestation of Wollstonecraft‘s lived, and ‗poignantly felt,‘ personal
experiences: ―but for Wollstonecraft her ideas are a direct expression of the content of her heart; they are not borrowed but rather
poignantly felt. Their significance stands out clearly, when we consider their uniqueness in the course of life back then‖ (Holmová
1904, vi). Holmová astutely observed that this methodological approach to feminism, specifically Wollstonecraft's preoccupation with
include the voices and experiences of women in her justifications for human rights, was the source of her well-known critique of
Rousseau. It ‗pains‘ Wollstonecraft, claims Holmová, that Rousseau ―does not speak to women and that he does not even ask of them
to realize the task of liberation, that he proclaims‖ (Holmová 1904, xi). The great contribution Wollstonecraft made to feminism was
her intellectual interest in women's subjective experiences of oppression and longing for freedom from it, which Holmová here makes
apparent.
In order to put her modern readers in a sympathetic but remote relationship with the romantically compelling but
philosophically out-of-date Wollstonecraft, Holmová employed the first person plural. She recognised Wollstonecraft's ―Defense of
Women‘s Rights . . . contains the entire program of feminism, in fact the whole ideological and emotional foundation, from which
grows the emancipation effort. It brought its author fame in her homeland and soon, after being translated into other languages, also
in other European countries‖ (1904, v). She still confined the treatise‘s applicability to ‗our era,‘ claiming that it was ‗not a
revelation‘ in that time (1904, v). The arguments made by Wollstonecraft for women‘s rights were now intellectually archaic and
politically pointless because they accurately captured the ―rationalistic religion and rationalistic philosophy of her time‖ (1904, vi).
Holmová came to the conclusion that Wollstonecraft‘s book‘s enduring significance resided less in its ‗philosophical
framework‘ and more in its emotional influence over the ‗sensibility‘ of its modern feminist readers ―With almost an elementary force
stands out the sense that a change, a renewal, is necessary,— and in this immediacy, in this desire, lies the significance of this book,
which makes up for its logical and stylistic imperfections. It isolates the author from her [female] contemporaries, but connects her
with the striving and longing woman of today, who disagrees with the old ways and who demands freedom to try and to look for new
ways‖ (1904, xvi). The reception of Wollstonecraft at the turn of the century was well-captured by Holmová. New editions of A
Vindication of the Rights of Woman were upheld in cities from New York and London to Dresden and Prague as a personal and
political emblem of the feminist movement's beginnings and the ongoing battle of women to negotiate the standards of womanhood
and women's rights.

CONCLUSION
A variety of feminists used Wollstonecraft‘s atypical life experience as a personal model for their own experimentation in, and
literary reflections on, love, sex, and marriage, as shown by the well-known study on her reception in the early twentieth century.
There is a tone of proof that many intellectuals, like Emma Goldman, Ruth Benedict, and Virginia Woolf, read Wollstonecraft‘s
contributions to modern women primarily from a biographical and literary perspective. Since the 1970s, various significant
biographical studies of Wollstonecraft‘s life and literary analyses of her work have been published. However, it was this symbolic

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |36 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

iteration of Wollstonecraft as a personal icon that was most certainly the most influential on feminist researchers of the second wave.
But as the comparison of the forewords to A Vindication of the Rights of Woman editions from the centenary era shows, we should not
ignore the political and philosophical influence of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman on first-wave feminists. The clever rhetoric
and first-person argumentation of the essay served as a model for nineteenth-century feminists‘ own observations on how, for the most
downtrodden half of the species, the personal is particularly political. Every generation of feminists has gone back to reexamine
Wollstonecraft in an effort to reinterpret her significance for the present. In their serious dedication to researching Wollstonecraft‘s
life and unique style of argumentation for their social movements, first- and second-wave feminists frequently missed her sense of
humour. Her A Vindication of the Rights of Woman might provide the next generation of women‘s rights activists with a surprisingly
amusing starting point for their new style of mimetic, sardonic, and self-referential social criticism.

REFERENCES
1. Anderson, B. (2000). Joyous Greetings: The First International Women‘s Movement. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
2. Adhikari, A. & Saha, B. (2022). Deconstructing Mary Wollstonecraft: Reconstructing Modern Woman, International Journal of
Multidisciplinary Educational Research, Vol 11, Issue 7(5), 90 – 94.
3. Adhikari, A. & Saha, B. (2022). Contouring Education: Ruminating Mary Wollstonecraft‘s Thoughts. IAR Journal of Humanities and Social
Science; 3(4): 12-17, DOI: 10.47310/iarjhss.2022.v03i04.003
4. Botting, E. H. & Christine C. (2004). Wollstonecraft‘s Philosophical Impact on Nineteenth-Century American Women‘s Rights Advocates,
American Journal of Political Science, 48:4 (October), 707–722.
5. Botting, E. H. (2006). Family Feuds: Wollstonecraft, Burke and Rousseau on the Transformation of the Family, Albany: State University of New
York Press.
6. Botting, E. H. (2013a). Wollstonecraft in Europe, 1792–1904: A Revisionist Reception History, History of European Ideas, 39:4 (May), 503–
527.
7. Botting, E. H. (2013b). Making an American Feminist Icon: Mary Wollstonecraft‘s Reception in U.S. Newspapers, 1800 –1869, History of
Political Thought, 34:2 (Summer), 273–295.
8. Botting, E. H. (2009). A Family Resemblance: Tocqueville and Wollstonecraftian Protofeminism, in Feminist Interpretations of Alexis de
Tocqueville, (ed.) Jill Locke and Eileen Hunt Botting, University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 99–124.
9. Burdett, C. (1994). A Difficult Vindication: Olive Schreiner‘s Wollstonecraft, History Workshop, 37 (Spring), 177–187.
10. Cott, N. (1987). The Grounding of Modern Feminism, New Haven: Yale University Press.
11. Deshpande, P. (2008). Oxford Encyclopedia of Women in World History, (ed.) Bonnie G. Smith, vol. 1, 4–5. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
12. Feinberg, M. (2006). Elusive Equality: Gender, Citizenship, and the Limits of Democracy in Czechoslovakia, 1918–1950. Pittsburgh: University
of Pittsburgh Press.
13. Ginzberg, L. (2005). Untidy Origins: A Story of Woman‘s Rights in Antebellum New York, Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.
14. Gordon, L. (2005). Vindication: A Life of Mary Wollstonecraft, New York: Harper Collins.
15. Holmová, A. (1904). ―Predmluva,‖ in Mary Wollstonecraft, Obrana Prá v Ž en, v–xvi, tr. Anna Holmová. Prague: Jan Laichter.
16. Holton, S. S. (2010). To Educate Women into Rebellion: Elizabeth Cady Stanton and the Creation of a Transatlantic Network of Radical
Suffragists, in Globalizing Feminisms, 1789–1945, (ed.) Karen M. Offen, 36 –50. London: Routledge.
17. Kitts, S. A. (1994). Mary Wollstonecraft‘s ‗A Vindication of the Rights of Woman‘: A Judicious Response from Eighteenth-Century Spain,
Modern Language Review, 89:2 (April), 351–359.
18. Landes, J. (1988). Women and the Public Sphere in the Age of the French Revolution, Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
19. Loentz, E. (2007). Let Me Continue to Speak the Truth: Bertha Pappenheim as Author and Activist, New York: Hebrew Union College Press.
20. Lopez, E. (1901). El Movimiento Feminista, Buenos Aires: Universidad de Buenos Aires.
21. Lorch, J. (1990). Mary Wollstonecraft: The Making of a Radical Feminist, Oxford: Berg.
22. Offen, K. M. (2000). European Feminisms, 1700 – 1950: A Political History, Stanford: Stanford University Press.
23. Offen, K. M. (2010). Was Mary Wollstonecraft a Feminist? A Comparative Re-Reading of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, 1792–1992,
Globalizing Feminisms, 1789–1945, ed. Karen M. Offen, 5–17. London: Routledge.
24. Pappenheim, B. [as P. Berthold]. (1899). ―Einleitung,‖ in Eine Verteidigung der Rechte der Frau, by Mary Wollstonecraft, i–xx, tr. P. Berthold.
Dresden and Leipzig: E. Pierson‘s Verlag.
25. Pennell, E. R. (1891). ―Prefatory Note,‖ in A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, by Mary Wollstonecraft, vii–xxiv, (ed.) Elizabeth Robins
Pennell. London: W. Scott.
26. Poovey, M. (1984). The Proper Lady and the Woman Writer: Ideology as Style in the Works of Mary Wollstonecraft, Mary Shelley, and Jane
Austen, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
27. Schreiner, O. (1889) (1994). Introduction to the Life of Mary Wollstonecraft and the Rights of Woman, History Workshop, 37 (Spring), 188–
193.
28. Stites, R. (1978) (1991). The Women‘s Liberation Movement in Russia: Feminism, Nihilism, and Bolshevism, 1860 –1930, Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
29. Tagle, J. E. (2005). Discourses on Women‘s Suffrage in Chile, 1865–1949, Historia 38:2 (December), 257–286.
30. Taylor, B. (1997). For the Love of God: Religion and the Erotic Imagination in Wollstonecraft‘s Feminism, in Mary Wollstonecraft and 200
Years of Feminisms, (ed.) Eileen Janes Yeo, 15–35. London: Rivers Oram Press.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |37 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

31. Taylor, B. (2003). Mary Wollstonecraft and the Feminist Imagination, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
32. Todd, J. (1991). Introduction, in Mary Wollstonecraft and Mary Shelley, Mary, Maria, and Matilda, (ed.) Janet Todd, vii–xxvi. New York:
Penguin.
33. Todd, J. (2000). Mary Wollstonecraft: A Revolutionary Life, New York: Columbia University Press.
34. Wollstonecraft, M. (1989). The Works of Mary Wollstonecraft, (ed.) Janet Todd and Marilyn Butler, 7 vols. London: Pickering & Chatto.
35. Wollstonecraft, M. (1798) (1994). Maria, or the Wrongs of Woman, (ed.) Anne K. Mellor. New York: W. W. Norton.
36. Wollstonecraft, M. (1985). A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, (ed.) Miriam Brody. New York: Penguin.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |38 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

EFFICACY OF PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN

RAGHUNATHPUR OF PURULIA DISTRICT, WEST BENGAL

Madan Ghosal1, Dr. Ujjwal Kumar Panda2

1
Principal, Sanka Govt. Primary Teacher’s Training Institute Purulia, West Bengal.
2
Professor, Dept. of Education, Seacom Skills University, Bholpur, West Bengal.

ABSTRACT
The all mighty created the man and education shapes him. It is secretly hidden wealth. Education is parmatma and it brings honour and
recognition. No amount of wealth can equal education in this world. Every Nation progress with the quality of Education imparted to its
citizens. In this modem age of science, education plays an important role in building up of society. Education is the key to national
prosperity and welfare. It is recognized as a mirror of the society and educational institution as Society in miniature. Education enables
an individual to understand his responsibilities to society and nation and to become ideal citizen. It is a powerful instrument for change
in society. “Education is not limited to the imparting of information or training in imparting of information or training in skills. It has
to give the educator a proper sense of values”.

INTRODUCTION
In present days teachers are themselves conscious of what is expected of them as teachers in the new social order. They are also
concerned with innumerable pressures, tensions and worries about their own status in today‟s society and proper working conditions
in their school environments that often divert and distract them from their real aim as teaching. As a result, by and large, they tend to
work mechanically just to receive their salaries as a mere labour force. Their dissatisfaction with the working conditions in schools in
particular has significant impairing on the quality of their teaching as in turn on the students performance. This cannot as such so
deemed as the hallmark of an effective teacher. The teacher is a dynamic force of the school. A school without a teacher is just like a
body without the soul, a skeleton without flesh and blood, a shadow without substance. “There is no greater need for the cause of
education today than the need for strong manly men and motherly women as teachers for the young.” As social engineers, the teachers
can socialize and humanize the young by their man-like qualities. The teacher‟s task is related to our perception of education. The
process of education keeps on changing according to the contemporary demands and needs of the society. Therefore, the present
teacher has to play different roles, and he has to be a competent professional, a skilled teacher. He is always expected to be an
effective communicator, a designer and user of learning resources, learning facilitator and an active participant in community life.
The role of teacher is considered to be important in all stages of education but a teacher has a predominant part to play at the
elementary school level because at this level the school students need the constant attention of their teachers. They consider their
teachers as the only source of inspiration and guidance to them. So the question of effectiveness of teachers is very important for the
students in particular and the society in general. Elementary education as its meaning suggests caters to the most fundamental needs of
all the children and its something that man can‟t do without. Teachers at elementary level need to be best equipped in terms of his
ability to help in laying strong foundations for children‟s personality. Teaching is an act of sharing knowledge, values, understanding
skills and competencies by the learned person. For this task the teachers are also expected to posses‟ good personality, favorable
attitude towards teaching with a feeling of pride that they belong to teaching profession. A teacher must be aware of the level and
interest of their students. What they have to do next may be the part of a teacher‟s personality.

AN EFFECTIVE TEACHER
In order to identify an effective teacher, the role and contribution of the teacher to the product of education needs to be
examined.. This enfolds that good teacher should possess the knowledge of learner‟s characteristics, learning process, classroom
management, requisite skills to be able to contribute significantly to the outcome of educational process which is the growth of

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |39 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

students in the right direction. There are many activities in this respect. The effectiveness of the educational system largely depends
upon the active resourceful and competent teachers. An effective teacher not only imparts the entire educational curricula allotted to
him in the best and most efficient manner but also ensures the best possible academic performance and an optimum development of
the personalities of the students. In the present scenario when there is a fierce competition in every sphere of life, effectiveness of the
teachers becomes imperative to empower the students for facing the emerging challenges of global world. Effective teaching is a par
excellence attribute of quality education.
“An effective teacher is the one who quite consistently achieves goals, which either directly or indirectly focuses on the learning of
their students.”

CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFECTIVE TEACHER

1. Training in Pre-Service Programme -The ultimate aim of teacher education is to prepare effective teachers- teachers who are
capable of bringing behavioral changes in pupils under their charge to an optimum level in relation to the input in terms of human
energy and material resources expanded in the process. Teacher preparation ought to begin with a sound pre-service teacher education
program that may transform an individual into a competent and committed professional functionary, fully equipped with an equally
comprehensive professional readiness to perform these tasks with perfection and satisfaction.
2. Academic achievements -Academic achievement reveals scholastic performance of the individual in the curricular subjects and
shows learning outcomes.
3. Subject matter knowledge - Subject matter knowledge is another variable that one might think could be related to teacher
effectiveness.
4. Intelligence - Intellectual teachers will make full use of their knowledge and provide Intelligence, also known as the general mental
ability, helps an individual to adjust to the environment and learn from the past experiences. Operationally speaking, intelligence is the
ability which helps an individual to succeed in school or in some job.
5. Teachers as a Role Model - Role Models are people who set good examples by the words they speak and by the actions they take.
Role Models can be the people you know personally or people you have learned about in the news at school or on television.
6. Teacher’s Character - A flower in bloom is loved by all and in this lies its glory. Similarly, man may be viewed as having
achieved everything in life when he becomes perfect in character.
7. Teacher’s Personality - Every teacher must have a good personality. Radiant, pleasing and impressive personal appearance,
refinement, pleasant manners, enthusiasm, drive, initiative, open mindedness etc., are some of the essential traits of an ideal teacher.
8. Teacher’s Mental Health -We speak of education as a lamp lighting another lamp, one life making another life and a spirit
speaking to another spirit. We can achieve this objective, if the teachers have good mental health. Students develop interest in those
subjects, which are taught by pleasing and genial teachers.
9. Teacher’s Physical Health - A teacher should possess a sound body along with a sound mind. He should have a sound physical
health, physical energy and vitality. This will make him alert, cheerful, happy, dynamic and enthusiastic.
10. Teacher’s Emotional Intelligence - Teachers should be emotionally well balanced. Emotionally healthy teacher will not magnify
their importance.
11. Social Adjustment - Sociability is another important quality of a teacher. He should have a sound social philosophy and he should
make his best contribution to the society. He should know how to adjust himself to the social surroundings in which he lives. He
should not be quiet, retreating and introverted. He should be free from worry, anxiety and egotism. He should mix well in society and
take a helpful interest in his neighbour.
12. Teacher’s Professional Efficiency -The teacher must possess a strong sense of vocation and true devotion to teaching. He should
have a genuine love for his calling. For his professional efficiency, he should have knowledge of psychology and educational
philosophy, and a clear understanding of aims, contents, methods and materials of instruction, perfect skill and interest in
the teaching . He must possess a fair knowledge of national and international current affairs.
13. Teacher’s Accountability - Lessinger advocates that each child has a right to be educated in order to become a productive citizen
of a country. The parents and the citizens have a right to know the progress of education of their children.
14. Professional Ethics of Teachers - Teachers, who consider their job as a profession, work only for pay cheque. Their work is
considered useful for their own sake. Since perchance they have occupied a professional chair they try for their own good, at the cost
of others.
• Towards Students - It should be teachers □ primary duty to understand them, to be just, courteous, to promote a spirit of enquiry,
fellowship and joy in them, not to do or say anything that would undermine their personality, not to exploit them for personal interests
and to set before them a high standard of character, discipline and personality.
• Towards Profession -It should be teachers primary duty to be sincere and honest to their work and to go thoroughly prepared to the
class, to endeavor to maintain their efficiency by study and other means; not to do or say anything which may lower their prestige in

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |40 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

the eyes of their students; not to write or encourage the use of help books; not to exert any pressure upon their students or their parents
to engage private tuition, not to act as an agent or accept commission and other compensation for recommending books.
• Towards Society -It shall be teachers‟ primary duty to set an example in citizenship, to endeavor to promote the public good, to
uphold the dignity of their calling on all occasions, to size up the demands and aspirations of the society, to be dynamic leaders when
required and to be ideal followers when desired.

TEACHER EFFECTIVENESS
Teachers who inspire and motivate the students are included in the category of “Effective Teachers. Teacher effectiveness
plays a pivotal role in the teaching learning process. It, being the hub of the whole programme, needs close observation and critical
analysis. It is generally agreed that the “goodness” of an educational system to a great extent is dependent on quality of teachers
available to implement it. An effective teacher may be understood as one who helps in the development of basic skills, understanding,
proper work habits, desirable attitude and value judgment. Teacher effectiveness concerns with these outcomes and the objectives of
education. It points to the effects of a teacher in the classroom situation.
Effective teachers consistently achieve goals that focus on desired outcomes for their students. Teacher effectiveness is
encompassed in knowledge, attitudes, and performance.
Knowledge
Teachers have excellent verbal and written communication skills. Teachers have thorough knowledge of the subjects they teach and
pedagogical methods for teaching those subjects to students. Teachers know a variety of pedagogical strategies, and when and with
which students these are appropriate and likely to be effective.
Attitudes
Teachers respect their students regardless of their background, language, or ethnicity. Teachers have high expectations for the learning
of all students. Teachers view student errors as a window to their thinking that can be used to improve student learning.
Performance
Teachers‟ classrooms are well organized, providing an environment that fosters an interest in learning. Teachers develop classroom
rules with students and maintain safe and orderly classrooms in which all students are treated fairly and equitably.

Factors Influencing Teacher’s Effectiveness.

Some of the factors that could have great influence teacher Effectiveness apparently would be : i) Locus of control, ii) Psycho-social
maturity, iii) Organizational conflicts iv) Intelligence, v) Academic Back ground, vi) Altitude towards teaching profession, vii) Socio
Economic status, viii) Age, ix) Self-Concept, x) Teaching Experience, xi) Professional Training Center, xii) Level of Aspiration, xiii)
Climate, and xiv) Job Satisfaction.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |41 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

REVIEW OF LITERATURE
According to Southern (1974)1, “An effective teacher is the one who has a sense of humour, ability to understand the students
and their problems, ability to explain things clearly so that students can easily understand what is being taught, ability to make any
subject interesting to learn, ability to control the class, ability to be ready and willing to help students when they need and ability to be
as fair as possible in dealing with students.” In the words of Anderson (1991) 2, “An effective teacher is the one who quite consistently
achieves goal, which either directly or indirectly focus on the learning of the students”.
The most significant factors which influence the quality of education and its contribution to national development are the
quality, competence and character of teachers. “Teachers are vital to education and one key element for the facilitation of students
learning.” Milan & Darling (1990)3 revealed that teacher effectiveness is the effect that the teacher‟s performance has on pupils.
Teacher effectiveness depends not only on the competence and performance but also on the responses pupils make. (As cited in Malik,
2005)4. American Commission on teacher education (1974) remarked: “the quality of a nation depends upon the quality of its citizens.
The quality of its citizens depends, not exclusively but in critical measure, upon the quality of their education. The quality of their
education depends, more than any other single factor, upon quality of their teachers.
According to them, and effective teacher is he who has a sense of humour, ability to explain things clearly so that students can
easily understand what is being taught, ability to make any subject interesting to learn, ability to control the class, ability to be ready
and willing to help students when they need, and ability to be fair as possible in dealing with students.
According to Sheela Mangla, (2001)5, “Good teachers show a balance of qualities -continuous growth for excellence, readiness
for guidance, set high value standards so that they can equip the children wisely and effectively, they are purposeful whose energies
and values are organized and focused on their teaching work; they are thinkers and constructive workers with intellectual bent for
achievements; they warm up the students, appreciate their efforts and encourage them to work harder; they have a hunger for
vividness, for wholeness and completeness in their ideas, they are sensitive and responsive, they have a conscience and patient and
persistently curious.”
Tagore has aptly said, “A lamp can never light another lamp unless it continues to bum its own flame: a teacher can never truly
teach unless he is still learning himself.” Pritam Singh (1998) said that, who are: teaching instead of tutoring, checking practices in
examinations instead of encouraging them: commanding respect rather than demanding it from their students, observing professional
ethics instead of violating it. Such half-backed teachers, who might have had good graduation degrees in their respective subjects, lack
the needed professional competence to teach and make pupils good learners and good human beings.
Vijayalakshmi (2002)6 conducted a study on factors effecting teacher effectiveness with the objective to find out the effect of
some independent variables viz. sex, age, qualification, status of the college, type of college, subject of teaching and designation of the
teacher on Teacher - Effectiveness. Sample consisted of 220 lecturers working in degree colleges and colleges of Education.
The main finding was that except age, all variables had no significant impact on the variable under study on teacher
effectiveness. Malik (2005)7 carried out a study on teacher performance of Senior Secondary School teachers in relation to their job
satisfaction and adjustment. The objective was to compare the level of performance of senior secondary school teachers in relation to
their age, gender, experience and locality. The sample included 400 senior secondary teachers selected from four districts of Haryana-
Bhiwani, Jhajjar, Panehkula and Gurgaon.
Suja (2007)8 in a study found that attitude towards teaching, interest in teaching and teaching experience have significant main
effect on job commitment of teachers. In other, Usha & Sasikumar (2007)9 revealed that teacher commitment is the best predictor of
job satisfaction among school teachers. Saxena & Singh (2008)10 conducted a study on teaching competency of different level teachers
with the objective to compare the teaching competency of male and female teachers. A sample of 200 teachers was selected. The
result showed that teaching competency of male and female is equal. Sylvester (2010) 11 held that the factors like gender, location of
institute, educational qualification and years of teaching experience of teacher educators have no impact on their attitude towards
teaching profession as well as level of job satisfaction.
Kalra (2010)12 conducted a study on effect of gender and adjustment on teaching effectiveness of higher secondary teachers
with the objective to find out the level of teaching effectiveness of higher secondary school teachers in relation to gender.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

Education is perceived to be a universal phenomenon. It is adequately organized and regulated through formal institution like
schools and colleges. There are different factors which determine the quality of education and its contribution to national
development. The quality competence and character of teachers are undoubtedly very significant. Nothing is more important than to
secure a sufficient supply of high quality personnel to the teaching profession providing them with the best possible professional
preparation and to create satisfactory conditions of work to make their teaching more effective. Today the main trust of the whole
education system is on “Elementary education” and more so its effectiveness for the all round development of the children. The
quality, competence and character of teachers are undoubtedly very significant. Hence, the present study was undertaken to assess the
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |42 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

level of professional commitment of teacher educators and identify the factors responsible for declined commitment and dedication
among teacher educators that consequently result in undesirable role played by them in teacher training institutions.

OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

 To study the level of Teacher effectiveness of primary school teachers of Raghunathpur Block-1 of West Bengal.
 To study the level of Attitude Towards Teaching of primary school teachers of Raghunathpur Block-1 of West Bengal.
 To study the relationship between the level of Effectiveness and level of Attitude Towards Teaching of primary school
teachers of Raghunathpur Block-1 of West Bengal.

METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY

This present study is based on primary as well as secondary data. The primary data has been collected from 80 teachers with
help of questionnaires & survey method. The research tools were administered to 80 teachers of Govt. primary Schools. Before
administering the tools, the investigator went to the randomly selected 28 different primary Schools which were situated in
Raghunathpur- block1 and contacted the principals of Govt. schools to obtain permission for collecting data from their teachers. The
secondary data also collected from, books journals, articles and internet. The collected primary data has been analyzed with help of
SPSS tools.

DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

Table No-1: Demographic profile of the Respondents
Gender Male Female Total
40 (50.00%) 40 (50.00%) 80 (100.00)
Teaching Experience Less than 10 Years More than 10 Years
27 (33.75) 53 (66.25) 80 (100.00)
Age Less than 45 Years More than 45 Years
33 (41.25) 47 (58.75) 80 (100.00)
From this table it is clear that, both male and female Primary School Teachers were 50% and 50% Respectively in Raghunathpur
Block-1 of West Bengal. In case of the Experience of teacher, Both more than 10 years and less than 10 years Elementary School
Teachers were 66.25% and 33.75% respectively. On the basis of age, Both more than 45 years and less than 45 years Elementary
School Teachers were 58.75% and 41.25% respectively.

Effectiveness of Elementary School Teachers

The analysis of total sample on teacher effectiveness was done to have picture of the existing level of Teacher Effectiveness among
the Government Elementary Teachers of Raghunathpur Block-1 of West Bengal. The total scores obtained by the teachers, their mean
and standard deviation are as shown in Table.

Effectiveness of Elementary School Teachers

N Variables No. of items Mean S.D.
80 Teacher 18 122.60 18.16
Effectiveness

Table 2 shows that the mean score and standard deviation of teacher effectiveness are 122.60 and 18.16 respectively. As the obtained
mean score falls in the average i.e. average effective, this can be interpreted that elementary teachers of Raghunathpur have been
found to be „average effective‟ in their level of effectiveness as teachers.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |43 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Comparison of Effectiveness of Demographic profile and Elementary school teachers.

Mean, SD and t-value of Effectiveness of Demographic profile of elementary school Teachers

Groups N Mean S.D. t-value
Male 40 112.99 14.94 0.38(N.S.)
Female 40 112.22 17.45
More than 10 Years 53 121.32 16.61 2.20 (N.S.)
Less than 10 Years 27 79.35 14.69
Teachers having age 45 47 114.40 12.87 0.78 (N.S.)
years and more
Teachers having age less 33 104.97 14.31
than 45 years

The mean scores of male and female teachers on composite scale were found as 112.99 and 112.22 and S.D. as 14.94 and 17.45
respectively. Since mean scores fall in „average effective‟ teachers by their means. Both the groups were found to be almost equal in
their effectiveness as teacher, though with a marginal difference in favour of the male teacher (by + .77 mean difference) which may
be due to sampling error. The calculated t-value between these two groups 0.38 being less than the table value of' „t‟ at 0.05 level of
significance.
Table also shows that t-value of effectiveness of elementary school teachers having teaching experience of 10 years and more
with those having teaching experience of less than 10 years is significant at 0.05 level, further it reveals that mean effectiveness score
of elementary school teachers having teaching experience of 10 years (121.32) is higher than the mean effectiveness score of
elementary school teachers having teaching experience of less than 10 years (79.35) by +5.97, which means that experienced teachers
are more effective in teaching than less experienced teachers, even though both of them belongs to „average effective‟ teachers by
their means.
The above Table reveals that t-value 0.78 for difference in the mean scores of the teachers of the age 45 or more with those of
the teacher having age less than 45 years is not significant at 0.05 level of significance. The mean scores of teacher having age 45 or
more years, is 114.40 which is higher than the mean scores of teachers having age less than 45 years which is 104.97. Even though
both of them belong to „average effective‟ teachers, though with a difference of +3.43 mean in favour of the elder group.

SUMMARY
Education is recognized as a mirror of the society and educational institution as Society in miniature. Education enables an
individual to understand his responsibilities to society and nation and to become ideal citizen. It is a powerful instrument for change in
society. The all mighty created the man and education shapes him. It is secretly hidden wealth. Education is parmatma and it brings
honour and recognition. No amount of wealth can equal education in this world. Every Nation progress with the quality of Education
imparted to its citizens. In this modem age of science, education plays an important role in building up of society. Education is the key
to national prosperity and welfare. It is recognized as a mirror of the society and educational institution as Society in miniature.
Education enables an individual to understand his responsibilities to society and nation and to become ideal citizen. The overall level
of Attitude Towards Teaching of Govt. primary School teachers of Raghunathpur has been found to be average, which is consistently
sustained along all the Attitude Towards Teaching factors chosen for the study i.e. by gender, age, as well as by teaching experience.

REFERENCE
1
Somers, L.G. and Southern, M.L.(1974), “A Rating Scale for Evaluation of Teaching Effectiveness for Use with Junior High School Students.”
Journal of Educational Research, May, Vol. xxv, No.3, PP. (128-133).
2
Anderson, Lorin W. (1991). “Increasing teacher effectiveness”, UNESCO, Report.
3
Millan,J & Darling, H.L. (1990), “The New Hand Book of Teacher Evaluation”, Corwin Press, Iric.USA.
4
Sharma, H. L & Malik, D. (2005) Effect of gender and locality on classroom performance of senior secondary school teachers of Haryana.
MDU, Research Journal Vol-4, No-1.
5
Sheela Mangala (2001), “Teacher Education - Trends and Strategies”, Radha Publications New Delhi.
6
Vijayalakshmi, G. (2002) Factors effecting teacher effectiveness. EduTracks Feb.
2002 Vol. I No-5, pp. 35-38.
7
Malik, D. (2005). A Study on Teacher Performance of Senior Secondary School Teachers in Relation to their Job Satisfaction and Adjustment.
Unpublished Ph.D Thesis, M. D. University, Rohtak

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |44 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

8
Suja, K. (2007). Interaction effect of attitude towards teaching, interest in teaching and teaching experience of job commitment of primary
school teachers. M.Ed Thesis. University of Calicut.
9
Usha, P. & Sasikumar, P. (2007): Teachers “commitment and teachers, selfconcept as predictors of job satisfaction. Edutracks 6, 1,26-29.
10
Saxena, J. & Singh, S. P (2008) A study of teaching competency of different level teachers. Psycho Lingua 2008, 38(lpp 76-78)
11
Sylvester, J. M. (2010) Attitude towards teaching profession and job satisfaction of teacher educators. Edutracks 9, 8, 36-38.
12
Kalra, R.K. (2010). Effect of gender and adjustment on teaching effectiveness of higher secondary teachers. Indian Psychological Review
74(3) pp. Mine.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |45 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

THE ANALYSES OF CHRONOTOPE OF THE ROAD IN JOHN

STEINBECK’S NOVEL “THE GRAPES OF WRATH”

Urayeva Darmonoy Saidjanovna1, Yunusova Ganjina Rustamovna2

1
BSU, DSc in Philological Sciences, Professor
2
BSU, Teacher

ABSTRACT
This article deals with Mikhail Bakhtin’s concept of the literary chronotope to an analyses of depiction of the road travel in John
Steinbeck’s novel “The Grapes of Wrath”(1939). The analyses illustrates how the work positions itself in relation to the genre of
road narratives. The article further observes how the road chronotope is characterized by a detachment between place and time and
contributes to figure out some dilemmas associated with American road genre.
KEY WORDS: Chronotope, space and time, genre, chronotope of the road, physical space, consept, geographical space,
chronotopical characteristics, physical space.

INTRODUCTION
The chronotope is the place and time where the notes of narrative are tied and united. It can be said without qualification
that to them belongs the meaning that shapes narrative [1]. In other words we can call them as “organizing center” for the events
of the novel or a film. Chronotope directly will effect to the genre of the narration. Each literary work involves variety of
genres chronotopical characteristics combining specific senses of pace and time . The use of chronotope may help us to
precisely capture that particular trend of studies of the text and context [2].
By the aid of the time-spaces the narrator will easily draw the focus of the reader to the multiple past, present or imagined
future. For instance, if the scene of narration occurs in the “road” in the mind of the reader unconsciously will appear the images
of path that the protagonist is going to reach to some destination. Consequently, the chronotope is the clue that hints where and
when the events of narration occurs.
The chronotope of the “road” has been widely used in literary studies . Bakhtin in his discussion of specific kinds of
chronotope identifies “ the chronotpe of the road” of one of the most enduring in Western literature( Bakhtin, 1981;244).In
narratives containing the road chronotope, the protagonist undertakes a journey, in which the distance travelled typically stands in
stable relation to the amount of the time elapsed. The protogonist’s travel are often paralleled by a metaphorical inner journey,
where “the choice of a real itinerary equals the choice of the “ path of life” (Bakhtin 1981: 120)
Bakhtin demonstrates some examples of chronotope of the road with Apuleius’ “The Golden Ass” , in which the hero
Lucius is transformed into a donkey and wanders in search the road to return to his original state, acquiring new prospectives on
Roman society along the way.[3]
The scholar Timo Muller considers that analyses of chronotope emphasizes the environmental dimension of the narration as it
draws the attention to the concrete physical spaces in which stories take place. Muller analyses the chronotope of the road which
for the conception of the Bahktin was means of the meeting place , however in modern literature no longer brings people together
in this way, because of the means of transportation have altered the way we perceive the chronotope of the road. Nowadays, as
Muller considers, car drivers want to minimize the time they spend on the journey. They are interested in the road as physical
space, the natural environment around the road, or the environmental implications of their driving [4]
We can see a clear contrast with earlier literary examples such as Robert Frost’s poem “ The road not taken” or John
Steinbeck’s novel “The Grapes of Wrath”, where the road is described as a part of the natural environment and travelers are
interested in that environment.

METHODS AND RESEARCH

In the following article we will discuss and analyze the chronotope of the road throw the examples given in “The Grapes
of Wrath”.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |46 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

“The Grapes of Wrath” is a novel depicting the life path of American migrants which considered as a road novel. This
novel is a brilliant example of how the author used the chronotope of the road to emphasize protagonists feelings by
demonstrating the mixture of the space and time.
In the novel Steinbeck tries to illustrate the hard conditions in which the family of farmers like the Joads needed to
endure during the Dust Bowl. The all novel is centered to the open road that Joad family had to take and that voyage in the open
road from Oklahoma to California could have been how the American dream was formed by the disastrous conditions that was
occurring during that time.
The road the migrants take to California is too difficult for a person to travel even today. “Highway 66- Historic Route 66”
can be pretty rough for modern means of transportation, but this road was a will for living, hope for future. The road of Oklahoma
had become the path of despair, but the road leading to California seemed like a Heaven promising work and prosperity.
“Highway 66 “is the main migrant road. 66 the long concrete path across the country waving gently up and down on the
map, from the Mississippi to the Bakersfield – over the red lands and grey land twisting up in to the mountains crossing the
Divide and down into the bright and terrible desert and across the desert to the mountains again into the rich California valleys .” (
John Steinbeck, 156)
From the given extract the reader can easily imagine the flow of migrants, their sweat, their hardship. The author
masterly depicted the chronotope of the road, visualizing each elements of the road so purely. Only by the aid of this passage the
reader comprehends how the road of life of the protagonist was full of battle, difficulties and thrust for beautiful life.
“66 is path of people in flight , refugees from dust and shrinking land, from the thunder of tractors and shrinking
ownership , from the desert’s slow northward invasion, from the twisting winds that howl up out of Texas, from the floods that
bring no richness to the land and steal what little richness is there. From of all these the people are in flight, and they come into 66
from the tributary side roads, from the wagon tracks and the rutted country roads. 66 is the mother road, the road of the flight.” (
John Steinbeck, 156)
The following extract depicts the life path of the protagonist of that time, how they were bored of the problem of the
shrinkage of the land, from the dust and even the thunder of tractors. It seems the road 66 would give a hope to refuge all the
problems and live a happy life without above mentioned problems.
“The people in flight streamed out on 66, sometimes a single car, sometimes a little caravan. All day they rolled slowly
along the road, and at night they stopped near water. In the day ancient leaky radiators sent up columns of steam, loose
connecting rods hammered and pounded. And the men driving tucks an the overloaded cars listened apprehensively. How far
between towns ? It is a terror between towns . If something breaks – well, if something breaks we camp right here while Jim
walks to town and gets a part and walks back and – how much food we got?.......’ F we can get to California where the oranges
grow before this here ol’ jug blows up “( John Steinbeck, 157)
The details of this passage stress the difficulty and precariousness of the protagonists’ journey on the road 66. They must
be aware of every hustle, noise which might signal a vast problem that could lead to misfortune in their desperate journey. The
constant worry about money and food grinds them down. Here Steinbeck shows his sympathy to the migrants and emphasizes
how their path of destiny was full of sorrow and misfortune. But the symbol of the ” orange” again gives them hope for going
on their journey on the open road in the search of better life.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

The novel “The Grapes of Wrath”(1939)is a sort of work that Steinbeck combines the elements of geographical space
with the road chronotope. He combines the narrative elements of the road, geographical space, the space of nature, the space of
heroes and urges his heroes to move forward. John Steinbeck uses spatial details like the scene of the road, the scene of the
journey, the scene of the desert, the scene of the earth. All these details are connected to each other with the road chronotope as
all events in the novel occurs in the open road. The will for the promised “Heaven” makes the Joad’s get ready for the road. The
Joad family have a faith that moving to California will tackle all the problems what they have , since this land seems to be a truly
paradise, where there is an abundance of food supply and a chance having a good job.
By the usage of highway-roads the author wanted to add a panoramic picture of reality. In this he follows the traditions of
M. Twain and J. London. Later, this chronotope is used by D. Kerouac in the novel “On the road” (1957), in which allusions to the
book “The Grapes of Wrath” are clearly traced. [5]
In the novel the roads crossed with desert. Here deserts illustrates the border of the old and new lives, destinies of the
protagonists. Crossing the roads beyond deserts is too hard for old people and even takes the lives of many of them, but it also
urges them to go on and increases their will power.
Many other examples can be found in “The Grapes of Wrath” and each time the open road serves to represent
adventure, discovery, escape, freedom, rebellion and often upon the myth of the West about existing utopian society that
promising better standard of life. The chronotope of the road in the novel offers a pure critique of the existing society where the
protagonists try to find the right way by taking to the road .

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |47 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

REFERENCES
1. Auge’ Marc, 1995. Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity. Trans. By John Howe. London: Verso.
2. Alexandra Ganser, Julia Puhringer, Markus Rheindorf, 2006. Bakhtin’s Chronotope on the Road: Space, time, and Place in Road
Movies since the 1970’s, Facta Universitatis, pp. 1-17
3. Bakhtin Mikhail, 1981. The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays. Trans. By Caryl Emerson and Michail Holquist. Austin: University of
Texas Press
4. Enevold, Jessica, 2002. “Men and Women on the Move: Dramas of the Road “ Collusion and Ressistance: Women writing in English.
Ed
5. John Steinbeck, 1939, “The Grapes of Wrath”
6. Julie Hansen, Uppsala and Dalarna University. Space , time, plane travel in Walter Kirn’s novel Up in the air, 1-10 pp
7. http://people.kzoo.edu
8. http://library.um.edu.mo
9. http://core.ac.uk
10. www. Cairn.info/revenue –management -2013

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |48 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CUSTOMER SEGMENTATION USING MACHINE LEARNING

V.K.G.Kalaiselvi1, A. Ponmalar2, Hariharan Shanmugasundaram3, Bhanuprasad A4,

Mamathibala V5, Swetha Sri M6,
1
Assistant Professor, Department of Information Technology, Sri Sairam Engineering College, Chennai
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Information Technology, Sri Sairam Institute of Information Technology, Chennai
3
Professor, Department of Computer Science and Engineering,Vardhaman College of Engineering,Hyderabad, India

4
Associate Professor, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Vardhaman College of Engineering, India
5
Student, Department of Information Technology, Sri Sairam Engineering College, Chennai
6
Student, Department of Information Technology, Sri Sairam Engineering College, Chennai

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11198

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11198

ABSTRACT
RFM (Recency,Frequency, Monetary) analysis is a method to identify high-response customers in marketing promotions, and to
improve overall response rates, which is well known and is widely applied today. Less widely understood is the value of applying RFM
scoring to a customer database and measuring customer profitability. RFM analysis is considered significant also for the banks and
their specific units like online shopping A customer who has visited an online shopping site Recently (R) and Frequently (F) and
created a lot of Monetary Value (M) through payment and standing orders is very likely to visit and make payments again. After
evaluation of the customer’s behaviour using specific RFM criteria the RFM score is correlated to the online shopping, with a high
RFM score beingmore beneficial to the online shopping as well as in the future. Data mining methods can be considered as tools
enhancing the online shopping RFM analysis of the customers in total as well as specific groups like the users of online shopping
KEYWORDS-Data Mining online shopping, RFM analysis, Clustering

I. INTRODUCTION
In recent years, there has been a massive increase in the competition among firms in sustaining in the field. The profits of the
company can be improved by a customer segmentation model. Customer retention is more important than the acquisition of new
customers. According to the Pareto principle [12],20%of the customers contribute more to the revenue of the company than the rest.
Customer segmentation can be performed using a variety of unique customer characteristics to help business people to customize
marketing plans, identify trends, plan product development, advertising campaigns and deliver relevant products. Customer
segmentation personalizes the messages of individuals to better communicate with the intended groups.
The most common attributes used in customer segmentation are location, age, sex, income, lifestyle and previous purchase
behavior. Here, segmentation is done using behavioral data since it is commonly available and continuously evolving with time and
purchase history. RFM (Recency, Frequency, and Monetary) analysis is a renowned technique used for evaluating the customers based
on their buying behavior. A scoring method is developed to evaluate scores of Recency, Frequency, and Monetary. Finally, the scores

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |49 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

of all threevariables are consolidated as RFM score ranging from 555 to 111 [11] is used to predict the future patterns by analyzing the
present and past histories of the customer. In this context, it has been observed that the scores of three factors Recency, Frequency and
Monetary directly proportional to customer’s lifetime and retention.Once the values of recency, frequency and monetary are
calculated, the K-Means algorithm is applied to the variables to clusters of the customer base.The behavior of each cluster is analyzed
to find the group of customers who give more profits to the company. Similarly, clustering is performed using two other algorithms
namely, Fuzzy C – Means clustering and the proposed method with chosen initial centroids in the existing K– Means algorithm. The
motivation of the paper is to propose a method for choosing initial centroids for K-means algorithm and to impose the method to
segment the customer with reduced iteration and time. Now that clusters of customers are found, it is necessary to understand the
differences between these groups of customers. A thorough analysis is performed on the clusters to aid in finding the targeted
customers and bestows them with appropriate promotions and offers. Also, a novel Repetitive Median based K-Means algorithm is
proposed with an intension to reduce the number of iterations than the traditional clustering algorithms.

II. LITERATURE REVIEW

TABLE I - Literature Review
Reference ENHANCEMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS DISADVANTAGES
No. PERSPECTIVE
[1]  Image conversion, pre • Health and beauty company •RFM To propose a model that clustered
processing - HOG Feature analysis + K means clustering customers into segments according to
Extraction. RFM.
 Implementation of various
other machine learning
algorithms.
[2]  Inclusion of image  Aim to segment hotel
segmentation. customers
• A sample of 369 from the
 SVM and Naive Bayes  Eight clusters were obtained
population 5939
classifiers used according to their RFM score
• Hotel customers
•RFM analysis + K means clustering.  Loyal customers, loyal
summer season customers,
collective buying customers
[3]  Multiple machine  A real data from a Chinese  To propose a model to
learning classifiers used. company accurately predict monthly
 Higher levels of  RFM analysis + K means supply quantity, using the
accuracy achieved with deep clustering + Decision tree RFM approach
learning models.  To select attributes to cluster
 Used CNN classifier customers into different
instead of regular SVM groups.

 Inclusion of image  Useful only in Retailing  Suggested a approach of

segmentation. sector customer classification.
[4]
 SVM and Naive Bayes  RFM analysis + K means
classifiers used clustering + Association rule

 Segmentation and  .Context: Iran  Aim only to identify the main

analysis of the image is Data from clusters of bank customers in
done. 250 bank order to help classifying
[5]
 RaspberryPi module customers. customers.
used.  FM analysis  To create more efficient
+ Two step customer strategies.
clustering
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |50 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

III. PROPOSED SYSTEM

Before focusing on customer segmentation, a question might urise as, why it is necessary to segment the customers? Because
it is not possible to treat every customer the same, the customers will shift to a better option. Customers with experience on
being available over various platforms will develop new tastes and that might grow into their personality to adapt. It is wise
to adapt different initiatives in order to counter such. But there are very standard and effectivesegmentation procedures
available. Here, implementation is done using one of them to a business. RFM,
• Low Value: fewer active customers, very less frequent buyer/visitor the others and add very small or zero or sometimes
even negative revenue.
• Mid Value: These are the grey area customers. They invest not too much and not too high and are frequent and add decent
revenue.
• High Value: They produce high revenue in a company are frequent and hardly unavailable. The kind of not worth loosing.
The proposed methodology can be broadly divided into 4 steps Step-1 is calculating Recency, Frequency, and
Monetary Value. Step-2 is applying a machine learning algorithm that is unsupervised for detecting imique groups or clusters
for each class segment, Step-3 is selecting a Machine Learning Model, and Step-4 is building and running the machine
learning model. The analysis done in RFM (recency, frequency, and monetary values) model divides customers that are
important on the basis of consumption of service by customers, the frequency of their visit and the amount of investment they
introduce to the company. These act as the three variables which are separated from a huge chunk of database. Thus, the
loyalty value of customers is obtained from recency, frequency and monetary value of customers. Hence considering
Recency, Frequency, and Monetary value as the three criteria for getting the loyalty value of customers is the RFM model.
The elaborated definitions would be,
Recency of last purchase (R): The interval between the latest buying and the present time of a customer is represented
by it. The recency value increases if the interval value decreases,
Frequency of purchase (F). The time period of buying for a customer within a particular interval like twice in a week,
once in a year is represented by Frequency. The value of F increase if the number of transactions within a specific interval
increase too, Monetary value of the purchase (M): The monetary value is the purchases value of a service or a product in a
specific time period. The value of M increases with the value of monetary.

IV. DATA PREPARATION

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |51 |

SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |52 |

SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |53 |

SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |54 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

VI. FUTURE WORKS

A case study was carried out using the datasets collected within two years period by a sports store in Turkey through its e-
commerce website. According to experimental study results, the proposed approach provides better product simple
recommendations, by considering several parameters together; the customer's segment, the current RFM values of the
customer, potential future customer behaviour, and products frequently purchased together.

VII. CONCLUSION
There is a vital role in customer segmentation for retail companies, Better segmenting of customers is pivotal in reaching a
company's sales target. Companies get a better understanding of the target market if the customers that have equivalent
requirements, necessities and behaviour are grouped together. Thus, companies could revaluatethe current course ofaction
and develop a new method for better sales, such as; update marketing, price management, promotions, building extra
customer touchpoints, etc.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The team is thankful and grateful for the constant encouragement of friends. The team also highly appreciates the guidance of
the staff of the department of Information Technology, Sri Sairam Engineering College, Chennai.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |55 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

REFERENCES
1. Etzion, O., Fisher, A., &Wasserkrug, S. (2004, Walk), e-CLV: a modeling approach for client lifetimeassessment in e-commerce
spaces, with an application and case consider for online barters. In innovation, e-Commerce, and e-Service, 2004. EEE04. 2004
IEEE Worldwide Conference on (pp. 149-156). IEEE,
2. Cui, G., Wong, M. L. & Lui, H. K. (2006). Machine learning for direct marketing response models: Bayesiannetworks with
evolutionary programming. Management Science, 52(4), 597-612
3. Chen, Y. S., Cheng, C. H., Lai, C. J. Hsu, C. Y., Syu& H. J. (2012). Identifying patients in target customer segments using a two-
stage clustering-classification approach: A hospital-based assessment. Computers inBiology and Medicine, 42(2), 213-221.
4. He X., Li, C., 2016. The research and application of customer segmentation on e-commerce websites. In:2016 6th International
Conference on Digital Home (ICDH), Guangzhou, pp. 203-208. doi:10.1109/ICDH 2016.050.
5. Cho, Young, Moon, S.C., 2013. Weighted mining frequent pattern-based customer's RFM score for personalized u-commerce
recommendation system. J. Converg: 4, 36-40.
6. Zahrotun, L., 2017. Implementation of data mining technique for customer relationship management (CRM) an online shop
tokodiapers.com with fuzzy e-means clustering. In: 2017 2nd International conferences onInformation Technology, Information
Systems and Electrical Engineering (ICITISEE), Yogyakarta, pp. 299-303.
7. Sheshasaayee, A., Logeshwari, L., 2017. Efficiency analysis of the TPA clustering methods for intelligent customer segmentation.
In: 2017 International Conference on Innovative Mechanisms for Industry Applications(ICIMIA), Bangalore, pp. 784-788.
8. Lu, H., Lin, J.Lu., Zhang, G., May 2014, A customer churns prediction model in the telecom industry usingboosting. IEEE Trans.
Ind. Inf. 10 (2), 1659-1665.
9. Jiang, T., Tuzhilin, A. March 2009. Improving personalization solutions through optimal segmentation of customer bases. IEEE
Trans. Knowledge Data Eng. 21 (3), 305-320. https://doi.org/10.1109/TKDE. 2008.163N.
10. Shab. S.. Singh. M., 2012. Comparison of a Time Efficient Modified K-mean Algorithm with K-Mean and K-Medoid Algorithm.
In: 2012 International Conference on Communication Systems and Network Technologies, Rajkot, pp. 435-137.
11. G. Yu and M. Haiying, "Customer Segmentation Study of College Students Based on the RFM," in International Conference on
E-Business and E-Government, Guangzhou, China, 2010 pp. 3860-3863. doi: 10.1109/ICEE.2010.968.
12. Srivastava, R. (2016). Identification of customer clusters using RFM model: a case of diverse purchaser classification.
International Journal of Business Analytics and Intelligence, 4(2), 45-50.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |56 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

HOMOTOPY GROUP OF SPHERES, HOPF FIBRATIONS AND

VILLARCEAU CIRCLES

Deep Bhattacharjee1, Sanjeevan Singha Roy2, Riddhima Sadhu3

1
Electro Gravitational Space Propulsion Laboratory,
Theoretical Physics Research Division of AATWRI Aerospace & Defence Research Directorate
2
Deparetment of Physics, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra
3
Department of Physics, Birla Institute of Technolopgy, Mesra

ORCID – Deep Bhattacharjee,0000-0003-0466-750X

Sanjeevan Singha Roy,0000-0002-6148-1421

Riddhima Sadhu,0000-0002-9698-2365

Preprint Posted Initially At - Https://Easychair.Org/Publications/Preprint/S4qd

1
Corresponding Author

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11212

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11212

ABSTRACT
Unlike geometry, spheres in topology have been seen as topological invariants, where their structures are defined as topological spaces.
Forgetting, the exact notion of geometry, and the impossibility of embedding one into other, the homotopy relates how one sphere of di-
mensions can wrap another sphere of dimensions.

METHODOLOGY
Depending on the pattern, the relation can be of three types, , n or . Each of them has their affine properties and
uniqueness that defines homotopy in the mathematical field of algebraic topology. The most important part of homotopy is the Hopf
fibrations where and there a special type of mapping and stereographic projection takes place which can be justified by the rela-
tion . is a 1-sphere or a circle which when which exists in the form of points inside the 2-sphere, and the mapping,
that transforms, the 3-sphere to the 2-sphere, where each point of 2-sphere acts as a circle in 3-sphere, generates in turn the third ho-
motopy group of the 2-sphere that is[1-5],

( )

If we assume that the stereographic projections that is made by the transform mapping where the third ho-
motopy groups fiber is a 3-dimensional torus of surface area then along with the 2-circles, the major and minor there
exists also a pair of circles produced by cutting the torus analytically at a certain angle produces a pair of circles called Villarceau cir-

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |57 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

cles where they meet all the latitudinal and longitudinal cross sections of the torus at a point of the minor radius being the locus of the
torus where the other 3-circles intersected and passed through[4,8,9-15].
The dimensional sphere is known as which is defined geometrically as a set of points in the Euclidean space
with a distance ‘unit’ from the origin. The ( ) or the homotopy group of degree denotes a continuous mapping from a sphere
to a sphere. What exactly is preserved in this mapping are the equivalence class, a class where the Abelian groups are attached to
topological spaces, that in turn generates an ‘addition’ operation over this classes[5-13].
There exists 3 regimes depending upon the fact whether , n or that I will summarize below[9-19];
[1] The trivial homotopy group exists in the mapping of n where the mapping maps all of to single points of which
can also be termed as continuously deformable in terms of the mapped surface.
[2] For, there exists a degree by which it can be determined that, how many times a sphere is wrapped around itself in the
form of the mapping. To ease out, this type of mapping is non-trivial and it can be denoted as an integer
( ) where a continuous mapping of every point on the first circle is mapped to the second circle,
where, the point on the first circle rotates around it, then the point on the second circle has already moved several times de-
pends upon the degree of the mapping.
[3] The third mapping is the most important mapping where and can be treated as a Hopf fibrations where the mapping oc-
curs in a non-trivial fashions, depending on these dimensions by Adams’s theorem as;

Hopf fibration is also known as Hopf bundle or Hopf map which is actually, a fiber bundle constructed over a topological
spaces where be the elements, the fiber bundle is then denoted by;

Where satisfies the following results[7,15,20];

 If we say is the total space, where is the base, is the fibre then is the fibration over with fibre .
 ( )
 there is a neighborhood of , in a way ( ) is homeomorphism (surjective, injective, hence bijective)
to via ( )
 We have where ( ) is the projection of into .

Since in the long exact sequence ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) the group homomorphism ( ) ( ) the map-
ping collapsed as there is only a deformed point from breaks into short exact sequences ( ) ( ) ( )
which can give to split isomorphisms as[1-6];

( ) ( )⨁ ( )

As ( ) vanishes for in atleast the element ( ) and ( ) are totally isomorphic when is atleast 3. Thus split by
suspension homomorphism occurs[9-12].
What has been developed as a fundamental technique and uniquely focused area of research is the computation of positive
for the homotopy group ( ) where it is independent of for and is known as the stable homotopy group of spheres
and has been computed upto the maximum value of as . On an existing ring these groups forms the stable coefficients of ex-
traordinary cohomotopy theory. However, the unstable value has been computed and quite erratic upto the value of . Adams
spectral sequence is an important technique for computing stable homotopy groups, while most modern computations came from Jean-
Pierre Serre.
To describe the , it is notable to mention some of its properties for the sake of homotopy, note that, it is a sphere,
not a solid ball[7,8,14,20].

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |58 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

 Any 2-sphere occupies the space and has the equation form with a distance from equal point from the
centre as implicit sphere. However, this can be generalizes to spheres of in the equation forms
.
 Any Disc is a region contained within the circle by the inequality relation which produces the rim (or the cir-
cumference) of the circle having the equation form . Now, think of a balloon, inflated with air, just punctured
it and you will get a disc, close the puncture with a drawstring and the repair that you will get is generalizes to
producing . This is called disc with collapsed rim. Take the points lying on the boundary of the Disc and glued it
above the rim in the Northern Hemisphere, while doing the same in the Southern Hemisphere then what will be produced
is a .
 The last one is the most important and known as the suspension of the equator. If we take all the points on the equatorial
plane and extends it upwards and downwards in NH and SH then, what we get is 2-Hemispheres and for each positive integer
the topological space can be written as ∑ with the has the equator
with the suspension ∑ produced on .

In terms of open sets, the essence of homotopy group, is that, it preserves continuity relations. One is topologically mapped to other.
The first of the fundamental (homotopy) group, is a path connected topological space that is ( ) where mapping is done from a
pointed circle ( ) to the pointed space ( ) where the map is being bijected from into . These maps established under equiva-
lence classes keeping the base point fixed, where a continuous map has been made called as null homotopic . These classes
of maps becomes an ‘equator pinch’ where one maps the equator in the form of a pointed sphere (here circle) to a point whose both
sides are the upper and lower spheres making it look like a ‘bouquet of spheres, where the upper and lowe sphere’s pointed equator in
the middle makes a pinch and completes the map which formulizes as[14-20];

⋁ ∐

This characterizes a wedge sum, which is ‘a one point union’ between two pointed topological spaces and giving the quotient
space of the disjoint union of and by identifying ⋁ ( ∐ ) where is the equivalence closure relation, with
the closure relation {( ) } where its associative and commutative upto homeomorphism.

The pointed associated with the homotopy group with ( ) with ( ) is trivial, abelian, finitely generated for the
null homotopic classes and for equal to (for all positive ). A continuous map induces a bijection (or homeomorphism with asso-
ciated holonomy) with their homotopy group isomorphic for all .

Some associated mappings are[9,15,4-12,15-18]:

[1] ( ) where a circle has been wrapped around another circle yielding an integer that can be treated as the winding
number of the loop and generates an infinite cyclic loop as windings if not done in the opposite direction can be repeated in-
finitely.
[2] ( ) where a 2-sphere (3-dimensional sphere) is warped around a 2-sphere.
[3] ( ) where the warping of a circle to a sphere ultimately lasso out and end up in a point as the base dimension or the
mapping is done from to .
[4] ( ) where this mapping is interesting and known as Hopf fibrations where the projection takes place on
. Lets discuss this in detail below.

Take a complex vector space and identify its columns { } where where the complex projective line ( ) ob-
taining from * + by factoring out the equivalence relation iff for some * +. As this equivalence class is
bijective corresponding to 1-dimensional subspaces, therefore, this can be the projective space, if one restricts to 3-sphere
providing and factor out iff for some ( ) * | | + then using the stereographic
maps from to the 2-sphere , the complex coordinates are[6-15];

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |59 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

| |
( )
| | | | | |

Wherever ,

| |
( )
| | | | | |

Wherever , a smooth map can be expressed as;

( ̅ ̅ | | | | ) ( )

In , are the inhomogeneous complex coordinates around . This is the Hopf map where is the projection in order of
the principle fiber bundle over the base space with the structure group ( ).

―The linkage can be visualized by the stereographic projection of a 3-sphere to its equatorial 3-plane, one obtains one family of Vil-
larceau circles on each torus of a system of nested coaxial coaxial concentric tori orthogonal to the unit 2-sphere in that 3 plane. The
linking of the fibres used by Hopf to obtain the homotopy group ( ) ‖

Alternatively, using Geometric rotations (Quaternions) with the rotation group ( ) and Spin Group ( ) diffeomorphic to the
3-sphere, the spin group acts on transitively by rotations which makes the Hopf fibration as the 3-sphere, the principle fiber bundle
over the 2-sphere. Let’s take the quaternionic coordinates where are the three complex
numbers associated with the coordinates . The rotation can be given by;

( ) ( ) ( )
[ ( ) ( ) ( ) ]
( ) ( ) ( )

The above formulae for the projection bundle makes the fixed unit vector along the axis ( ) rotates to another unit vector given
as;

( ) ( ) ( )

Which acts as a continuous function of the coordinates which is the image of on the 2-sphere where the unit vector has
been transformed via the axis, containing the fiber for a given point on . Taking three fixed points on as , the rotates
angle via as;

Which rotates by along the axis and sweeps a great circle in the fiber where being not the antipode, ( ), the qua-
ternion forms;

( ) ( )
√ ( )

As long as the base point is fixed. This sends to the antipode ( ) in the composite quaternion form ( ) which are points on
sphere, as;

( ) (( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( ))
√ ( )
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |60 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Due to the multiplication of the ( ) space with its composite way there forms a geometric circle where the final fiber ( )
can be defined ( ) equal to producing,

(( ) ( ( )) ( ( )) ( ))

Now, coming to the point of Villarceau circles, the pair circle can be produced if the torus can be cur obliquely at a special angle.
Nested with other two circles, the major and the minor circles, the equations can be produced specific to that circle without the loss of
generality, keeping the radius of a circle in the plane with the axis of revolution at the radius being centered at ( ), the ex-
istence can be defined;

( )

Sweeping replaces by √ and removing the square root produces a quartic equation;

( ) ( )

The surface that has been swept by the place includes a second circle;

( )

Now, the circle has two common internal tangent lines, with slope at the origin found from the right angle with the hypotenuse and
opposite side (which has the right angle at the point of tangency), then √ and choosing the plus sign produces a bi-
tangent to the torus;

While rotating this frame, all the bitangent planes swept by;

The intersection of the planes gives a pair of symmetric circles;

A more flexible approach has been given by a quartic approach of the torus;

( ) ( )

And setting to gives a double point intersection equation at;

( )

Coming back to the homotopy group, the framed cobordism of manifolds can be easily expressed as an existing homotopy group
( ) with its associated framed cobordism group ( ) of the holomorphic submanifolds where every map is ho-
motopic to a differentiable domain map in a ‘framed’ -dimensional manifold as;

( )

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |61 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Like the projection , the Hopf bundle can be generated by the embedding of in a framed way as;

( ) ( )

For, ( ) or ( ) with there exists an infinite cyclic group with an abelian group having the -components torsion for
all primes . For spheres, -components torsion occurs at in ( ), where for the first -torsion occurs at
. The torsion in odd times for odd dimensional spheres can be given by,

( )( ) ( )( ) ⨁ ( )( )

Where -torsion is defined as, Let be a module over a ring , then the value given as;

Is the -torsion submodule of .

The -homomorphism can be defined as the image ( ( )) ( ) which is a subgroup of ( ) for where
( ) is the special orthogonal group in dimension which preserves the fixed point when operations are needed for composing
group transformations. In the stable homotopy range, the homotopy group ( ( )) depends on (mod 8)known as the
Bott periodicity over a interval of 8 with the -homomorphism given by,

 is congruent to 0 or 1 (mod 8) if there exists a order 2 cyclic group.

 being congruent to 2,4,5,6 (mod 8) then its trivial
 being (mod 4) if the group is cyclic to the order of the denominator ⁄ where is the Bernoulli num-
ber.
Through the orthonormal group, the Bott group ( ) are periodic to the order ( ( )) ( ( )), the first 8 homotopy
groups are,

( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
( ( ))
Given, the ring structure;

( )
Three groups can be categorized as { ( )
( )

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |62 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

The periodic Bott’s results are,

( ) ( )
{ ( ) ( )
( ) ( )

The 2nd and 3rd isomorphisms intertwined to give 8-periodicity results;

( ) ( )
{
( ) ( )

Homotopy groups of spheres as computed upto ( ). Ref [21]

REFERENCES
1. Syed, S. Group structure on spheres and the Hopf fibration. UBC Grad Student Seminar. Published.
2. Field, M., and Swift, J. W. (1994). Hopf bifurcation and the Hopf fibration. Nonlinearity, 7(2), 385–402. https://doi.org/10.1088/0951-
7715/7/2/005
3. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022s). Generalization of Grothendieck duality over Serre duality in 𝘥𝘦𝘨ₙ Cohen-Macauly schemes representing
Calabi–Yau 3-fold on Bogomolov–Tian–Todorov Theorem. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1781474/v1
4. Urbantke, H. (2003). The Hopf fibration—seven times in physics. Journal of Geometry and Physics, 46(2), 125–150.
https://doi.org/10.1016/s0393-0440(02)00121-3
5. Mendelson, B. (1990, July 1). Introduction to Topology: Third Edition (Dover Books on Mathematics) (Third). Dover Publications.
6. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022p). Establishing equivalence among hypercomplex structures via Kodaira embedding theorem for non-singular
quintic 3-fold having positively closed (1,1)-form Kähler potential 𝒊2−1∂∂*ρ. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1635957/v1
7. Definition of $p$-torsion module. (2014, January 2). Mathematics Stack Exchange.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |63 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

https://math.stackexchange.com/questions/624924/definition-of-p-torsion-module
8. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022u). Generalized Poincaré Conjecture via Alexander trick over C-isomorphism extension to h-cobordism on inclu-
sion maps with associated Kan-complex. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1830184/v1
9. Flegg, G. H. (2001, September 4). From Geometry to Topology (Dover Books on Mathematics) (Illustrated). Dover Publications.
10. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022aj). Suspension of structures in two-dimensional topologies with or without the presence of 𝒈 ≥ 1 genus defor-
mations for canonical 22η stabilizer points. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1798323/v1
11. Dorst, L. (2019). Conformal Villarceau Rotors. Advances in Applied Clifford Algebras, 29(3). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00006-019-0960-5
12. Wood, R. (1966). Banach algebras and Bott periodicity. Topology, 4(4), 371–389. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-9383(66)90035-8
13. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022d). An outlined tour of geometry and topology as perceived through physics and mathematics emphasizing geome-
trization, elliptization, uniformization, and projectivization for Thruston’s 8-geometries covering Riemann over Teichmuller spaces.
TechRxiv. https://doi.org/10.36227/techrxiv.20134382.v1
14. Switzer, R. M. (1975, September 13). Algebraic topology--homotopy and homology (Die Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften
in Einzeldarstellungen mit besonderer Ber cksichtigung der nwendungsgebiete . Springer-Verlag.
15. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022ah). Rigorously Computed Enumerative Norms as Prescribed through Quantum Cohomological Connectivity over
Gromov – Witten Invariants. TechRxiv. https://doi.org/10.36227/techrxiv.19524214.v1
16. Bergen, J., Catoiu, S., & Chin, W. (2019, October 17). Hopf Algebras (1st ed.). CRC Press.
17. Bhattacharjee, D., Roy, S. S., & Behera, A. K. (2022b, August 31). Relating Enrique surface with K3 and Kummer through involutions and
double covers over finite automorphisms on Topological Euler–Poincaré characteristics over complex K3 with Kähler equivalence. Re-
search Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-2011341/v1
18. Cox, D. A., Little, J. B., & Schenck, H. K. (2011, July 7). Toric Varieties (Graduate Studies in Mathematics). American Mathematical Soci-
ety.
19. Tom Dieck, T. (1985). The homotopy type of group actions on homotopy spheres. Archiv Der Mathematik, 45(2), 174–179.
https://doi.org/10.1007/bf01270489
20. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022as, August 16). Generalization of Quartic and Quintic Calabi – Yau Manifolds Fibered by Polarized K3 Surfaces.
Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1965255/v1
21. Brunerie, G. (2016). On the homotopy groups of spheres in homotopy type theory. ArXiv, abs/1606.05916.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |64 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR ANALYSIS: SUSTAINABLE FOOD

WRAPPING WITH BEESWAX

Yashwi Saini1, Hridya Gandhi2, Samakshi Garg3, Khushi Joshi4, Anika5,

Dharvi Singhal6
Kamala Nehru College (University of Delhi), August Kranti Marg, New Delhi, India

ABSTRACT
Modern food wrapping makes food safe, dependable, shelf-stable, and hygienic. However, the majority of food wrapping is single-use
and cannot be re-used. Single-use food wrapping has a huge environmental impact, from plastics in our waterways to harmful
production by-products. A natural eco-friendly, sustainable alternative to plastic wraps is “Beeswax Food Wraps''. Despite being
eco-friendly and sustainable wrapping, consumers seldom use it. Although it's no secret that single-use food wraps are a hazard to
our seas, ecosystems, and globe, even then, we find it difficult to break free from our non-eco-friendly habits. The present paper aims
to analyse the consumer perception of green products. Furthermore, the study investigates consumers’ level of satisfaction with the
different types of food wraps and analyses the factors influencing the purchasing behaviour of beeswax food wraps among consumers.
A structured questionnaire was used to collect the primary data, which was then analysed using the Chi-Square Test of
Independence, One-Way ANOVA test, Spearman Rank-Order Correlation Coefficient and descriptive statistics. The results reveal
an important insight concerning the behaviour of consumers towards Beeswax Food Wraps and green product purchase. The study
found that in spite of consumers growing awareness of green products and environmentally harmful practices, Beeswax Food Wraps
still have a long way to go.
KEYWORDS - Beeswax Food Wraps, Green Product, Green Consumption, Plastic Wraps, Aluminium Foil, Sustainable
Wrapping, Consumer Behaviour.

INTRODUCTION
Food packaging is fundamental to the food industry, and without it, the food industry would not be able to survive, and
consumers would not be able to operate. Food chains today are distinguished by their broad geographical distribution as well as
worldwide value networks. Plastic and aluminium food wrapping has massive economic benefits among various wrapping
materials available. Since time immemorial, people have depended on plastic and aluminium due to their low-cost, versatility,
durability and high strength-to-weight ratio. Apart from being highly demanding, these food wrappers pose many threats to the
environment.
The environmental impact of single-use food wrapping is enormous. Most food wrappings are meant to be used once and
then discarded rather than reused or recycled, and it makes up almost half of all municipal solid waste. The majority of food
wrapping is wasted and is either buried in a landfill or becomes trash that is swept into the environment by water and wind flow.
Plastic and aluminium food wrapping contains certain chemicals that prove harmful to the human body. These chemicals attach
themselves to the food surface and enter the human body causing chronic ailments like cancer, heart failure and dysfunction of
body organs. Due to their unrestricted use, microplastic is found in 77% of human beings causing damage to body cells. Thus, the
ease of food wrapping is overshadowed by the harmful effects and waste generated by plastic wrapping.
Non-biodegradable food wrapping must be substituted with environmentally friendly packaging. Sustainable food
wrapping has been a popular topic among consumers and marketers, and it is also in line with rising consumer understanding of
environmental sustainability.
The present study aims to analyse the significance of sustainable beeswax food wraps and consumer behaviour regarding
green consumption.
Made from the concept of green wrapping, the natural alternative for plastic and aluminium wraps is “Beeswax Food
Wraps''. Beeswax food wraps are a more environmentally conscious, food-safe, and sustainable solution to plastic and aluminium
food wraps: wrap sandwiches, rotis, idlis, raw fruits and vegetables, or paneer in them. Made from GOTS (The Global Organic

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |65 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Textile Standard) certified organic cotton fabric printed with herbal dyes, pure natural unbleached beeswax, organic cold-pressed
coconut oil, and natural tree dammar gum, these wraps are sustainable, reusable and biodegradable. Beeswax has an anti-
microbial effect on food, which protects food from spoilage. Beeswax wrappers are breathable, so they keep your food fresh for a
long time. Plastic, on the other hand, promotes mould growth.
Beeswax food wraps in India are manufactured by various small scale industries. The firms are working to make the world
a greener place by offering beeswax wraps, which are handcrafted food storage wraps that may successfully replace non-
biodegradable wraps. Due to a lack of consumer awareness and high costs, beeswax food wraps are not so popular among people.
To promote the product and alter consumer perceptions, consumer awareness is a must.

CONCEPTS AND REVIEW OF LITERATURE

This section discusses the concepts and the related literature. The discussion is divided into three sections - Green Consumption
Behaviour, Green Product and Beeswax Wrap.

Green Consumption Behaviour

Green Consumption is a problematic concept, not least because it is a visible oxymoron. Green means conservation of
natural resources, while consumption usually involves destroying them. Green Consumption is also disputed as a theory, relying
heavily on context as a set of processes, as well as complexity and has many aspects in both theory and practice. Green might be
assumed to relate only to environmental issues, but these are subtly intertwined with the social and economic strands of
sustainable development. (1)
Research conducted by Bhatia and Jain (2013) highlights consumers' perceptions and preferences about green marketing
processes and products with the help of a structured questionnaire. The results of the analysis revealed a high level of awareness
about green marketing practices and products among the consumers. Green values were also found to be high among the
respondents. It also revealed that the view that overall green values, awareness about green products and practices and the
perception regarding the seriousness of marketing companies towards green marketing had a positive significant impact on
consumer persuasion to buy and prefer green products over conventional products. (2)
Cost is an important barrier to consumption, especially switching to renewable energy. It is also often why people do not
buy sustainable products; they may want to, but they may not be able to afford them. Across the statistical boards, the biggest
obstacle to adopting consumer behaviour based on stability is negligence. Between 1 of 10 and 1 of 3 agree with this statement -
and that suggests that brands need to do more to communicate with consumers. (3)
Bhatia and Jain in their research paper also stated that “Consumers were strongly agreeing with the importance of green
marketing practices.” But contradicting this they also included that consumers felt that green products are priced higher than
conventional products. When asked about the factors that affect the purchase of green products, consumers rated “awareness about
green products” first with a mean score of 4.31, followed by “availability of green products”, and “product price” in second and
third position. This implies that marketers have to extensively market and communicate the availability of green products to the
consumers. (4)

Green Products
A green product is a sustainable product designed to minimise its environmental impacts during its whole life cycle and
even after it's of no use. Green products are usually identified by having two primary goals – reducing waste and maximising
resource efficiency. They are manufactured using toxic-free ingredients and environmentally-friendly procedures and achieve
certifications such as GreenPro, Environmental Product Declaration (EPD), Life Cycle Analysis (LCA), etc. (5)
Green products have many advantages; some of them include being energy efficient, durable and often have low
maintenance requirements. They are free of ozone-depleting chemicals and toxic compounds and don‟t produce toxic by-products.
They are often made of recycled materials or content or renewable and sustainable sources. They are usually obtained from local
manufacturers or resources and are biodegradable or easily reused either in part or as a whole. (6)
A company named Nielsen in 2015 in their report explained the scope of green products in the future. In this report, they
revealed that about 3 out of 4 “millennials“ claim that they are willing to pay more money for sustainable offerings. The younger
group, i.e about 15-20, said that they would choose product A instead of product B if the company producing A would be
“committed to positive social and environmental impact”. (7)
Salman Shamsi and Zainus Siddiqui in their research paper on Green product and consumer Behaviour, concluded that
“Consumers mainly refrain from using green products due to their unavailability as well as unawareness about such products.
However, 31.2% of the respondents feel that the cost of installation/usage of green products is higher than regular products of the
same category” Along with this, they found that there are many other factors that motivates consumers to buy green product “It is
clearly seen that environment sustainability is the most effective factor followed by personal consciousness of the respondents that
persuaded them to buy a green product.” (8)
According to the analysis in “Environmental strategies and green product development: an overview on sustainability-
driven companies” research paper it was seen that “The percentage of green product developers exceeds the percentage of green
product non-developers. The same result is obtained in almost all sectors, except for the „healthcare‟ and the „consumer‟ sectors.”
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |66 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Furthermore, the shares of green product developers and non-developers do not show significant differences among geographical
areas, meaning that there is no geographical area more oriented to the green product development than the other areas. (9)

Beeswax Wrap
Beeswax is a substance that creates the structure of a honeycomb; bees extract wax to form honeycombs where they can
store honey. Thanks to its rich hydrophobic properties, beeswax is actually present in cosmetics and body products. Also, beeswax
is used in the food industry: as a wrapping film to ripen or as a food additive and to give light to products. Similar to the honey it
contains, beeswax has also been shown to have several medicinal properties, such as healing scratches, inflammation, and burns.
(10)
The main focus of our research is Beeswax Wraps. They are the wraps made from organic cotton coated with beeswax,
organic jojoba oil and tree resin; beeswax wrap is an alternative natural food wrap with antibacterial properties and can be used as
the lid to cover bowls or plates of food or to wrap fruit, vegetables, bread, cheese, herbs, baked goods and other food products, for
on-the-go convenience. (11)
Beeswax wraps have many pros which can attract a customer. Beeswax wraps are breathable, which keeps your food
fresher for longer, unlike plastic which accelerates mould growth. Beeswax wraps are easily cleaned with cold water and mild
detergent and can be left to drip dry. Proper care will allow them to last for up to 1 year. Switching from single-use plastic to
reusable Beeswax Food Wraps that are compostable and biodegradable, is a neat way to reduce household waste while helping the
planet. (12)
A research paper from University of Montana states that Beeswax wrap in the coming year will become popular due to the
benefits it possesses. According to this, “Manufacturers of beeswax wraps promote their products as being superior to traditional
wrapping materials by providing both a physical barrier and a potential antimicrobial effect.” This gives an optimistic view that
Beeswax wraps can dominate the market in the near future and hence the demand for beeswax wrap can increase leading to fall in
its prices. (13)
Another research project stated that there is a high level of dissatisfaction amongst the consumer when it comes to the use
of aluminium foil, this can give way to beeswax wrap to make an entrance in the market. The only problem that comes in the way
is the lack of awareness about the existence of this product and the benefit it provides. Due to the lesser demand in the market the
prices of beeswax wrap is relatively more leading to increase in prices which in fact becomes another reason for consumers to not
prefer beeswax wrap. (14)

OBJECTIVES
The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:
● To know consumers‟ buying behaviour towards reusable beeswax wraps.
● To understand the satisfaction level of consumers towards the food wraps they use.
● To recognise the factors motivating and demotivating the purchase of beeswax wraps.
● To identify the factors that will help accelerate the demand for beeswax wraps.

HYPOTHESIS
The following hypotheses were drawn for the purpose of the study:
H01 - There is no significant relationship between green product purchase and the gender of the respondents.
H02 - The positive attributes of green products do not affect consumer perception.
H03 - There is no significant difference between the highest motivating factor for purchasing beeswax food wraps and the age of
the respondents.
H04 - There is no correlation between the usage of beeswax food wraps and the purchase price of it.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The research design used for the study is a descriptive design that emphasises on identifying the various factors affecting
consumers‟ purchasing behaviour concerning reusable beeswax food wraps and green products. The methodology adopted for the
research paper is that of a mixed research method where both quantitative and qualitative techniques are used to understand and
analyse the research problem.

Research Approach
The present study is an academic paper based on primary data collected through a sampling method and an interview. It
involves an intensive discussion with an industry expert and the CEO of Brown Living India. A well-structured sample of 252
respondents from diverse demographic regions was collected. This survey was conducted online through Google Forms.
Newspaper articles and relevant websites constituted the secondary data sources.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |67 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Method of Analysis
The methods used for the analysis of the data collected include the Chi-Square Test of Independence, One-Way ANOVA test,
Spearman Rank-Order Correlation Coefficient and descriptive statistics.

RESULTS
A. Outcome of Structured Interview
According to Brown Living India's CEO, excessive exposure to plastic in her workplace prompted her to search for
alternatives to plastic in everyday life, in turn inspiring her to start her own company. She mentioned that beeswax wraps caught
her eye because of their volatile properties and reusability.
In response to a question regarding the current state of environmental awareness among people, she pointed out that
although awareness is growing among many, there is still a significant distance to cover due to the lack of availability and
knowledge of green products.
In respect to the availability of beeswax wraps, she acknowledged that many green products are not readily available to
consumers primarily due to their inaccessibility in physical stores, which again contributes to the inability to change consumer
behavior. While recapitulating the reasons, it was interpreted that these products are not available in physical stores because high
manufacturing costs damage the firms' costing systems.
Furthermore, she asserted that the price of green/eco-friendly products will tend to decline as more buyers and sellers seek
out these products. In other words, as more products become available, they will become less expensive. Therefore, she appeared
optimistic that green products will be more readily available in physical stores within 3-4 years, despite the current trends.
Another equally important issue raised by her was the high price of green products. On average plastic and aluminium foils
are quite cheaper than beeswax wraps which can be reused 100 times, indicating how the product price as compared to product
quality plays a vital role in shaping consumer behaviour.
As we discussed the challenges that the manufacturers of beeswax wraps face due to lack of awareness of the product, it
became apparent that this problem is more like a chicken and egg dilemma since manufacturers must decide whether to increase
supply while demand is low or wait for demand to rise before increasing supply.
Towards the end of the interview, the interviewee threw some light on how habits can be changed only if they are called
out. Thus, it is crucial to resonate with consumers in order to change their behaviour.
As a whole, the interview assisted us in identifying the reasons for current sales trends of beeswax food wraps and
provided an opportunity to discuss their future.

B. Analysis of Data and Hypothesis Testing

H01 - There is no significant relationship between green product purchase and the gender of the respondents.
Table 1
Results of the Chi-square test

Interpretation: Table 1 shows that the significance of chi-square is 0.033, which is less than 0.05 (5%). So, the null hypothesis
cannot be accepted at a 5% significance level, concluding that there is a significant relationship between green product purchase
and the gender of the respondents.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |68 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Figure 1
Green Products usage in the past three months

Interpretation: The chart shows the different types of green products people used in the past three months.
Evidently, food and beverage products are the most commonly consumed green products, followed by household and personal
care products.
Consumption patterns indicate that consumers are health conscious and prefer to purchase a variety of eatables and personal care
products.

H02 - The positive attributes of green products have does not affect consumer perception.

Table 2
Likert Scale Analysis Using Mean (in percentage)

Interpretation: The results of this survey indicate that respondents have a slightly positive attitude toward green and eco-friendly
products. Therefore, the null hypothesis has been rejected.

Table 3
Ranking of Challenges Faced

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |69 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Interpretation: Most consumers perceive green products to be expensive and unavailable to purchase, which discourages them
from purchasing them. Moreover, some consumers believe that unawareness, lack of trust, and difficulty in changing one's habits
are also demotivating factors that influence their purchasing decisions.

Table 4
Satisfaction Level of Food Wraps used by Consumers

Interpretation: Study results show that people are the least satisfied with aluminium foils even though it is the most used food
wrap as compared to beeswax wraps which are the least used.

H03 - There is no significant difference between the highest motivating factor for purchasing beeswax food wraps and the age of
the respondents.
Table 5
Results of one-way ANOVA test

Interpretation: Table 5 shows that the significance of one way ANOVA test is 0.04, which is less than 0.05 (5%). So, the null
hypothesis cannot be accepted at 5% significance level, concluding that there is a significant difference between the highest
motivating factor of purchasing and the age of the respondents.

H04 - There is no correlation between the usage of beeswax food wraps and the purchase price of it.
Table 6
Correlation Coefficient

Interpretation: The usage of beeswax food wraps and their purchase price is negatively correlated with the correlation coefficient
of -0.55. This indicates that consumers may be more inclined to use it if the purchase price is less and vice-versa.

CONCLUSION
Beeswax wraps retain a relatively low market share, despite consumer‟s growing interest in environmental concerns and
green products. As a result, understanding the reasons for consumer‟s behaviour regarding beeswax wrap purchases becomes
necessary. From the responses collected, it was determined that unavailability of such products in physical stores, lack of trust,
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |70 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

unawareness, and difficulty changing one's habits are few major factors that refrain consumers from using these products.
Consumers tend to be driven by value, often measuring the benefits and utility they gain from buying products. The above
findings suggest that consumers become more willing to purchase green products when they recognize the value they provide to
both themselves and the environment. To this end, enterprises should strive to increase Beeswax Wraps' perceived green value as
much as possible.
The present study results can be used by marketers, manufacturers, and the government to promote beeswax food wraps
proficiently. The lack of awareness and unavailability of sustainable food wraps should be checked upon to remove the
impediment to their usage. Advertisements and promotional activities focusing on the environment can motivate green product
purchase and usage. Moreover, the personal consciousness of consumers must be given due consideration. Awareness programs
about environmental degradation due to plastic packaging and the benefits of sustainable food wrapping can be launched to help
consumers become conscious of their actions.

REFERENCES
1. Ken PeattieThe Center for Business Relationships. (n.d.). “Green consumption: Behavior and norms.” Annual Reviews
https://www.annualreviews.org/doi/full/10.1146/annurev-environ-032609-094328#_i2
2. Bhatia, M., & Jain, A. (2013, May 28). “Green Marketing: A study of consumer perception and preferences in India.” Electronic
Green Journal
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/5mc39217
3. “Shifting sands: How consumer behaviour is embracing sustainability.” Deloitte Switzerland
https://www2.deloitte.com/ch/en/pages/consumer-business/articles/shifting-sands-sustainable-consumer.html
4. Bhatia, M., & Jain, A. (2013, May 28). “Green Marketing: A study of consumer perception and preferences in India.” Electronic
Green Journal
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/5mc39217
5. Green product certification. Conserve Consultants. (n.d.). Retrieved March 15, 2022, from
https://www.conserveconsultants.com/green-product-
certification#:~:text=A%20green%20product%20is%20a,waste%20and%20maximizing%20resource%20efficiency
6. April 1). “01 APR, what is a green product?” leafgreenerme https://leafgreenerme.com/what-is-a-green-
product/
7. Amund, & About The AuthorAmundEnvironmentalist and creator of Sustainability Matters. I have a goal of connecting eco-conscious
consumers and brands to expand the overall focus on sustainable products and services. (2022, March 4). “What is green marketing
and its scope in the future?” SMD.com
https://sustainabilitymattersdaily.com/what-is-green-marketing-and-its-scope-in-the-future/
8. “Green product and consumer behavior: An analytical study.” (n.d.)
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/321586759_Green_Product_and_Consumer_Behavior_An_Analytical_Study
9. Albino, V. (2021, April 23). “Environmental strategies and green product development: An overview on sustainability-driven
companies.” Business Strategy and the Environment
https://www.academia.edu/47628022/Environmental_strategies_and_green_product_development_an_overview_on_sustainability_dr
iven_companies
10. Fratini, F., Cilia, G., Turchi, B., & Felicioli, A. (2016, July 26). “Beeswax: A minireview of its antimicrobial activity and its
application in medicine.” Asian Pacific Journal of Tropical Medicine
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1995764516301407
11. Pearce, A. (2021, September 10). “Why you should use beeswax wraps.” Good Housekeeping
https://www.goodhousekeeping.com/uk/house-and-home/household-advice/a30651443/beeswax-food-wrap/
12. “10 amazing benefits of beeswax food wraps.” millbee.com. (n.d.)
https://millbee.com/blogs/blog-and-events/10-benefits-of-beeswax-wraps
13. Beck, D. E., Lane, K. M., Shiel, C. A., & Welke, K. F. (n.d.). “Food spoilage in beeswax impregnated cotton cloth wraps compared to
standard storage methods.” ScholarWorks at University of Montana
https://scholarworks.umt.edu/beekeeping/1/
14. “A topic model approach to identify and track emerging risks from ...” (n.d.)
https://orbi.uliege.be/bitstream/2268/250553/1/Topic_Modelling_Tracking_Media_Adulteration_2020.pdf

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |71 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

SOCIAL POSITION OF MERCHANTS OF BUKHARA EMIRATE

Shоkhida Davurova
Director of the Central Archive of the Academy of Sciences of Uzbekistan, Republic of Uzbekistan
Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11230
DOI No: 10.36713/epra11230

ABSTRACT
In the article has been analyzed the Bukhara region has been located on the “Great Silk Road” connecting the countries of the Near
and Middle East with China and India since ancient times, the majority of the population were merchants and they actively engaged
in commercial activities with different nations, and the fact that different strata of the population engaged in trade in the Emirate of
Bukhara is analyzed with the help of historical sources.
KEY WORDS: Emirate of Bukhara, commercial affairs, domestic market, cities, agriculture, horticulture, cash crops.

INTRODUCTION
Since ancient times, the territory of Bukhara is located on the “Great Silk Road”, which connects the countries of the
Near and Middle East with China and India, most of the inhabitants are merchants, and they have been active in commercial
activities with various nations, so it is called “Madinat ut-Tujjor” meaning “City of Merchants” is also famous for its qualities [1,
p.36]. Therefore, the position of Bukhara merchants was high not only inside the country, but also outside it in economic and
social-political terms.

RESEARCH METHODS
In fact, different strata of the population were engaged in trade in Bukhara Emirate. According to sources, the number of
traders in the markets fluctuated seasonally. The start of seasonal farming operations in the spring also had an impact on the
decrease in domestic market sales compared to the summer and autumn seasons. For example, in winter, 250 merchants were
active in the big city markets of Bukhara, Samarkand, Karshi, Kattakorgon, Karmana, and in summer and autumn, the number of
sellers reached 350-400 at the expense of farmers. 100 traders worked in the markets of Khoja Arif, Kumushkent, Peshku, Boston,
Sultanabad, Yangikurgan, Pirmast districts of the emirate in winter, and 140-150 in summer and autumn [2, p.25-27].

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

Residents living in each province and district of the emirate specialize in growing their own products for the markets. In
particular, the majority of residents of Vobkent and Shofrikon districts were wealthy merchants [3, p.36]. Pirmast district grew
grapes, Khutfar mainly agricultural products and needed to buy more craft products. In addition to Uzbeks, 100 Indians, about 200
Iranians and 500 Jewish families lived in Karmana. Rich Jews were engaged in money exchange in the markets [3, p.39].
Karnob district was engaged in the breeding of a large number of thoroughbred Arabian horses. Karnobs were also
involved in the trade of water from Kir spring and Naiman spring. They sold water in buckets. 1,000 coins per hour and 20,000
coins per day were paid for irrigating crops with spring water [3, p.42]. Turkmen tribes made up the majority of the population of
Kerki region, and they were rich and wealthy. The men of the population were engaged in agriculture, and the women wove
various rugs and woolen cloths from camel wool and regularly delivered them to the market. Craftsmen of the cities of Karshi,
Termiz and Sherabad in the eastern region have a special place in the field of carpet weaving. In particular, the trade of Qamashi
village’s Arab carpets was very active in the market of Karshi city. Especially, Karshi and Sherabad carpets were popular with
their designs. In fact, Sherabad’s various replica carpets were exhibited in Paris at that time and received high praise. The carpets
were sold to the markets of India, Russia, Iran, and Turkey by large merchants from Bukhara, Afghanistan, and the Caucasus.
In the market of Guzor Begili, the trade is also intense. This market is equal in size to the market of Makarevsky Fair in
Russia. More than 5,000,000 coins are traded every week. For example, 53,000 sheep are slaughtered for sale in the markets every
week in Guzor and its districts. Cattle breeders from the cities of Bukhara, Samarkand, Karshi, Shakhrisabz and various districts
came here and bought a large number of large cattle. A person who did not see the market with his own eyes did not believe in the

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |72 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

number and breadth of trade deals concluded in it. The inhabitants of the eastern part of Guzar were engaged in the trade of
gypsum, lead ore, mountain mummy, firewood and coal.
The territory of the Karakol region is large and the population is dense. But he was hardly engaged in trade. The region
was famous for breeding Karakol sheep, agriculture and products obtained from salt mines in the western part [3, p.29]. The black
curly wool of the Karakol sheep and the bluish-gray variety grown by the Karshi Arabs are of high quality and are considered a
popular product. Therefore, under the leadership of the emir himself, big merchants such as Ubaydullahhoja, Nasriddinboy,
Yakhyoboy and Jorabek Arabov spent their personal funds from 15,000-20,000 to 400,000 coins for the sale of black sheep skins
every year. Despite the dense population of Charjoi Bek, it was considered one of the regions with a good economic condition and
developed trade. Coal loaded on more than 10,000 camels from orchards in the south was taken to the Bukhara city market and
sold [3, p.63]. In addition to coal trading, the population has gained fame in the markets by horticulture and cultivation of cash
crops.
The people of Hisar were engaged in grain cultivation and supplied the markets of the whole emirate with wheat flour
and grain. Rich merchants made up the majority of the Barlos tribe. Also, olachas woven by artisans, knives and daggers made by
blacksmiths, and seals were popular. People from Denov settled along the slopes of Bobotog, engaged in dry farming, making
charcoal from maple trees in the forests, picking almonds and selling them. Tajiks grew grapes and supplied markets in all cities
and villages of Hisar with raisins [3, p.123].
The above examples confirm that almost all segments of the population traded in the internal markets of the Bukhara
Emirate. Among them, we can see that from the representatives of the emir’s family to the court officials, in particular, qushbegi,
devanbegi, korchiboshi, large landowners, scholars, artisans, and farmers were engaged. In a word, people who have a certain
amount of free products or capital are actively involved in trade relations.
Bukhara merchants were masters of their work. One of the tourists who came to the Emirate of Bukhara evaluated them
as follows: “Trade is in the first place in Bukhara. So far, I have never seen merchants in any market of other countries treat their
customers with special attention. Merchants first invite customers to tea, and then make trade agreements with them”. In the
emirate, merchants are divided into several groups according to their position in society and their financial capabilities. This
situation also served as an indicator showing specific internal social stratifications among the merchants. In this regard, the first
category of the city's merchants were “merchants”, who were mainly engaged in caravan trade [4, p.38]. Such merchants gained
an understanding and detailed knowledge of various countries and cities behind their trades. The second category included rich
merchants who kept their goods in caravansary in large cities and carried out large-scale wholesale trade [5]. Traders in Bukhara
are conventionally divided into three categories according to the scope of their activities, foreign trade, intercity trade and
domestic market traders. Foreign trade was mostly in the hands of large merchants. They owned trade and craft facilities, stalls
and caravanserais, which brought a lot of income to the country. In particular, the merchants belonging to the emir’s house traded
black sheep skins in the “New Emir” palace in Bukhara, and cotton raw materials in the “Old Emir” palace. In “Kushbegi Palace”
there was a hotel for Iranian merchants, and in “Rajabbek Palace” of Devonbegi, a large storehouse was used to store goods of
merchants [6].
By the beginning of the 19th century, large merchants, through their assistants, bought raw materials such as cotton, silk,
and black leather directly from farmers in various cities and villages. In particular, in one of the archival documents of that time, it
is noted that a merchant named Hayitmuradboy took and sold a large amount of goods such as carpets, palos, woolen blankets,
silk gauzes, large bags and khurjun bought from Kalif region to the city of Bukhara [7]. Also, each craftsman working in the cities
of the emirate had his own name according to the type of work. For example, weavers of various fabrics - weavers, leather
workers - tanners, book binders - bookmakers, money changers - money changers, makers of various metal household items -
blacksmiths, pottery makers - potters, poplar, willow, mulberry and walnut chests and those who make shelves - master
carpenters, and those who build boats and ships - are called boatmen and shipwrights[8]. Various trade goods produced by these
artisans were considered the most sought-after products of domestic and foreign markets.
As large merchants in the emirate conclude various national trade agreements to carry out large-scale trade, they have
attracted knowledgeable mirzas who are good at accounting and writing. In the domestic markets of the Emirate, those engaged in
wholesale trade of all goods had several small servants, that is, mirzars, who were assigned their duties at the workplace. One of
them was considered to be a trusted representative of his master, who settles accounts with regular customers, receives money,
locks cash in a safe and fulfills the responsibility of the treasury. The mirzas who worked with rich merchants were assigned a
monthly salary based on mutual agreement. Emirati traders included independent traders who had their own shops in different
cities, shopkeepers who rented the shops of very rich traders, sellers of goods aimed at meeting daily needs - grocers, and there
were also sellers-carriers carrying things by hand [9].
Another group of traders was made up of people who wandered around the villages and small towns around the city on
market days. They bought certain types of products and raw materials from rural markets in cash or barter and then sold these
products in urban markets. They were peddlers, and after collecting a certain amount of capital from their trade, they bought or
rented a shop and sold the goods of the rich merchants in the city to the nation [10]. Brokers played a special role in the
development of trade in the internal markets of Bukhara Emirate [11]. Brokers occupy an important place in domestic markets and
stalls, and without their participation, buyers, especially nomads from the steppes and villagers who came to city markets, did not
sell or buy anything.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |73 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Brokers also took an active part in retail sales processes in Bukhara city markets. In particular, they could always be
found at the sale of livestock on every market day. According to information about Bukhara: “A broker who received 5-10 silver
coins for one animal from a buyer who came to the market to buy livestock, conducted trade with the seller. After the transaction
reaches the specified amount, the broker shakes the hands of the seller and the buyer and completes the transaction. Then the
broker charged the seller and the buyer not 1-2 coins, but 3-4 coins for the service fee. Before the seller and buyer give this money
to the broker, he made 1 or 2 more trades in the market” [12]. So, the brokers tried to agree the price of the goods sold between the
buyer and the seller and received a certain amount of service fee for this work. In addition, money changers, cashiers and
commission agents [13] also served in trade.
In the economic life of the city of Bukhara, the money changers, who are engaged in the exchange of various currency
units, also played an important role. In particular, According to P.I. Demezon, in Bukhara in the first half of the 19th century there
was a separate market of money changers named “Chorsui Sarrafon” [14, p.58]. According to I.V. Vitkevich, besides the
Bukharians, who were engaged in money exchange, the money-changers’ market was mainly occupied by Indians, who carried
out usury [14, p.98]. Money changers also belonged to the social structure of merchants, and they also had their own market,
caravanserai, and living quarters.
In the development of trade in the Bukhara Emirate, khassid, that is, middlemen, also played a special role among
merchants. Qassids mediated between merchants and buyers in the timely return of money for the loaned merchandise. At that
time, the big merchants in Bukhara made trade relations with their colleagues in different districts and by lending their goods for a
certain period without paper documents, without receipts.
Russian tourist N.Stremukhov, who was in the Emirates, explains this type of trade as follows: “Bukharans do not want
to buy various products for cash, but borrow them for a short or long term with the condition of paying in installments. In
Bukhara, merchants carry out trade without any paper documents until a certain fixed period, only by giving loans in person with
the presence of a broker appointed by the government” [16]. So, in the city of Bukhara, skilled middlemen-cashiers, who
undertook to collect the debts of big merchants within the specified period, were also actively involved in trade relations.
The largest trade turnover in the country was in the hands of representatives of the emir's house and palace officials. In
particular, during the reign of Amir Nasrullah Khan, the sale of blackcurrants was carried out only in the courtyard of Sarayi
Barra, which belonged to the new madrasa of the emir [17]. An official decree was also issued prohibiting the sale of cattle
without the permission of the emir. Those who disobeyed this decree had their property confiscated and were even sentenced to
death. On the other hand, it should be noted that even during the reign of Amir Muzaffar, due to the many violations of this
decree, in 1868, trading in this palace was strictly prohibited [18].

CONCLUSION
In conclusion, it can be noted that the social and ethnic composition of merchants operating in the Bukhara Emirate
during the research period was different. The markets of Bukhara have played an important role in the economic life of the
country, as well as connecting and mediating in foreign trade relations. Therefore, from emirs and courtiers to scholars, artisans
and peasants with moderate capital were engaged in trade. On the other hand, it should be noted that Bukhara merchants who saw
the world through foreign trade or interacted with different categories and strata of the population as a result of trading activities
had a broad outlook, were educated and aspired to enlightenment.

REFERENCES
1. Muhammajonov A. Ancient Bukhara (archaeological records and history). - Tashkent: Fan, 1991. - p. 49.
2. Mansirev O. P. Market trade // Turkestan collection. T. 528. - St. Petersburg, 1868. - p. 25-27.
3. Muhammad Sadiq Gulshani. Tarikh-i humayun (Lucky date). / Translation from Tajik Amriyazdon Alimardonov, Lola Dodkhudoeva. -
Dushanbe, 2016. - P. 36.
4. Mukminova R.G. Social differentiation of the population of the peoples of Uzbekistan (late XV-XVI centuries). - Tashkent: Fan, 1985. -
p. 38.
5. Grebenkin A.D. Tajiks // Russian Turkestan ... - p. 25.
6. Khanikov N. V. Description of the Bukhara Khanate ... - p. 105.
7. National Archive of Uzbekistan, Fund.I-126, list 1, work 1107, page 7.
8. Sukhareva O. A. Bukhara XIX - early XX centuries ... - P. 236.
9. Tursunov N.O. Develop urban and rural settlements in northern Tajikistan. in the XVIII beginning. XX centuries (historical and
ethnographic essays) - Dushanbe, 1991. - P. 126.
10. Grebenkin A.D. Tajiks... - p. 25.
11. Sukhareva O.A. The late feudal city of Bukhara... - P. 15.
12. Timofeich. Pulse of Bukhara... - p. 174.
13. Borisov V.M. Russian-Arabic Dictionary. - Moscow, 2008. - P. 35.
14. Demaison P.I., Vitkevich I.V. Notes on the Bukhara Khanate ... - P. 58.
15. Demaison P.I., Vitkevich I.V. Notes on the Bukhara Khanate - P. 98-99.
16. Stremoukhov N. A trip to Bukhara // Russian Bulletin. T. 117. - St. Petersburg, 1875. - p. 667.
17. National Archive of Uzbekistan. Fund.I-126, list 1, work 1158, page 4.
18. National Archive of Uzbekistan. Fund.I-126, list 1, work 1158, page 5.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |74 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

A COMPILATION OF DIFFERENT ANJANA YOGAS

EXPLAINED FOR ADHIMANTA CHIKITSA IN SUSRUTHA
SAMHITHA, ASHTANGA HRUDYA, ASHTANGA SANGRAHA,
YOGATRATNAKARA, CHAKRADATTA

*Dr Adeeb A1, Dr Nancy Jeyaseeli2, Dr Arun Das3, Dr Pratibha Prakash4,

Dr Arun Biradar5
1
PG Scholar, Dept. of Shalakya Tantra, KAHER’s Shri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka
2
PG Scholar, Dept. of Shalakya Tantra, KAHER’s Shri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka
3
PG Scholar, Dept. of Shalakya Tantra, KAHER’s Shri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka
4
PG Scholar, Dept. of Shalakya Tantra, KAHER’s Shri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka
5
Reader, Dept. of Shalakya Tantra, KAHER’s Shri B.M.K Ayurveda Mahavidyalaya, Belagavi, Karnataka

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11220

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11220

ABSTRACT
Adhimantha is one of the detailed explained diseases in context of netra rogas by all acharyas. Even though an exact correlation is
not available from the detailed explanation in the samhithas we can correlate diseases ranging from conjunctivitis to glaucoma under
the context of adhimantha and abhishyanda. Wide variety of treatment modalities as both sarvanga shodana and kriyakalpa are
available in ancient literature.of which anjana yogas play a major role.however an attempt to compile the various anjana yogas
mentioned for abhishyanda and adhimantha can help in aiding to plan the treatment depending on the availability of drugs and
efficacy of use.here an attempt is made to compile the various anjana yoagas mentioned in susrutha samhitha, ashtanga hrudya,
ashtanga sangraha, yogatratnakara, chakradutta
KEYWORDS: Adimantha,Anjana,Abhishyanda

INTRODUCTION
 Adhimantha is one among the sarvagata netra roga explained by Acarya Susruta 1and Vagbatta2 which are of 4 types
mainly
 Vataja
 Pittaja
 KaphajaKriyakalpas) have been explained by different Acharyas in Samhithas. This article is a compilation of
different Anjana Yogas explained in Susrutha Samhitha ,Ashtanga Hrudaya, Ashtanga Sangraha ,Yogaratnakara
and Chakradutta
 Raktaja
 All Acaryas explains Adimanta samprapti as when the Abisyanda left untreated it will lead to the disease called
Adimanta which presents with symptom of Nayane teevra vedana3
 Acarya Yogaratnakara Explains the symptoms of Adimanta as Atyarta Utpata, nirmadyade arda siraso atyartam 4

All Acaryas have not given a special treatment protocol for adimanta everyone explains that the same treatment protocol
followed for abhisyanda is to be followed.5

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

Aim
To compile and analyse the different anjana yogas explained for adhimanta chikitsa in susrutha samhitha, ashtanga hrudya,
ashtanga sangraha, yogatratnakara, chakradutta
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |75 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Objectives
To compile and study the references regarding the various anjana yogas scattered in susrutha samhitha, ashtanga hrudya,
ashtanga sangraha, yogatratnakara, chakradutta mentioned in adhimantha chikitsa
To study and understand the role of anjana yoga in adhimanta chikitsa

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The literature study was done from the ayurvedic texts, contemporary textbooks and all the available e-resources regarding
the
treatment protocols,especially anjana yogas in adhimantha

RESULTS
ADHIMANTHA CHIKITSA
Acarya sushruta
Vataja adimanta cikitsa6
Acharya explains that for vataja abisyanda and adimanta should be given the following6
 Snehana
 Raktamokshana
 Sneha virecana followed by sneha or kasaya vasti
 Then he explains to go for tarpana, putapaka,ascotana,dhoomapana,nasya,snehadara and sirovasti

Pittaja adimanta cikitsa7

 Raktamokshana and virecana
 Netra seka , lepa nasya and anjana
 And pitta visarpa cikitsa to be followed
 Tarpana seka and nasya

Kaphaja adimanta cikitsa8

 Rakta mokshana
 Swedana
 Avapeeda nasya
 Dhooma
 Seka, pralepa
 Kavalagraha
 Rooksa ascyotana
 Rooksa putapaka
 The patient is adviced to take tiktaka grita every fourth day also adviced to follow apatarpana
 Prevent intake of kapha vardhaka ahara

Raktaja adimanta9
 Snehana with koumbi sarpi or mamsa rasa
 Followed by siravyadha
 Virecana with sneha dravya added with sita and sarpi
 Sirovirecana
 Followed by pralepa,parisheka,nasya,dhoomapana
 Ascyotana,abyanga,tarpana and putapaka
 In vataja adimanta &abisyanda ie for the pitta and kaphaja condition in the pragroopa avasta only one has to
start with tiksna gandusa nasya and upavasa10
 For all varieties of disease acarya explains to use bidalaka made of patra,ela,marica,swarna
gairika,rasanja,yasti,candana,saindava11
 Avakundana with sita,marica,manohva-4parts,lodra -16 parts
 Avacoornana with aranya and kulatta made into potali and boiled in juice of cowdung skin is peeled of and
dried and powdered and used to relive pain
 Vyosa abaya,yasti.tutta,lodra powdered and fine powder is made tied into a potali and soaked into bronze vessel
containing dhanyamla and the water is used for seka
 One pala of kantakari is boiled in sixteen pala of water and decoction reduced to one eighth. This deloction
mixed with honey, used for seka
 Sigru pallavarasa is mixed with ksoudra and seka is done

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |76 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

 Acarya cakradutta explains cikitsa in 59th chapter

 It is explained that the same treatment od abisyanda is to be continued and if it fails then dahana karma is done
above bhru region
 For abisyanda he explains treatment as
 Langana
 Lepana
 Sweda
 Siravyada
 Virecana
 Anjana
 Ascyotana

Anjana yogas
Susrutha Ashtanga hrudaya Ashtanga sangraha Yogaratnakara Chakradutta
samhitha
Vataja Madhuka Prapaundarika amlaki Haridradi anjana- Brihatyadi varti-
adhimantha +rajani+pathya+ bruhati dvaya darbha haridra,daruharidra, brihati,eranda mula
devadaru in goats dasamoola satavari madhuka,draksa,de &tvak, sigrumula and
milk12 talisapatra manjishta and vadaru,aja ksira28 saindava lavana
nilotpala with sita and powdered wit aja ksira30
sthanya or with madhuka
kantakari kashaya
1 part gairika Swetalodra madhuka- ghrita
2 part saindhava bharjita(equal quantity
4 part pippali )soaked in sthanya
8 part sunti
turned to anjana13

Snehanjana14 Sankha madhuka saindhava

bruhati moola bhavana with
aja dugdha in copper vessel
for 7 days mascerated for 7
times made into gutika
Suvarna gairika soaked in
divya ambasa in nisi and
dried in diva for 7days
made into anjana gutika
Darvi 50 pala sarib=va
madhuka kakoli 1 pala
nishadvaya mrudvika
kasmarya sunisannaka
manjishta lodhra usira
candan in 1 drona jala
reduced to 1/8th and made to
rasakriya
Pittaja Juice of palasa or Sumanakhoraka,san Prapaundarika amlaki Haridradi anjana-
sallaki with ka,triphal,maduka,a bruhati dvaya darbha haridra,daruharidra,madhu
honey and njana made into dasamoola satavari ka,draksa,devadaru,aja
sarkara15 gulika with divya talisapatra manjishta and ksira31
vaari25 nilotpala with sita and
sthanya or with madhuka
kantakari kashaya
Rasakriya made Swetalodra madhuka- ghrita
of palindi or bharjita(equal quantity
madhuka with )soaked in sthanya
honey and
sugar16

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |77 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Rasakriya made Sankha madhuka saindhava

of musta phena bruhati moola bhavana with
vidanga dhatri aja dugdha in copper vessel
bijaka 17 for 7 days mascerated for 7
times made into gutika
Talisa+ ela+ Suvarna gairika soaked in
gairika +usira+ divya ambasa in nisi and
sankha- made dried in diva for 7days
into anjana18 made into anjana gutika
Rasakriya made Darvi 50 pala sariva
of dhataki madhuka kakoli 1 pala
+syandana in nishadvaya mrudvika
breast milk19 kasmarya sunisannaka
manjishta lodhra usira
candan in 1 drona jala
reduced to 1/8th and made to
rasakriya
Lodra+draksha+s
arkara+utpala+ya
shti+vaca in
breast milk20
Varnaka+candan
a+udumbara – in
sudha jala 21
Samudraphena+
stanya+honey22
Kaphaja23 Hingu+tuta+triph Saindava,triphala,vy Bruhati twak suti rajata and Sriparni, Parijata valkaladyanjana-
ala+maduka+pra osa,sankhanabi,sam kamsya bhasma bhavana patala,datri,dhataki,t parijata valkala
poundarika in udraphena, with dahi pasted in tamra ilvaka,arjuna,bruhati swarasa,tilataila,kanjika
suda jala saileya,sarga made patra for 7 days and puspa, bimbi,lodra and saindhava lavana32
into varti 26 mixedm with marica abhaya and manjista ground
haridra trikatu triphala with iksu or
vidanga and rolled into ksoudra29
gutika
Pathya+haridra+ Haritaki+ tutta+ Saindava,pippali,kushta
maduka in suda marica(1/8th of tutta) made and parni with triphala
jala into varti kashaya and suramanda33
Triphala+trikatu+ Vidanga churna soaked in
haridra+vidanga varuna
in suda jala
Valaka+kusta+de Sanka bhasma soaked in
vadaru+sanka+pa bijapuraka
ta+amlavyosa+
mansila in suda
jala
Jati+karanja+sob Varti made of swarnagairika
anjana+ in suda saindhava manasila laksha
jala nata karanjaka surasa
sankha talisa kushta
kalingaka devadaru
naladajatimukula and
rasanja in suramanda
Fruit of Powder of pushpa kasisa
kantakari+sigru+ soaked in juice of surasa
flower of brihati kept in tamra patra for 7
daya+ days
rasanjana+candan

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |78 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

a+saindava+man
asila+lasuna in
suda jala made
into varti
Kandacitra varti
saindhava vyosha vara
vidanga lodra
prapaundarika madhuka
tuttaka trakshysasaila and
tamra chuna bhavana in aja
dugdha made into varti
Paste of manasila saindhava
sweta marica macerated in
matulunga swarasa
Raktaja24 Patala+arjuna+ka Sumanaksharaka,san Adhaki,kuryata patali, Sriparni,
smari+dataki+dat ka,triphal,maduka,a sreeeparni vidula arjuna, patala,datri,dhataki,t
ri+bilva+brihatid njana made into bhruhati champaka malati ilvaka,arjuna,bruhati
waya+bimbilota+ gulika with divya moola bhavana wityh puspa, bimbi,lodra
manjista made vaari kharjura rasa made into and manjista ground
into pisti with gutika with iksu or ksoudra
iksu rasa or madu
is made into
gutika and anjana
is done
Candana+kumud
a+patraka+silajat
u+kunkuma+loha
+
tamra+rajata+tuta
+nimba niryasa
+anjana +tripuka
+ kamsyamala –
made into gulika
of yavakara with
madu and used as
anjana
Unspecified 27
pasupada gulika Tutta bhavana in gomutra Gairikadi gudika anjana –
– /stanya/ajadugdha 25 times 1 part gairika,2 parts
Pundarika,yasti,darv saindava,4 part pippali and
i -8 pala made into 8 part tagara – made into
kasaya with 1drona gutika34
jala and reduced to
1/8th and is still
cooked and added
with 10 pala of
puspanja and 1 karsa
of marica is added
rolled into gutika
and used as anjana
Badari patra yashtyahva Darvyadi rasakriya-
tutta dhatriphala taken sama daruharidra,patola,maduka
pramana and bhasma is ,nimba,padmaka and
prepared and anjana is to be utpala boiled in 4 times
done wate and reduced to
quarter and reheated till it
solidifies, cooled and used
as anjana35

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |79 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Mastu tutta mardana in Bilva patra rasanjana-

tamra patra till attains bilvapatra swarasa moxed
krushna varna with saindhava lavan and
ghee rubbed with varatika
in copper vessel mixed
with stanya and fumigated
with gomayagni36

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

In classics acharya explains different types of anjan under the category of snehana lekhana and ropananjana.
In vataja adhimantha commonly used anjana yogas are vatahara in nature. Considering all the anjana yogas for vataja
adhimantha and abhisyanda madhuka haridra, bruhathi gairika and ksheeera are the key ingredients explained by all acharyas.
Madhuka is madhura vipaka and seeta veerya pacifies vata, haridra being tridosha hara acts on vata. Bruhati being vata kaphahara
and gairika being madhura rasa snigdha guna seeta veerya pradhana and vatahara and the common explained bhavana dravya
being ksheera which has vatahara and vatanulomana guna help in pacifying vata dosha.
In the context of pittaja adhimantha the common drugs explained by all samhthas are madhuka madhu chandana usheera
and gairika. Out of all madhuka being madhurara rasa snigdha guna seetaveerya and mdhuravipaka thus aid to pitta shamaka
action. Chandana having madhura rasa laghu guna and seeta veerya thus reducing pitta. Ushira also having madhura rasa laghu
guna and sheeta very helping in reduce the vitiated pitta. Gairika being madhura rasa snigdha guna sheeta virya and madhura
vipaka have pitta shamaka action. Considering all of the above drugs it is clear that all of them have madhura rasa sita veerya and
madhura vipaka hence they all are pittashamaka in action and they can thus subside all the symptomps due to pitta in abhisyanda
and adhimantha caused due to pitta.
Among the kaphaja adhimantha anjana yogas the most used drugs by all acharya include saindhava trikatu triphala vidanga
bruhati which have tikshna and lekhana properties,it helps in pacifying kapha
The judicious use of various anjana yogas mentioned in ayurveda for both adhimantha and abishyanda chikitsa when use
properly at the right time may help in managing the cases efficiently.many such compilations on scattered yogas of shalakya tantra
for every roga should be compiled for more efficient and easy use.

REFERENCES
1. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 6 Sloka 3 Pg 102 1st Edition
2. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 15 :Pg 137 7 th Edition 2014
3. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 6 Sloka 10 Pg 103 1 st Edition
4. Yogaratnakara English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu,Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office
5. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 146 7th Edition 2014 Sloka 21
6. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 9 Sloka 03 Pg 118 1 st Edition
7. .Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 3 Pg 123 1 st Edition
8. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 11 Sloka 3 Pg 127 1 st Edition
9. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 12 Sloka 4,5,6 Pg 130 1 st Edition
10. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 142 Sloga 1: 7 th Edition 2014
11. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 142 Sloga 2: 7th Edition 2014
12. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 9 Sloka 14 Pg 120 1 st Edition
13. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 9 Sloka 15 Pg 120 1 st Edition
14. . Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 9 Sloka 16 Pg 120 1 st Edition
15. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 9 Sloka 16 Pg 120 1st Edition
16. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 7 Pg 124 1 st Edition
17. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 7 Pg 124 1 st Edition
18. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 7 Pg 124 1 st Edition

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |80 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

19. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 8 Pg 124 1st Edition
20. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 8 Pg 124 1 st Edition
21. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 10 Pg 124 1 st Edition
22. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 10 Sloka 12 Pg 120 1 st Edition
23. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 11 Sloka 7-10 Pg 127 1st Edition
24. Sushruta Samhita Vol 3 Uttara Tantra With English Translation Of Text And Dalhana’s Commentary With Critical Notes:Prof Dr
Vasant C Patil Dr Rajeshwari Nm Ch 12 Sloka 11-16 Pg 132 1st Edition
25. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 146 Sloga 23 : 7 th Edition 2014
26. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 146 Sloga 24 : 7 th Edition 2014
27. Ashtanga Hrdayam English Translation :Prof K.R Srikantha Murthy Ch 16 :Pg 146 Sloga 25-27 : 7th Edition 2014
28. Yogaratnakara English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu,Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office 1 st Edition Pg1132
29. Yogaratnakara English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu,Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office 1 st Edition Pg 1135
30. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 448
31. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 448
32. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 450
33. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 454
34. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 449
35. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 448
36. Cakradatta English Translation By Dr Madham Shetty Suresh Babu Choukamba Krishnadas Academy First Edition Ch 59 Pg 448

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |81 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

MANAGEMENT OF NON-COMMUNICABLE DISEASES DURING

2018 FLOOD IN KOZHENCHERRY TALUK OF KERALA

Dr. Elezebath John

Research Associate, International Centre for Technological Innovations

ABSTRACT
Kerala is a multi-hazard-prone state. Recently, disaster administration has developed effective strategies for three phases of disaster
management: mitigation and preparedness, response, and recovery. Infectious disease management is well addressed in health disaster
management. The prevalence of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) is high in Kerala's population, and many receive inadequate
treatments during catastrophes, particularly flood times. Displacement during floods causes loss of access to existing medicines or
assistive devices and loss of prescription. Disruption of treatment will result in later-stage complications and emergencies. Steps for
NCD management policies in each phase of disaster are described in this paper

INTRODUCTION
Kerala, the southernmost state of India, has been experiencing devastating climate change over the last few years. The state
suffered high rainfall in 2018 and 2021 due to irregular monsoons. According to the Times of India report (2018), one million people
were displaced, and more than three thousand camps were operated in the state due to the heavy flood of 2018. Furthermore, most
residents lost their shelters and were rescued to camps without having medicines or medical reports. Also, insulin shortages were
experienced in camps of Pathanamthitta, one of the most affected districts (Business Standard, 2018). Power supply disruption caused
the malfunction of the cold storage system and had a consequence on the insulin therapy for diabetes mellitus
Kerala has a high risk of NCDs. It also had the highest hypertension prevalence rate as per the state-wide prevalence study
conducted by the Indian Council of Medical Research (2017). In addition, according to the study, about 27% of men and 19% of
women have diabetes, and more than 50% of death rates in 30-60 age groups are accounted to NCDs. But disaster management often
focuses on preventing outbreaks of infectious diseases. Hence, during floods and disasters, NCD patients face the risk of
complications due to discontinuing medicines.
Controlling of NCD must be incorporated into the health management plans during a disaster because of the significant risk of
morbidity and mortality. Those patients face the risk of complications due to discontinuing medicines. Hence, it is essential to include
NCD guidelines in disaster management plans.

LITERATURE REVIEW
Several studies revealed its increased risk during the humanitarian crisis (Pradhan, 2022, Christine et al. (2022). The
effectiveness of management depends on the availability of medicines and technologies. But then, emergency care mainly focuses on
infectious diseases and injuries in a complex disaster and avoids caring for NCD patients (Slim Slama et.al, 2016).
The study of Parasuraman (2020) included NCD management during a disaster's preparedness and response stage. The study
advises following six steps:
1. Prioritising diseases - In Kerala Diabetes, hypertension, cardiovascular disease, stroke, chronic pulmonary obstructive
disease, and chronic kidney disease are considered priority NCDs.
2. Estimation of patients and drug stock needed to be made available for one month's requirement
3. Prepare standard protocol for treatment and referral at primary care settings, including shelters.
4. Mapping private and public secondary and tertiary care facilities to treat complications
5. Public engagement and education on the importance of self-identification of known patients,

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |82 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

6. Daily reporting of the number of consultations on the above diseases and drug usage.
Kerala State Emergency Operations Centre published 'Minimum Standards of Relief' in May 2020. It detailed the minimum
standards followed in six areas: temporary shelters, food, water, health, sanitation and hygiene, and waste management. They defined
it as the "minimum level of services that are essential to ensure the survival and dignity of the people affected by disasters".
Consideration of patients with diabetes, cardiac illness, and hypertension in relief camps and priority for timely availability of meals
are included. Medical assessment, referral facilities, and regular medicine supply should be maintained.

PROBLEM STATEMENT
NCD patients suffered health issues during the 2018 flood in Kerala. This study was conducted to evaluate its management in disaster
settings through the following objectives.
1. To understand the issues these patients confronted in the relief camp in Kerala
2. To identify the later stage complications they experienced
3. To analyse the efficiency of NCD management plans in relief camps

METHODOLOGY AND OBSERVATION

PARTICIPANTS
Twenty participants were interviewed with semi-structured questions. They were the residents of Pathanamthitta district, one of
Kerala's most severely flood-impacted districts. They were affected by the 2018 flood and displaced to the relief camp.

THEMES
Three themes were made after analysing the minimum standard requirement in camp settings provided by the Kerala state disaster
management authority (2020) and the NCD management protocol. They are (i) health issues faced by NCD patients in camps, (ii) the
impact of flood-like disasters on their later life, and (iii) current NCD management plans in camp settings.
Topics covered in the interview
 Availability of medicine as per the ailments
 Provision for vaccinations of infants
 Availability of insulin and other emergency medicines
 Continuous monitoring of disease outbreaks
 Medical assessments for chronic diseases such as HIV, NCD, tuberculosis
 Facilities for referral services in the case of any worsening health conditions
 Availability of female health volunteers
 Supply of iron and folic acid, provision for TT injection to pregnant ladies
 Regular medicine supply for people with diabetes, hypertension, cardiac illness, bed-ridden, dialysis patients
 Facilities for psychosocial support
 Mobile medical teams
 Providing sanitary napkins, food for pregnant women and infants, nutritional assessment, and assuring the quality of drinking
water
 Availability of doctor once a day
 Active surveillance for epidemics, supplements for pregnant women, lactating women, malnourished children, and people
living with chronic medical conditions under the guidance of the camp doctor.
 Surveillance of nutritional status and diseases of public health importance such as measles, diarrheal diseases (cholera,
dysentery), acute respiratory infections, and diseases of epidemic potential such as hepatitis and meningitis.

What are the health issues faced by NCD patients in camps?

Among the participants, ten were diagnosed with NCDs like diabetes mellitus and hypertension early. The diabetic patient,
insulin-dependent for the past ten years, forgot to bring insulin to the camp. He was following a diabetic diet plan and but it got
interrupted. The hypertensive patient had medicines with him but could not maintain a diet. He monitored his blood pressure with the
help of medical staff available in camps. He worried about the conditions of his house and livelihood.
…the 2018 floods were an unexpected one. Adequate warnings were not given by them [authorities]. We were displaced very quickly.
We didn't take any dresses, medicines or necessary items. When we reached there [camp], someone came and asked about the details
such as name, address, medicines taken, diseases, symptoms of rat fever, etc...…. I informed them that I had forgotten to bring my
insulin. They told me that tablets would provide by them. But I didn't get those [tablets]. (P1, participant)

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |83 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

…. I took tablets for diabetes during the flood. I bought and stored those (tablets) just before the flood. So, I continued it. I felt
disappointed as I had to take food like bread which would raise my blood sugar. (P13, participant)

What was the blood sugar and blood pressure level after leaving the camp?
Both NCD patients got minor complications in the later stage. The diabetic patient was advised to increase his insulin intake.
The hypertensive patient had a variation in blood pressure in his first check-up within two days after leaving the camp.
….. I took insulin after three days. On the way back home, my right big toe got injured as the road was full of mud and remains of the
washed-off road. I consulted a doctor and took TT. I had to go four kilometres from my hometown as the hospital near my home was
thoroughly damaged by floods. The wound did not heal even after taking antibiotics. The doctor advised me to check my blood sugar
level, which was slightly raised. He prescribed me to increase to four units of insulin. It took about four months to heal my wound.
(P5, participant)
…. I did not feel any distress while on camp. After three days I reached my home. It was full of mud, and I lost many of my
documents and utensils. After two days, I went for my monthly check-up in the hospital. At that, I found a slight increase in my blood
pressure level. It had remained at the same level for two to three months. I continued my medicines with a slight increase in dose as
per the consultant's advice. Later it came down to my previous level. (P8, participant)

Were all the current health management plans on disaster response observed in the camps?
In the camp, there was a shortage of insulin and emergency medicines. There were medical assessments for chronic disease, but
due to the unavailability of essential medicines, many NCD patients experienced sudden discontinuation of medications. Camp
authorities continuously monitored the outbreaks of infectious diseases such as Leptospirosis and diarrheal diseases. The camp
maintained an adequate number of female health volunteers. Facilities for psychosocial support were not available. There was no
provision for nutritional assessment and dietic food for NCD patients.
… In our camp, we had some health facilities, and ASHA workers enquired daily regarding illness and rat fever. I got ointment for the
wound in my feet. (P18, participant)
….. ASHA worker enquired about our health status. Otherwise, we did not get any services from doctors. She (the ASHA worker)
gave us medicines for rat fever. (P17, participant)

RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

The following recommendations are formulated after referring to the public health guidelines to flood events, the Sendai
Framework, the Operational framework of climate resilience, Integration of NCD care in emergency response and preparedness. It is
recommended to National and State Disaster Management Authority.

EMERGENCY PHASE
1. Integrating NCDs in Initial Rapid Assessment
NCD services should be included in the health state of state emergency management plan. Rapid assessment procedures can be used to
determine the exact needs and state of health of NCD patients. Consider local risks and vulnerable groups among them. Compare their
necessities with available resources and make them public. Continuity of medication should be ensured to avoid worsening the disease
condition. Relief camps should be equipped with the facilities to address minor medical emergencies or give essential life support
before referring to higher health care.
2. Map NCD service provision
The district-wise mapping will help to monitor and evaluate the NCD services and connect them with deserved. The location and
available facilities of health centres are plotted and matched with the location of NCD patients. It also helps in identifying potential
overlaps and gaps in service provision.
3. Organize NCD services delivery with a focus on integrating into primary health care
Evidence-based and cost-effective NCD protocols should be implemented in primary health care. It should be equipped with essential
medicines and technologies, a trained health workforce, resources for health information, and appropriate referral systems. Identify the
sub-group of NCD based on severity and treatment required. It will avoid interruptions of treatment for the patients on controlled
medications. Minor symptoms of advanced NCD could be managed by providing basic care at the primary health care level. People
should be informed about the availability of subsidized NCD medicines and affordable health care.

POST EMERGENCY PHASE OR DURING SLOW-ONSET EMERGENCIES

1. Debrief on lessons learned from the crises.
The post-disaster needs assessment learns about the success and deficiencies of response.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |84 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2. Strengthen health system response

Establish state pharmacy protocols for the cold storage and transportation of medicines, vaccines, and medical equipment during
disasters. Stakeholder mechanisms for provisions of rapid information exchange, appropriate treatment, and risk reduction strategies.
Enhancement of professional and technical capacities of the health workforce in NCD management. Early identification of risks,
avoiding exposure to hazards, and awareness of prompt interventions to save lives in extreme weather conditions. National and state
health budget plans include resources to increase resilience to climate change. Projects and programs regarding health system
resilience could be submitted to and granted by the international climate change funds.
3. Strengthen public health response to NCDs
The national public health system should coordinate programs to deal with NCDs in disaster periods. The risk could be reduced by
conducting health promotions.
4. Monitoring and evaluation of Emergency response to NCD
Knowledge gained through these will help to improve contingency planning. Development of NCD relevant indicators of all three
phases based on the above
Appropriate and well-defined strategies will manage NCDs in emergency conditions. These are recommended for disaster
management of Kerala's health sector to avoid emergencies and complications of NCD in a disaster setting.

REFERENCES
1. Business Standard, 2022, How Kerala's robust healthcare system helped avert crises during the flood, 23 August 2022
2. Christine, N. Robyn, B., Rebecca, L., Lydia, W. Pooja, A., Anand, S. et al. 2022, Systematic review on chronic non-communicable disease
in disaster settings, BMC Public Health
3. Integration of NCD Care in Emergency Response and Preparedness, 2018, World Health Organization Regional Office for South-East
Asia.
4. Minimum Standards of Relief, 2020, Kerala State Emergency Operation Centre, Office of Kerala Disaster Management Authority
5. Nousheen, A., Rabia, N., Zafar, F. 2022, Impact of Floods on District Health Care System Resilience to Maintain Health Care Services in
Pakistan: A Qualitative Study, SSRN, Elsevier
6. Operational framework for building climate resilient health systems, 2015, World Health Organization
7. Parasuraman, G., Rontgen, S., Bipin, G. et al. 2021, Provision of the Continuum of Care to Noncommunicable Diseases Post-Floods in
Kerala, India 2018, Disaster Medicine and Public Health Preparedness, Cambridge University Press.
8. Public Health Guidelines for Flood Events, 2019, National Centre for Disease Control, Ministry of Health and Family, Government of
India.
9. Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030, 2015, Resolutions adopted by the General Assembly on 3 June 2015, United
Nations.
10. Slim, S., Hyo-Jeong, K., Gojka, R., Philippa, B., Heiko, H., Cherian, V. et al. 2016, care of non-communicable diseases in emergencies,
National Library of Medicine.
11. Status of Non-Communicable Diseases in India 2017, (2022), Indian Council of Medical Research, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare
12. The Times of India, 2018, Kerala floods: Over one million in relief camps, focus on rehabilitation, 21 August 2018

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |85 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

APPROACHES TO THE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL AND

PEDAGOGICAL WORKS OF NOSIRIDDIN TUSI

Matyakubova Gulnoza Atabekovna

Teacher, Department Of Primary Education, Direction of “Theory of Education” (Primary Education),
Faculty of Pedagogy, of Urganch State University, Khorezm, Uzbekistan

ABSTRACT
This article provides information about the three main approaches towards the study of educational and pedagogical works of great
thinker Nosiriddin Tusi. The three main directions under the study include the historical, philosophical and literature studies in the
world science. The analysis of the works of scientists, who contributed to the research of Nosiriddin Tusi is also clarified.
KEY WORDS: philosophical approach, literature studies, pedagogical views, educational importance, positive outcomes,
upbringing young children

INTRODUCTION
The life and fate of Nosiriddin Tusi, unusually full of bright events, has long attracted the attention of scientists. Studies
on him can be divided into several groups, differing among themselves in the fields of science, the presentation of specific
historical material, as well as in chronological order. The first group consists of the works of Tajik, Russian, Western and Iranian
researchers containing information about Nosiriddin Tusi in a historical aspect.

LITERATURE REVIEW
Important research on the history of Khorasan and Movaraunnahr during the Mongol period belongs to Russian oriental
studies. The capital work among them is “Turkestan in the era of the Mongol invasion” by V.V. Bartold. In the sources section, he
emphasizes the importance of Nosiriddin Tusi’s information about the Mongol period. V.V. Bartold notes the significance of the
“Zij-i Ilkhani”. In his work “The Mongol conquest and its impact on Persian culture”, the scientist believes that, despite all the
negative consequences, the Mongol conquests contributed to trade and the exchange of cultural values 1 . However, V.V. Bartold
was not alien to the idealization of the Mongol statehood and the historical significance of the Mongol invasion for Central Asia
and Iran. The concept of V.V. Bartold had a serious influence on the development of the history of the Mongol invasion. The most
important aspects of the socio-economic history of the Mongolian period are considered in the works of I.P. Petrushevsky 2.
A significant contribution to the development of some aspects of the topic under study was the capital work “Empire of
the Steppes” by the famous Western researcher Rene Grousset, where various problems of the history of Movaraunnahr, Khorasan
and Iran in XIII were studied 3. Among foreign researchers, the merits of G. Zuter, who compiled the large reference book “Die
Mathematiker und Astronomer und thre Werke” should be noted 4. The reference book covers almost all the most significant
works of scientists of the East of the Middle Ages. G. Zuter, studying in detail the works of scientists of the East, notes three
periods in the development of the science of the East. The second period, which covers 1200-1275, the scientist connects with the
scientific activity of Nosiriddin Tusi. In particular, the author emphasizes that “algebra, thanks to Omar Khayyam, trigonometry
and astronomy, thanks to Nosiriddin Tusi, reached the peak of their development in the Middle Ages.”

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

From the point of view of the problem we are studying, the monograph “History of the Mongols” (“Tarihi mugul”) by
the Iranian scholar Abbas Iqbal is of particular interest, where the author covers in detail the life and work of Nosiriddin Tusi,
calling him the great thinker of the Muslim East. In another study by A. Iqbal "History of Iran" (in four volumes), created on the

1
Bartold, V.V. Works: in 9 volumes / V.V. Barthold. - M., 1963. -V.1. -p.87; Works: in 9 volumes / V.V. Barthold. - M., 1966. -V.6. - P.189-198.
2
Petrushevsky, I.P. Agriculture and agrarian relations in Iran in the XIII-XIV centuries / I.P. Petrushevsky. - M., - L., 1960. - P. 492.
3
Rene Grousset. Imperial Sahonavardon / Rene Grousset; per. in Persian A. Rasuli. - Tehran, 1363. P. 628
4
Zuter, G. Die Mathematiker und Astronomer und thre Werke / G, Zuter. – Berlin, 1963. P. 354
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |86 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

basis of a multilateral and thorough analysis of primary sources, the author introduces a lot of new things into the study of the
political and cultural history of the Iranian peoples of the period under study5.
For historical studies of the era of Mongol rule, general works on the history of individual peoples of the East are of
great importance. Among them, the work of scientists from the Institute of History, Archeology and Ethnography of the Academy
of Sciences of the Republic of Tajikistan, the publication “History of Iran” by Cambridge University and the work of Soviet
scientists “History of Iran from ancient times to the end of the 18th century” 6stands out for the richness of the material used
sources and the posing of a number of questions. The famous Soviet historian A.Y. Yakubovsky devoted several of his works to
the study of the Mongolian period7. The works of the scientist contain a deep analysis of sources and scientifically based
conclusions.
The second group consists of works containing information about Nosiriddin Tusi in the field of philosophy. Another
Academician A.M. Bogoutdinov in the middle of the last century wrote that “the legacy of Nosiriddin Tusi has not yet been
studied.” In the last decade, Tajik scientists have written several works devoted to the philosophical views of the scientist. M.N.
Boltaev, Kh. Dodikhudoev, M.A. Tavonofar 8 made a great contribution to the study of philosophy and social thought of the XIII
century, their studies contain scattered but valuable information about the life, work and activities of Nosiriddin Tusi. The work of
the Tajik scientist M.N. Boltaev, consisting of 19 chapters, 13 chapters are devoted to the activities of Nasiruddin Tusi. In this
work, M.N. Boltaev gives detailed information concerning the life and work of the scientist and his contribution to the
development of the natural and human sciences. It should be noted that the Tajik researcher focused more on the philosophy of
Nosiriddin Tusi. The author of the monograph “Issues of Epistemology and Logic in the Works of Ibn Sina and His School” is
convinced that Khoja was a materialist and one of the prominent followers of Ibn Sina. Another merit of M.N. Boltaev was that,
based on the analysis of literary works published in Iran, he first introduced a wide range of Tajik readers to the poetic heritage of
Nasiruddin Tusi. To support his conclusions, M. Boltaev cites examples of Tusi's poetic heritage in Russian and Tajik. These
passages were borrowed from the monograph of the famous Iranian literary critic Said Nafisi “Khoja’s Poetry”. M. Boltaev
argued that the poems of Nosiriddin Tusi have a philosophical meaning to a greater extent. M. Boltaev is of the opinion that
Nosiriddin Tusi was a materialist. But this statement is not shared by a number of researchers who later investigated the
philosophy of the scientist. For philosophical research and expansion of the historiographic base, the monograph of the famous
Tajik philosopher, academician M. Dinorshoev “Philosophy of Nosiriddin Tusi” is of great importance 9.
The work cites several legends or stories from the life of Tusi, indicating that during his lifetime, Khoja, like Ibn Sina,
enjoyed great authority among the people. M. Dinorshoev argued that Tusi not only defended the philosophy of Ibn Sina from the
fierce attacks of Ghazali and Razi, but also managed to develop it. Consequently, the conclusions of Dinorshoev M. contradict the
views of M. Boltaev. M. Dinorshoev, examining the works of Tusi “Asas-ul-iktibas”, “Ravzat-ut-taslim”, “Sharkh-ul ishorat”,
“Isboti vojib”, “Akhloki Nosiri”, comes to the conclusion that the views of Nosiriddin Tusi vacillated between materialism and
idealism. This suggests that he was a metaphysician. At the same time, M. Dinorshoev sets a number of tasks for Tajik scientists.
First of all, he compares Tusi’s philosophy with his predecessors as well as his contemporaries. M. Dinorshoev came to the
conclusion that only the study of the social, socio-political and ethical views of Nosiriddin Tusi on the basis of his theory of
freedom of expression, as well as a comprehensive study of his works on the natural sciences and the determination of their role in
the development of philosophy and science, will allow researchers to say the last word on Tusi’s philosophical views 10.
Undoubtedly, the determination of the contribution of Nosiriddin Tusi to the development of science and culture of the Tajik
people is possible only as a result of a new approach to the study of his heritage. Based on this, today Tajik researchers have
prepared and published a number of his works. H. Shoikhtiyorov in his monograph “The Social Philosophy of Nasiruddin Tusi”
explores a number of issues, including: housekeeping, ethics and civil policy. The researcher managed to reveal the social and
ethical essence of Tusi’s works using modern approaches. Examining the political problems in Tusi's works, the Tajik researcher
determined that Tusi is convinced that relations between cities and states, as well as relations between rulers, largely depend on
the stability of civil society. Exploring the political views of Tusi, H. Shoikhtierov argues that the social status of cities and states
depends on the level of mutual relations between the rulers.

5
Iqbol Abbos. Tarikhi mugul = History of the Mongols / Abbos Iqbol. - Tekhron, 1387. P. 342;
6
History of the Tajik people / ed. R.M. Masov. - Dushanbe, 2013. - T.III. p. 580; History of Iran. Age of the Mongols. Study of the University of
Cambridge / per. H. Anusha. - Tehran, 1381. - T.V. p 684; Pigulevsky, N.V., Yakubovsky, A.Y. History of Iran from ancient times to the end of
the XVIII century / N.V. Pigulevsky, A.Y. Yakubovsky. –L.: Leningrad. un-ta, 1958. - 390 p.
7
The formation of the Mongolian state. The conquest by the Mongolian state of Central Asia and the invasion of the Tatar-Mongol invaders in
Transcaucasia and Eastern Europe // Essays on the history of the USSR. The period of feudalism IX-XV centuries: in part 2. - M., 1953. - Part 1.
- P.802-812; Yakubovsky, A.Y. Maverannahr and Khorasan under the Mongol yoke in the XII-first half of the XIV centuries. / A.Y. Yakubovsky //
History of the Uzbek SSR: in 4 volumes. - Tashkent, 1967. - T.I. –p.543.
8
Boltaev, M.N. Issues of epistemology and logic in the works of Ibn Sina and his school / M.N. Boltaev. - Dushanbe: Irfon, 1965. - 600 p.;
Dodikhudoev, H. Essays on the Philosophy of Ismailism / H. Dodikhudoev. - Dushanbe: Donish, 1976. - 142 p.; Philosophical Ismailism / H.
Dodihudoev. - Dushanbe, 2014. - 496 p.; Tavonofar, M.A. Religious-Philosophical and Socio-Political Views of the Nizarites of Alamut: Author.
cand. philosophy Sciences / Tavonofar Murod Ali Ishok. - Dushanbe, 2015. - 24 p.
9
Dinorshoev, M. Philosophy of Nasiriddin Tusi / M. Dinorshoev. - Dushanbe: Donish, 1968. - 155 p.; 2nd. ed. - Dushanbe, 2012. - 191 p.
10
Dinorshoev, M. Philosophy of Nasiriddin Tusi / M. Dinorshoev. - Dushanbe: Donish, 1968. - 155 p.; 2nd. ed. - Dushanbe, 2012. - 138 p.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |87 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Tajik researcher Rustam Komilov in his work “The Theory of Utopian Society in the History of Tajik-Persian
Culture”11 defines the main problems of an ideal society and comes to the conclusion that Tusi was of the opinion that a person
improves only in society. In this regard, R. Komilov argues that according to the views of Tusi, a person who eschews society and
people is deprived of human virtues. The Tajik researcher believes that for Tusi, the main means of developing human society is
the production of public goods. The main merit of R. Komilov is that comparing the views of Tusi and Farabi, he comes to the
conclusion that both philosophers strive for peace, condemn conflicts between peoples and states.
The third group is the research of scientists in the field of literature. The English scholar E. Brown in his “History of
Persian Literature” describes in detail the state of the culture of Iran, Khorasan and Maverannahr during the period of Mongol
rule. In the preface to the work of Atomalik Juvaini “Tarihi chakhonkushoy” 12, he characterized the main features of the era of the
Mongol conquest. In the research works of Z. Safo, A.E. Bertels, J. Ripka, H. Mirzozoda13 provides brief but valuable information
about the biography and literary heritage of Nosiriddin Tusi. In 2009, Tusi’s famous work “Akhloki Nosiri” was published in
Dushanbe in Tajik. It can be said with confidence that the publication of this book was one of the important events in the cultural
life of modern Tajik society. Tusi’s work was prepared by Salimov N.Y. and Gaffurov U.A. In the preface of the book, the
compilers showed the enormous role of Nosiriddin Tusi in the development of science and culture of the Tajik people14. Tajik
scholars M. Dinorshoev, M. Boltaev, N. Soliev, U. Gafforova highly appreciate Tusi’s other treatise – “Meyor-ul-ashhor”. They
note that this work is one of the most important sources for the study of Aruz. Tajik scientist Urvatullo Toirov prepared and
published “Meyor-ul-ashhor” by Nosiriddin Tusi 15. In this work, he considers the theoretical aspects of poetry, including poetic
genres, rhymes, and measures.

CONCLUSION
Based on these considerations, it can be argued that Nosiriddin Tusi is one of the founders of the theory of aruz in
Tajik-Persian poetry. As part of this study, we analyzed a number of Tusi’s poetic works, including “Si fasl dar marifati takvim”
and “Madkhali manzum dar ilmi nujum”. Thus, a review of sources and literature showed that most of the works deal with general
issues. This indicates that the life and work of Nosiriddin Tusi and a number of issues in the history of the Tajik people related to
his era have not been studied and covered sufficiently. Until now, there are no special studies in modern history and oriental
studies, the object of which was the life and work of Nosiriddin Tusi. In connection with the foregoing, we believe that this
important, complex and little-studied topic needs a comprehensive development and serious scientific analysis.

REFERENCES
1. Bartold, V.V. Works: in 9 volumes / V.V. Barthold. - M., 1963. -V.1. -p.87; Works: in 9 volumes / V.V. Barthold. - M., 1966. -V.6. -
P.189-198.
2. Bertels, E.E. Nasir-i Khosrov and Ismailism / E.E. Bertels. - M., 1959. - 290 p.;
3. Boltaev, M.N. Issues of epistemology and logic in the works of Ibn Sina and his school / M.N. Boltaev. - Dushanbe: Irfon,
1965. - 600 p.
4. Brown, E. History of Iranian Literature (Tarihi adabiyot dar Eron) / E. Brown; per. M. Solech. - Tehran, 1358. - 1164 p.
5. Dinorshoev, M. Philosophy of Nasiriddin Tusi / M. Dinorshoev. - Dushanbe: Donish, 1968. - 155 p.; 2nd. ed. - Dushanbe,
2012. - 191 p.
6. Dodikhudoev, H. Essays on the Philosophy of Ismailism / H. Dodikhudoev. - Dushanbe: Donish, 1976. - 142 p
7. History of Iran. Age of the Mongols. Study of the University of Cambridge / per. H. Anusha. - Tehran, 1381. - T.V. p 684;
8. History of the Tajik people / ed. R.M. Masov. - Dushanbe, 2013. - T.III. p. 580;
9. Iqbol Abbos. Tarikhi mugul = History of the Mongols / Abbos Iqbol. - Tekhron, 1387. P. 342;
10. Komilov, R. Theory of Armenian society in the history of Persian-Tajik culture / R. Komilov. -Dushanbe: Education, 1997. - 288 p.
11. Mirzozoda, A. Tarikhi adabiyoti tojik = History of Tajik literature / A. Mirzozoda. - Dushanbe, 1983. -V.2. – 434 p.
12. Nasiruddin Tusi. Me'yar-ul-ash'or /N. Tusi; development of U. Toir, M. Abdulloev, R. Jalal. - Dushanbe, 1992. - 152 p.
13. Nasiruddin Tusi. Morality of Nasiri /N. Tusi; development of N. Salimov, U. Ghafforova. - Dushanbe: Shujoyan, 2009. - 388 p.
14. Petrushevsky, I.P. Agriculture and agrarian relations in Iran in the XIII-XIV centuries / I.P. Petrushevsky. - M., - L., 1960. - P. 492.
15. Philosophical Ismailism / H. Dodihudoev. - Dushanbe, 2014. - 496 p
16. Pigulevsky, N.V., Yakubovsky, A.Y. History of Iran from ancient times to the end of the XVIII century / N.V. Pigulevsky, A.Y.
Yakubovsky. –L.: Leningrad. un-ta, 1958. - 390 p
17. Rene Grousset. Imperial Sahonavardon / Rene Grousset; per. in Persian A. Rasuli. - Tehran, 1363. P. 628
18. Ripka, Jan. History of Persian and Tajik literature / Jan. Ripka; trans. from Czech; ed. and author before I.S. Braginsky. –

11
Komilov, R. Theory of Armenian society in the history of Persian-Tajik culture / R. Komilov. - Dushanbe: Education, 1997. - 288 p.
12
Brown, E. History of Iranian Literature (Tarihi adabiyot dar Eron) / E. Brown; per. M. Solech. - Tehran, 1358. - 1164 p.
13
Sappho Zabehullo. History of Literature in Iran = Tarihi adabiyot dar Eron / Safo Zabekhullo. - Tehron, 1332. - V.1. p. 764 ; Bertels, E.E.
Nasir-i Khosrov and Ismailism / E.E. Bertels. - M., 1959. - 290 p.; Ripka, Jan. History of Persian and Tajik literature / Jan. Ripka; trans. from
Czech; ed. and author before I.S. Braginsky. -M.: Progress, 1970. - 440 p.; Mirzozoda, A. Tarikhi adabiyoti tojik = History of Tajik literature /
A. Mirzozoda. - Dushanbe, 1983. -V.2. – 434 p.
14
Nasiruddin Tusi. Morality of Nasiri /N. Tusi; development of N. Salimov, U. Ghafforova. - Dushanbe: Shujoyan, 2009. - 388 p.
15
Nasiruddin Tusi. Me'yar-ul-ash'or /N. Tusi; development of U. Toir, M. Abdulloev, R. Jalal. - Dushanbe, 1992. - 152 p.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |88 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

M.: Progress, 1970. - 440 p.;

19. Sappho Zabehullo. History of Literature in Iran = Tarihi adabiyot dar Eron / Safo Zabekhullo. - Tehron, 1332. - V.1. p. 764 ;
20. Tavonofar, M.A. Religious-Philosophical and Socio-Political Views of the Nizarites of Alamut: Author. cand. philosophy Sciences /
Tavonofar Murod Ali Ishok. - Dushanbe, 2015. - 24 p.
21. The formation of the Mongolian state. The conquest by the Mongolian state of Central Asia and the invasion of the Tatar-Mongol
invaders in Transcaucasia and Eastern Europe // Essays on the history of the USSR. The period of feudalism IX-XV centuries: in
part 2. - M., 1953. - Part 1. - P.802-812
22. Yakubovsky, A.Y. Maverannahr and Khorasan under the Mongol yoke in the XII-first half of the XIV centuries. / A.Y. Yakubovsky //
History of the Uzbek SSR: in 4 volumes. - Tashkent, 1967. - T.I. –p.543
23. Zuter, G. Die Mathematiker und Astronomer und thre Werke / G, Zuter. – Berlin, 1963. P. 354

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |89 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

REAL-TIME HIDDEN DATA TRANSMISSION USING LORA

D.Monica Satyavathi1, B.Vandana Mala2, Ch.Veera Vamsi3, Ch.Chiranjeevi4, Ch.Neeraj5

1,2,3,4,5
Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering, Raghu Engineering College, Visakhapatnam

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11016

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11016

ABSTRACT
Nowadays, it has become a crucial task in transferring confidential data for military departments, many multinational companies, etc.
The important requirement is that the data that has been transmitted should not be visible to hackers or third parties from another end.
To satisfy this requirement LoRa technology is used. Long-distance and low-power wireless communication technologies such as LoRa,
Sigfox, and Narrowband-Internet of Things (NB- IoT) were developed in recent years. These technologies can contribute to indoor and
outdoor smart applications with minimal power consumption. In this study, the LoRa wireless communication technique was used as
the primary data communication method, enabling the device to communicate without requiring an Internet connection or a SIM card.
This technology can be implemented in military and defense areas.
KEYWORDS: Lora, Arduino Nano, Bluetooth, Zigbee, Wi-Fi

1. BACKGROUND 2. INTRODUCTION
Data transmission is one of the fundamental issues in A common requirement in today’s world is that, the transfer
modern data networks. We can transmit the data through many of data or files from one computer to another. Bluetooth and
wireless technologies like Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, Cellular network, Wi-Fi are the most popular wireless communication
etc. But each of them has its own disadvantages. technologies available today for interacting with IoT devices.
However, Bluetooth and Wi-Fi technologies consume a lot of
Wi-Fi power. Various technologies have been developed, but prior to
Especially public Wi-Fi networks are prone to be hacked the development of LoRa technology, none of them was
due to their wireless nature. You will experience a decrease in suitable for transmitting information over long distances
Wi-Fi strength as you move away from the access point. The without consuming a lot of power. In LoRa Technology, very
range of Wi-Fi networks is usually between 100 and 150 feet. long-distance transmissions can be accomplished with minimal
For a standard home, the amount is sufficient, but for building power consumption.
structures, it can pose a problem.
LoRa
Bluetooth Semtech introduced LoRa (Long Range), a wireless
Wireless technologies have limitations on how fast they can technology with long-range, low-power, and secure data
transmit data; usually, faster connections make for more energy transmissions for M2M (Machine-to-Machine) and IoT
use. Because Bluetooth is designed to be energy-efficient, the (Internet of Things) applications. LoRa enables the wireless
data it sends is relatively slow. Hence, it is not possible to use connection of sensors, gateways, machines, devices, etc. LoRa
Bluetooth for communications over long distances, Technologies operates in different frequency bands in different
particularly. countries:
 In the USA, it operates at 915 MHz
Cellular  In Europe, it operates at an 868 MHz
We cannot use this for solutions that require high bandwidth.  In Asia, it operates at 865 to 867 MHz, and 920 to 923
Wireless communication is affected by physical obstructions, MHz bands.
weather conditions, and other wireless devices’ interference.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |90 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

consumes less energy than a light-emitting diode or plasma

3. COMPONENTS USED display.
3.1 Sx1278 LoRa Ra-02
Based on SEMTECH's SX1278 wireless transceiver, Ra-02
is an advanced wireless transmission module. With a
communication range of 10,000 meters, the system uses
advanced LoRa spread spectrum technology. For spread
spectrum communications over long distances, the SX1278 RF
module is suitable. Low power consumption makes it efficient.

Fig.3: 20X4 LCD display

In a 20X4 LCD module, there are four rows in a display, a

row can contain twenty characters, and a display can contain
eighty characters.

Fig.1: Ai Thinker LoRa Series Ra-02 4. BLOCK DIAGRAM

In addition, LoRa modulation technology has obvious 4.1 Transmitter
advantages over traditional modulation in terms of anti-
blocking and selection, which solves the problem that
traditional modulation does not adequately consider distance,
interference, and energy consumption at the same time.

Module Model Ra-02

Interface SPI
Frequency Range 410-525 MHz
Power Supply 3.3V
Weight 0.45g
Max Transmit Power 18±1 dBm

3.2 Arduino Nano

Several ports on the Arduino Nano allow it to communicate
with a computer, another microcontroller, or any other
Arduino. Arduino’s software contains a serial monitor that
allows for the sending and receiving of simple textual data.

4.2 Receiver

Fig.2: Arduino Nano

The Arduino Nano can be programmed with the help of

Arduino software. We can navigate through the Tools -> Board
menu, and choose "Arduino Duemilanove or Nano w/
ATmega328" (based on your board’s microcontroller).

3.3 20X4 LCD display

The LCD stands for liquid crystal display, whose light
modulation is based on liquid crystals. A liquid crystal display

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |91 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

5. WORKING 6.2 Receiver Side

Every data must be transmitted using a wired or wireless While considering the Receiving side, we have used an
communication method. Thus, in this paper, the data is Arduino Nano with a LoRa module. The circuit diagram shows
transmitted via LoRa, the acronym for Long Range, a wireless the connection between Arduino Nano and LoRa is shown
communication technology at both ends that are used to below.
transmit the data. From the transmitter station, the data can be
sent with the help of the joystick which consists of three
buttons that performs the operations like increment, decrement,
and sending the data. The data that is being sent is displayed on
LCD.
Similarly, on the other station, the data received can be
displayed on the serial monitor of Arduino. The data that was
being sent is in the form of numerical rather than alphabetic.
Hence, it is highly confidential and difficult to decode except
for the officials who can understand.

6. HARDWARE DESCRIPTION The connections almost remain the same for the transmitting
6.1 Transmitter Side as well as receiving side.
We have used an Arduino Nano and LoRa module for the
transmitting side. The circuit diagram for connecting an 7. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION
Arduino Nano with LoRa module is shown below. As soon as the hardware is ready, we can proceed with
Arduino IDE, which already has a LoRa library created by
Sandeep Mistry. In order to access and add the library, open
the Arduino IDE and select Sketch -> Include Library ->
Manage Libraries. By searching for LoRa Radio, we can find
the library created by Sandeep Mistry and click the Install
button to install the library.

8. DESIGN
8.1 Transmitter

LoRa module consists of 16 pins, 8 on each side. Among these,

six of them are used by GPIO pins which range from DIO0 to
DIO5 while four of them are used as Ground pins. In the next
step, we have to establish a connection between the SPI pins on
the LoRa and the SPI pins on the Arduino board as shown
above. The following table shows the connections of the pins. 8.2 Receiver

LoRa Sx1278 Module Arduino Nano Board

3.3V -
Gnd Gnd
En/Nss D10
G0/DIO0 D2
SCK D13
MISO D12
MOSI D11
RST D9
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |92 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

9. FINAL SETUP
As soon as the program is uploaded, open the Serial monitor 11. COMPARISON OF KEY FEATURES OF
for the Receiver on the Arduino Board. When we choose the WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES
data to be sent and press the send button on the transmitting Wireless Bluetooth Wifi Zigbee LoRa
side, the serial monitor of the receiver will display it. Here Standards
there will be an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) IEEE spec… IEEE IEEE IEEE -
value for each message that was received by the LoRa module. 802.15.1 802.11b 802.12.4
RSSI's value will always be negative. The value closer to zero
Power Medium Medium Low Low
signifies a stronger signal. The signal strength decreases as the
devices are moved further apart. Consumption
Transmitting 1 to 100m 100m to 1 to 100m 3-5km
10. RESULTS Range several (urban
10.1 Transmitter Side km areas),
10-15(rural
areas)
Power 7-40 hrs 2-3 Atleast 2 10 years
Profile years years
Data Rates 1-3 Mbps 10- 20-250 300 bps-50
100+ kbps kbps
Mbps
Frequency 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz 868/ 169/433/
Band 915MHz; 868/915
2.4 KHz MHz

12. CONCLUSION
10.2 Receiver Side With the help of LoRa, users can establish long-distance
transmission, extended battery life, as well as high capacities
while expanding their sensor networks without compromising
on transmission distance or power consumption. As of now,
LoRa operates mostly in free frequencies, including 433, 868,
and 915 MHz. Thus, LoRa technology offers great distances,
and lower power consumption (long battery life) at a low cost.

13. REFERENCES
1. R.Nagarajan, R.Dhanasekaran "Implementation of Wireless
Data Transmission in Monitoring and Control", International
Conference on Communication and Signal Processing, 2013
2. V.Abinayaa, Anagha Jayan "Case Study on Comparison of
Wireless Technologies in Industrial Applications",
International Journal of Scientific and Research Publications,
February 2014
3. Aloys Augustin, Thomas Clausen and William Mark Townsley
"A Study of LoRa: Long Range & Low Power Networks for
the Internet of Things", MDPI, September 2016
4. Lidia Pocero Fraile, Stelios Tsampas, Georgios My- lonas,
Dimitrios Amaxilatis "A Comparative Study of LoRa and
IEEE 802.15.4-Based IoT Deployments Inside School
Buildings", IEEE, August 2020
5. Ruobing Liang, Liang Zhao, and Peng Wang "Performance
Evaluations of LoRa Wireless Communication in Building
Environments", MDPI, July 2020
6. Dong Hyun Kim, Jun Young Lim, Jong Deok Kim "Low-
Power, Long-Range, High-Data Transmission Using Wi-Fi
and LoRa", 6th International Conference on IT Convergence
and Security (ICITCS), September 2016

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |93 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

7. Himadri Chaudhary, Birju Tank, Honey Patel "Comparative

Analysis of Internet of Things (IoT) based Low Power
Wireless Technologies", International Journal of Engineering
& Technical Research, January 2018
8. Nishakar Kankalla, Kasireddygari Anirudh Reddy,
Nimmagadda Hariproya "Cryptographic efficient data
transmission in defense stations using LoRa", International
Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IR- JET),
March 2019
9. Christos Bouras, Apostolos Gkamas, Vasileios Kokkinos,
Nikolaos Papachristos "Using LoRa Technology for IoT
Monitoring Systems", 10th International Conference on
Network of the Future (NoF), 2019

Mr. Chiranjeevi Chepana pursuing B.tech.

Mrs.D. Monica Satyavathi received her B.Tech Degree in Electronics and Communications
degree in Electronics and Communication Engineering in Raghu Engineering College,
Engineering and MTech degree in VLSI from Visakhapatnam, India. He is currently a student at
JNTU KAKINADA and presently pursuing a Raghu Engineering College, Visakhapatnam,
Ph.D. in GITAM University in the wireless India.
Author’s Photo
communication stream. She has 5 years of
teaching experience and presently working as an Assistant professor Mr. Chekoti Neeraj pursuing B.tech. Degree in
in the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering, at Electronics and Communications Engineering in
RAGHU COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, Visakhapatnam, A.P, Raghu Engineering College, Visakhapatnam,
India. She has 5 technical papers published in national journals and India. He is currently a student at Raghu
conferences and a patent was published. Engineering College, Visakhapatnam, India.

Author’s Photo
Ms.Boddeti Vandana Mala pursuing B.tech.
Degree in Electronics and Communications
Engineering in Raghu Engineering College,
Visakhapatnam, India. She is currently a student
at Raghu Engineering College, Visakhapatnam,
India.

Mr.Chinthakayala Veera Vamsi pursuing

B.tech. Degree in Electronics and
Communications Engineering in Raghu
Engineering College, Visakhapatnam, India. He
is currently a student at Raghu Engineering

Author’s Photo College, Visakhapatnam, India.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |94 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

INFORMAL SECTOR AND POVERTY ERADICATION

STRATEGIES IN THE NEW NORMAL OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC
IN NORTH-WEST, NIGERIA

Dr. Grace Ngozi Ekpounobi1, Dr. Haruna Ismaila Maikujeri2

1
Department of Management Studies, Kaduna Polytechnic, Kaduna
2
Department of Management Studies, Kaduna Polytechnic, Kaduna

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11235

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11235

ABSTRACT
This study was conducted to find out informal sector and poverty eradication strategies in the new normal of covid-19 pandemic in North-
West, Nigeria. A descriptive survey research design was used for the study. The population consisted of all the registered Small and
Medium scale Enterprises (SMEs) in Kano the largest city in the zone, Kaduna, Zaria, Sokoto, Katsina, Gusau, Garki and Funtua.
These were metropolitan/commercial cities in each State in the North-West, Nigeria. It was hypothesized that there was no significant
difference in the responses of the respondent groups on the level of effect of COVID-19 pandemic on the informal sector in North-East
Nigeria; there was no significant difference in the responses of the respondent groups on the strategies adopted for the eradication of
poverty among informal sector workers in North-West Nigeria in the new normal COVID-19 pandemic; there was no significant
difference in the responses of the respondent groups on the factors that militate against the effective application of the strategies adopted for
poverty eradication among the informal sector workers in North-West Nigeria in the new normal COVID-19 pandemic. Mean, t-test and
correlation analysis were used to analyze to the data. All the hypotheses were retained. It was recommended among others that the State
governments in the region should set aside emergency fund targeting informal sector in the zone. And that deferment of taxes or waiver of
taxes, lower interest rate could also be embarked on by the appropriate policy makers in the zone to make informal sector remain afloat in
the new normal COVID-19 pandemic.
KEYWORDS: Poverty reduction, information sector, flexible loan, cost loan

INTRODUCTION index case. The rapid spread of the COVID-19 virus led countries
The COVID-19 pandemic put dents on every sector of around the world into a health crisis.
the affected countries, and the informal sector was no exception. The informal sector which is undeniably critical to the
The coronavirus outbreak ravaged human health, disrupted the growth and development of the global economy was affected by
livelihood of thousands of people, and impacted negatively on the pandemic. The informal sector which is a good source of job
the global economy (Craven et al. 2020; Amare et al., 2020). creation, aids the development of local technology and source of
Confirmed cases of the novel coronavirus named Covid-19, development to indigenous entrepreneurs (Alaye-Ogan, 2012;
which was first reported in December, 2019 in the Chinese Erdem, 2011), and enormously contributed to nation-building
province of Hubei and declared a pandemic by the World Health was seriously affected at the peak of the pandemic (Aderemi,
Organization in March 2020 is now over 28 million worldwide, Olu-Young, Taiwo, & Adejumo, 2019; Tehseen & Ramayah,
1,344, 403 in Africa, and 55,829 in Nigeria as at September 2015).
2020. The presence of the virus in Nigeria was first reported on The lack of social protection coverage for informal
February 27, 2020, when an Italian citizen visiting Nigeria sector in the North west apparently made it more difficult for the
tested positive for the virus, caused by SARS-CoV-2. On 9 informal sector to build resilience against the Covid-19
March 2020, a second case of the virus was reported at Ewekoro, pandemic and recover quickly from the economic fallout in the
Ogun State, a Nigerian citizen who had contact with the Italian region. Besides, activities in the informal sector is characterized

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |95 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

by underlined workplace, unsafe and unhealthy working during this crisis. First, restriction on movement caused demand
condition, low level of skills, lack of access to information, for non-essential goods to decline. Second, the lockdown and
financial, training and technology, lack of adequate micro-level the pandemic hurt peoples’ earning capacity, which reduced
incentives such as a low level of education, lack of access to their consumption expenditure (Onyekwena, & Ekeruche, 2020).
economics resources and other business services. Major shutdowns in North-West, Nigeria have cut
The informal sector contributes more than 90% of all demand for informal sector workers, who produced
economic activities and more than 50% of all employment good/services in or immediate neighbors for local and domestic
opportunities globally and also, accounted for more than 40% of markets. Similarly, the market infrastructure for handicraft and
GDP in developing nations (Garba, 2020). The informal sector home-based products were frozen, as products could not be sold
in the North-west geopolitical zone, Nigeria, as obtained in or transported resulting in the loss of business capital. Again,
other parts of the globe, performs a key role in the economic Federal, State and Local Government interventions tend not to
development of the country. The sector accounts for 90% of all be mindful of the realities of the informal sector following the
businesses in Nigeria (Gbandi & Amissah, 2014). Given the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, leaving the sector without
severity of the disease, the COVID-19 pandemic posed adequate social and economic security. This tend to be forcing
tremendous challenges to the performance of the informal the informal sector workers to turn to alternative sources of
sector. social and economic securities which might not be sustainable
COVID-19 is a disease cause by a new corona virus and sufficient for poverty eradication. It is in the light of the
originated from Wuhan in china. This pandemic has been aforementioned ill-developments that this study was prompted
declared by World Health Organization (WHO) on march 11, to examine the informal sector and poverty eradication strategies
2020. Covid 19 is now a global emergency, given its impact on in the new normal of COVID-19 pandemic in the North-west,
the entire global population and economy (AUC, 2020). The Nigeria so as to make recommendations based on empirical
impact of this virus is affecting the entire global economy and evidence to promote and sustain the informal sector in the zone.
more drastically crippling the activities in such areas like falling This is the thrust of the study.
in oil prices, tax revenues, foreign exchange receipts, foreign
financial flows, travel restriction, frozen labour management and Research Questions
reduction at tourism (Nuabuife, Okoli, and clear, 2020). Many The following research questions guided the study:
nations around the Covid has lockdown their economy just to 1. What is the level of effect of COVID-19 pandemic on
contain the spread of the disease that is treating human the informal sector in North-East Nigeria?
existence, particularly increased level of individual inability, to 2. What are the strategies adopted for the development of
enjoy the basic acceptable standard of living (poverty). the informal sector in North-west Nigeria towards
This present study analyzed the strategies adopted to poverty eradication in the new normal COVID-19
eradicate poverty among informal sector workers in the new pandemic?
normal COVID-19 pandemic in North-West, Nigeria and 3. What are the factors that militate against the effective
recommend response measures and strategies for governments, application of the strategies adopted for the
development partners and actors in the sector. development of the informal sector in North-west
Nigeria towards poverty eradication in the new normal
Problem Statement COVID-19 pandemic?
The COVID-19 pandemic caused over 5.9 million
deaths globally (WHO, 2022) and resulted in an economic crisis Research Hypotheses
for almost all countries. The safety measures taken to restrain The following null hypotheses were generated and tested at
the spread of the virus such as quarantine, travel restrictions, 0.05 level of significance:
closure of educational and business institutions, reduced public Ho1: There is no significant difference in the
gatherings disrupted economic activities worldwide. The responses of the respondent groups on the
pandemic was predicted to harm the low-income population, level of effect of COVID-19 pandemic on the
especially the informal sector workers with vulnerable informal sector in North-East Nigeria
employment and minimal health or social safety. Ho2: There is no significant difference in the
In the North-West, Nigeria comprising Jigawa, responses of the respondent groups on the
Kaduna, Kano, Katsina, Kebbi, Sokoto, and Zamfara, the slump strategies adopted for the eradication of
in demand for goods and services resulting from the pandemic poverty among informal sector workers in
and its concomitant restrictive measures caused a loss of income North-West Nigeria in the new normal
and jobs for informal workers, whose livelihood depends on COVID-19 pandemic.
consumption-driven economic activities. There were some Ho3: There is no significant difference in the
major factors behind the reduced demand for consumption responses of the respondent groups on the

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |96 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

factors that militate against the effective businesses and equally affected their performances. The
application of the strategies adopted for lockdown, movement restriction, market closure, and social
poverty eradication among the informal sector distancing as announced by the government also truncated the
workers in North-West Nigeria in the new movement of goods and services which stand as the backbone
normal COVID-19 pandemic. and which the informal sector depends on for their smooth
routine activities.
LITERATURE REVIEW The informal sector, together with their employees are
Conceptual Framework an integral part of social and economic systems of day-to-day
The Meaning of Informal Sector life globally. This important role played by the informal sector
The International Monetary Fund IMF (2018) described faced threats from unmatched effects of the coronavirus. The
the informal sector as block economy, economy of the street, customers, as well as facilitators of informal sector, were
underground economy and unethical economy. The International under the threat of business bankruptcy as a result of the
Labour Organization ILO, (2019) defines the informal sector as recession experienced globally (Wuen & Wu, 2020).
all economic activities by workers and economic units that are in
law or in practice not covered or insufficiently covered by Challenges that Faced the Informal Sector during COVID-
formal arrangement in terms of financial inclusion and policy 19 Pandemic
development strategies. The informal sector is dominated by The demand for goods and services rose and the majority
retail trade and composed of activities related to the selling of of businesses started showing a sign of liquidity problem due to
food stuffs, clothes, textile works, radio repair, iron works, the problem of cash reserves of the informal sector. Hence, any
watch repairs, sewing, weaving, photography, laundry, liquidity problem from this sector of the economy resulted in
carpentry, sale of recharge cards, barbing, hair dressing saloons, liquidation in many other large businesses. International
etc. and survival activities such casual and unpaid jobs (Jegade businesses were particularly vulnerable because of the shortage
& Opatola, 2020). of US dollars for their transactions (Wuen and Wu, 2020). For
the informal sector engaging in production activities, operations
Theoretical Framework during lockdown became a problem because factory floors are
Based on the nature of this research, the study of not designed for social distancing. The movement of people to
informal sector in north-west political zone, Nigeria is anchored other places for the safety of life resulted in the disappearance of
on institutional theory. The institution on other hand theory workers and filling the gap created may be difficult for the
often seeks to examine impact of environment on certain informal sector.
phenomenon (Urban, 2013). Past works posit that different
environmental situations affect the manner certain phenomenon METHODOLOGY
behave and exploit opportunities (Scott, 1992). A descriptive research design was used for the study.
The theory explains how institutional efficiency are This method involves gathering data about the target population
consider either as weak or unavailable (Sulter et al, 2013). An from a selected sample size and generalizing the findings
institutional framework is considered weak if it lacks the obtained from the analysis of the sample to the entire population
necessary capacity/strategies to ensure that policies work (Afolabi 1993).
effectively or its operations or policies of institution undermines The target population for this study consisted of all the
the system it ought to protect and thereby stifles the whole registered Small and Medium scale Enterprises (SMEs) in Kano
system (Kistruck, et al, 2015). In the N-W region perspective, the largest city in the zone, Kaduna, Zaria, Sokoto, Katsina,
one the institutional policies/strategies to incentive system, Gusau, Garki and Funtua. These were metropolitan/commercial
defines poverty right access to financial resources, safety cities in each State in the North-West where the study was
standards and regulatory programmes which affect the greater of based. North-West is one of the six geopolitical zones of Nigeria
informal sectors. The question now is whether there is capacity representing both a geopolitical and political region of the
to do that or not. country’ North-West. The current rate of poverty evidence in the
five regions is 43.28% which is above the national average rate
The Linkage between COVID-19 Pandemic and the of 21.7% and the rate of vulnerability to poverty is at 72%
Performance of Informal Sector (NBS, 2022).
The deadly disease (COVID-19) spread to almost The population and sample frame for this study is
everywhere in the world at an incomparable level. Therefore, 1,975,934 and 1,459 which represent the region population and
because of the lockdown, the informal sector was affected and registered membership groups in the region respectively (NBS,
have weakened the available human and economic resources 2021). The registered membership groups were divided into
such as workmen, materials, transport, etc (Craven, Liu, strata, using the Stratified Random Sampling Technique (SRT),
Mysore, & Wilson, 2020). This caused the closure of many and the sample size determination formula of Yamane cited in

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |97 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Odumegu (2021), 1,459 SMEs were sampled. These sampled of COVID-19 pandemic in the North-West, Nigeria by capturing
SMEs were found in the agricultural sector, general trading, most SMEs growth data for a period of five years (2015-2020).
construction, general services, transport and distribution, hotels The instrument used to gather the data needed was the
and restaurant, and educational sectors of the region. questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed on Likert five-
General trading represents the sale items such as point scale of strongly agree, agree, undecided, disagree and
foodstuffs, water and firewood; construction category represents strongly disagree. Out of the total 1,459 questionnaires
the manufacturing of building blocks the sale of cement and distributed to SMEs’ owners, 1,070 were returned generating a
other building materials; general services represents business response rate of 73.3%. Frequency counts and simple
activities such as barber shop, hair salons, shoe repairs and percentages were used to determine the responses of the
communication services. Transport and distribution category respondents on their personal data while mean was used to
represent tax, owners/driver; hotels and restaurant category analyze the data emanating from the research questions.
represent guest houses and food services. The education Multiple regression analysis was used to analyze the data. Data
represents basic schools only. The study measured poverty was computed and analyzed using Statistical Package for Social
eradication in terms of the survival of SMEs in the new normal Sciences (SPSS, Version 20).

RESULTS
Table 1: Profile of Sampled SMEs in North-West Geopolitical Zone
Demographic Variables Frequency %
Sectoral Distribution
Agriculture 243 16.7
Construction 315 21.6
Hotels and restaurants 75 5.1
Transport and distribution 512 35.1
General trading 178 12.2
General services 98 6.7
Education 38 2.6
Total 1,459 100

Table 1 shows the profile of sampled SMEs (informal 178 (12.2%) were in general trading 98 (6.7%) were in general
sector) in the North-West, Nigeria. The data shows that 243 services and lastly, 38 (2.6%) were in education. It shows
(16.7%) were in Agriculture; 315 (21.6%) were in clearly that majority of the informal (35.1%) sector workers in
Construction; 75 (5.1%) were in Hotels and Restaurants while the area were in transport and distribution, followed by
512 (35.1%) were in Transport and distribution. Furthermore, Construction (21.6%).

Table 2 Age of SMEs in the Selected Cities in North-West Geopolitical Zone

Age of Business (Years) Frequency %
0-10 711 48.73
11-15 275 18.85
16-20 65 4.46
21 years and above 119 8.16
Total 1459 100

Table 2 shows the age of SMEs (informal sector majority of the enterprises in the informal sector (48.73%)
enterprises) in the selected cities in North-West, Nigeria. The were not as old as others and so could have been swept off
data shows that 711 SMEs representing 48.73% have existed their feet by the COVID-19 pandemic. This percentage is
from between 0-10 years; 275 representing 18.85% have followed by those that have existed only for between 11-15
existed from between 11-15 years; 65 representing 4.46% years with a percentage of 18.85. these ones too could have
have existed from between 16-20 years while 119 representing been seriously affected leading to the poverty of the informal
8.16% have existed for 21 years and above. This means that sector workers.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |98 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Table 3 Rating of the Effect of Lockdown on the Informal sector in North-West Geopolitical Zone by the Informal Sector
Workers

Rating Frequency Percentage Mean SD

(n=242)
Low 65 4.45 33.3161 .91236
Moderate 408 28.0
High 986 67.5
Total 1459 100.00
Source: Field Survey (2022)

The descriptive analysis reveals that out of 1,459 total 4.45% rated the effect to be on a low level. This shows that the
respondents, 986 representing 67.5% rated high level of effect of majority of the respondents (67.5%) rated high effect of the
lockdown on informal sector performance in North-West, 408 lockdown on the informal sector in the North-West
representing 28.0% rated a moderate level, while 65 representing geopolitical zone.

Table 4: Mean Score on the Strategies adopted for the Development of the Informal Sector in North-West Nigeria
towards Poverty Eradication in the New Normal COVID-19 Pandemic by the Two Groups
SN Strategies SMEs Owners SMEs Staff t-value
Mean Std Mean Std
1 Granting of sufficient loan amount to 3.7547 0.791 3.7581 0.694 0.03
informal sector workers.
2 Customer-friendly loan repayment 3.3057 0.993 3.7258 0.728 3.14
process.
3 Low interest rates on loans. 3.8075 0.705 3.8065 0.596 0.01
4 Easy loan accessibility 3.8830 0.595 3.9677 0.254 1.10
requirements.
5 Easy loan collateral. 3.7887 0.697 3.7097 0.710 0.80
6 Financial grants from the 3.3019 1.03 3.5000 0.901 1.39
government.
7 Affordable loan processing fee. 3.7792 0.795 3.7194 0.615 1.01
8 Free post COVID-19 training 3.7698 0.73 1 3.8065 0.596 0.37
workshops for informal sector workers.
9 Flexible schedule of loan repayment. 2.8453 1.139 3.6 129 0.797 5.02
10 Skill development programmes. 3.0264 1.143 3.6452 0.770 4.05
11 Provision of agricultural inputs for those 3.4038 1.007 3.9032 .433 3.82
in the sector.
12 Provision of supporting materials for all 3.6868 0.800 3.7097 0.710 0.21
in different sectors.

The scores for the two groups (the SMEs owners and disagreed with the notion while the SMEs staff were of the view
the SMEs staff) on item 1 in the table support the notion that that customer-friendly loan repayment process was a strategy.
granting of sufficient loan amount was one of the strategies Both groups agreed that low interest rates on loans and
adopted for the development of the informal sector in North- easy loan accessibility requirements were strategies adopted for
West Nigeria towards poverty eradication in the new normal the development of the informal sector in North-West Nigeria
COVID-19 pandemic. By the scores of 3.7547 and 3.7581 for towards poverty eradication in the new normal COVID-19
the SMEs owners and the SMEs staff respectively, the two pandemic. These are indicated by the high scores on items 3 and
groups seem to agree that granting of sufficient loan amount was 4 respectively in the table. The two groups also share the same
a strategy. However, there was no agreement between the SMEs opinion on the opinion that easy loan collateral was one of the
owners and the SMEs staff on the notion that customer-friendly strategies as indicated in item 5 in the table. There was no
loan repayment process was a strategy. The SMEs owners consensus among the respondents on the notion that financial
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |99 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

grants from the government was one of the strategies. The SMEs a strategy but the SMEs staff had a contrary opinion and the
owners particularly disagreed with this opinion while the SMEs difference between the two groups was also very high as
staff seem to have the impression that the statement is true. All indicated by their mean scores and the observed t-value of 4.05
the respondents agreed with the notion that affordable loan in the table. For item 11, where the provision of agricultural
processing fee was a strategy. This is indicated by the high inputs for those in the sector was assessed as a strategy, the
scores for item 7 in the table. SMEs owners did not agree it was a strategy but the SMEs staff
In item 8, the two groups agreed that free post COVID- were of the opinion that it was a strategy and the difference
19 training workshops for informal sector workers was a between the two groups on this opinion is high as indicated with
strategy. But while the SMEs owners disagreed that flexible a t-value of 3.82 in the table. However, on item 12, the two
schedule of loan repayment was a strategy as shown in item 9, groups agreed that provision of supporting materials for all in
the SMEs staff agreed with the notion. The difference between different sectors was a strategy adopted for the development of
the two groups on this item was very high as indicated by the the informal sector in North-West Nigeria towards poverty
observed t-value of 5.02 for item 9 in the table. In item 10, the eradication in the new normal COVID-19 pandemic
SMEs owners disagreed that skills development programmes is

Table 5: Mean Score on the Factors that Militate against the Effective Application of the Strategies adopted for the
Development of the Informal Sector in North-west Nigeria towards Poverty Eradication in the New Normal COVID-19
Pandemic
SN Factors SMEs Owners SMEs Staff t–
Means Std Mean Std value
1 Negative attitude 2.5605 0.252 3.48 10 0.249 2.77
2 Corruption 4.5736 0.265 4.6274 0.263 1.53
3 High level of illiteracy 3.843 1 0.225 3.8582 0.222 0.59
4 Insecurity 3.7757 0.201 3.7791 0.193 0.15
5 Cultural practices 3.9301 0.177 3.9339 0.198 0.18
6 Religious practice 3.9167 0.152 3.9130 0.171 0.20

The scores as indicated in the table above did not reveal The two groups tend to agree that negative attitude,
much difference in the opinion of the respondents as regards the corruption, high level of illiteracy, insecurity, cultural practices
factors that militate against the effective application of the and religious practices have impact on the effective application
strategies adopted for the development of the informal sector in of the strategies adopted for the development of the informal
North-west Nigeria towards poverty eradication in the new sector in North-west Nigeria towards poverty eradication in the
normal COVID-19 pandemic. new normal COVID-19 pandemic.

Table 6: t-test on the Level of Effect of COVID-19 Pandemic on the Informal Sector in North-West Nigeria by the
Two Groups
Status Mean STD SE t-value DF P-value
Movement Restriction
SMEs owners 45.1434 2.468 0.152 2.88 325 0.006
SMEs staff 46.0968 1.725 0.219
Market Closure
SMEs owners 31.3962 1.512 0.093 1.43 325 0.154
SMEs staff 31.6935 1.313 0.167
Social Distancing
SMEs owners 39.1887 1.631 0.100 0.084 325 0.401
SMEs staff 39.000 1.391 0.177

Note: N = 1459, DF = 325, P>0.05

The observed t-value on the effect of movement SMEs owners are significantly different from the SMEs staff in
restriction by the two groups is 2.88 which is higher than the their opinion on the effect of movement restriction on the
critical value of 1.96 at the same degree of freedom. The informal sector in the North-West, Nigeria. But a look at the
observed level of significance is 0.006 (P < 0.05). On this mean score indicates that both SMEs owners and SMEs staff
premise the hypothesis could be rejected. This means that the agreed that movement restriction has significant impact on the
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |100 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

informal sector in the North-West, Nigeria since all of them The opinion of the SMEs owners and SMEs staff on the
agreed by their mean score on the variable. effect of social distancing on informal sector in the zone did not
On The effect of market closure, there was no differ significantly as indicated in the table. The observed t-
significant difference between the two groups. The observed t- value for the test of difference between the groups is 0.084 while
value (1.43) is lower than the critical value of 1.43 and the the critical value is 0.401 and the observed significant level is
observed significant level 0.154 is higher than 0.05 (P> 0.05). 0.230 (P> 0.05). But the mean scores for the two groups indicate
However, the mean score for both groups indicated that they that they both agreed that social distancing could have some
agreed on the effect of market closure on the informal sector in significant impact on the informal sector.
the North-West, Nigeria.

Table 7: Correlation Analysis

The relationship between the independent variable and the variable while the independent variables were Lockdown,
dependent variable which could result to the poverty of the Movement Restriction, Market Closure, and Social Distancing
informal sector workers is presented here. The variables as the independent variables.
displayed consist of SME's performance as the dependent

Table 8: Pearson Correlation between Variables Lockdown, Movement Restriction, Market Closure, Social
Distancing, and SMEs Performance in North-West, Nigeria

X1 X2 X3 X4 Y
Lockdown (X1) 1 .560** .419** .298** .444**
Movement Restriction (X2) 1 .587** .403** .565**
Market Closure (X3) 1 .497** .570**
Social Distancing (X4) 1 .391**
SMEs Performance (Y) 1
**. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Source: Field Survey (2022)

Table 5 indicates that the COVID-19 variable that had restriction, market closure, and social distancing which could
the highest correlation of 0.570 is Market Closure, which means had affected the poverty level of the informal sector workers
it had the highest positive effect on the informal sector in in the area under study.
North-East geopolitical zone. Variables such as Movement The multiple linear regression model used for the study
Restriction and Lockdown also recorded positive correlation is indicated in mathematical terms as follows: Y = β0+β1LD1 +
values of 0.565 and 0.444 respectively with informal sector β2MR1+ β3MC1 + β4SD1 + µi…………. Eq (1) Where Y =
performance in in North-West geopolitical zone. Lastly, Social Informal sector Performance indicating the state of Small and
Distancing recorded a low positive correlation value of 0.391 Medium Enterprises (DV), LD = Lockdown (IV), MR =
with informal sector performance in the zone. This means that Movement Restriction (IV), MC = Market Closure (IV), and
the informal sector was seriously affected by COVID-19 SD = Social Distancing (IV).
pandemic. The data shows how the informal sector in the
North-West battled with t h e lockdown, movement
Recommendations
CONCLUSION In view of the findings of this study, the following
Findings from the analysis showed that the informal recommendations are made to enhance the development of the
sector was seriously affected the COVID-19 pandemic in the informal sector in North-West Nigeria towards poverty
North-West geopolitical zone leading to the poverty of the eradication in the new normal COVID-19 pandemic:
informal sector workers. Consequently, there were strategies 1. A spike reduction in operations and sales of the
adopted for the development of the informal sector in North- informal sector will metamorphose into cash-trap. This
West Nigeria towards poverty eradication in the new normal would increase the vulnerability of the informal sector
COVID-19 pandemic. These were meant to help the informal in the North-West, Nigeria to other external shocks.
sector workers to regain their balance and get out of the circle Therefore, the State governments in the region should
of poverty that the pandemic plunges them into. set aside emergency fund targeting informal sector in
the zone.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |101 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

2. Deferment of taxes or waiver of taxes, lower interest communicate early with employees on policies and
rate could also be embarked on by the appropriate procedures, changes, engaging with workers’ unions
policy makers in the zone to make informal sector where appropriate.
remain afloat in the new normal COVID-19 pandemic. 6. There is the need for all stakeholders in Nigeria
3. Proactive plans should put in place in anticipation of including government, financial institution, private
events such as COVID-19 that may likely affect the organizations and family members to refocus their
informal sector in the zone. attention on the development of the informal sector
4. The informal sector in North-West, Nigeria should which has the capacity to provide employment to less
adopt online or digital sales and services. privileged individuals.
5. The informal sector in North-West, Nigeria should
improve on their mode of communication, they should

REFERENCES Journal of International Business Policy, 3, 302–310.

1. African Union Commission (2020). Impact of the Corona Virus https://doi.org/10.1057/s42214-020-00059-5 View Article
(Covid-19) on the African Economic. Retrieved from Google Scholar
https://www.tralac.org/news/article/14883-impact-of-the- 14. Guo F., Huang Y., Wang J., & Wang X. (2022). The informal
coronavirus-covid-19-on-the-african-economy.html accessed economy at times of COVID-19 pandemic. China Economic
on 14th May, 2020. Review, 101722.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2021.101722
2. Agyapong D. (2010). Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises. pmid:35058681
Activities Incom Level and Poverty Reduction in Ghana. - A 15. Pitoyo, A., Aditya, B., & Amri, I. (2020). The impacts of
Synthesis of Related Literature. International Journal of COVID-19 pandemic to informal economic sector in
Business and Management, 5(12), pp.196-205 Indonesia: Theoretical and empirical comparison, Retrieved
3. Ajakaiye O. (1998). Conceptualization of Poverty in Nigeria, on 15 June, 2021. E3S Web of Conferences 200, 03014.
Proceedings of the 7th Annual Conference of the Central Bank https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202020003014
of Nigeria Zonal Research Units Makurdi June 8-2 16. IMF (2018). Opportunity for All: Promotion Growth and
4. Anwar, A. I & Amrullahi, A. (2017). The Impact of Financial Inclusiveness in the Middle East and North Africa, July 2018,
inclusion Towards Poverty Reduction Indonesia. Advances in Departmental Paper No.18/11
Economics, Business and Management Research Vol. 40 17. International Labour Organization. (2016) World Employment
5. Auwar, A. Uppun, P & Reviani, I. T. A. (2016). The Role of Social Outlook: Youth Trends for 2016. Geneva: ILO
Financial Inclusion in Poverty Reduction in Indonesia. Journal 18. International Labour Organization. (2018). Women and Men
of Business and management Vol. 18(6), 37-39 in the Informal Economy: A statistical Picture (3rd ed) Geneva:
6. Blattman, C. Green, E.; Jamison, J.; Annan, J. 2014. ILO
Employing and empowering marginalized women: A 19. Loyaza, N, V. (2016) “Informality in the Process of
randomized trial of microenterprise assistance. Development and Growth” The World Economy. 1856-1916’
7. Bryman, A. & Cramer, D. (2006). Quantitative data analysis 20. Okoye, N. (2014), April National development strategy series.
with SPSS 12 and 13: A guide for social scientist. London: He Guardian p. 31
Routledge. 21. Onugu, B. A. N. (2005). Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs)
8. CBN (2013). Federal Government to Float N220bn Fund for in Nigeria: Problems and prospects. PhD Thesis. St. Clemens
Financial Inclusion in Nigeria Central Bank of Nigeria University.
Publication. 34-39. 22. Onyekwena, C., & Ekeruche, M. A. (2020). Understanding the
9. Clark, H. (2013). “Financial inclusion and HIV/AIDS: some impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the Nigerian economy,
issues for consideration for the workshop a micro-finance and Retrieved on 14 June, 2021.
HIV/AIDS”. Journal of Parker, 2(3): 23-26. https://Www.Brookings.Edu/Blog/Africa-in-
10. Grimm, M. Paffhausen, A. 2015. “Do interventions targeted at Focus/2020/04/08/Understanding-the-Impact-of-the-Covid-19-
micro-entrepreneurs and small and medium-sized firms create Outbreak-on-the-Nigerian-Economy/ (Accessed 2.06.2022).
jobs? A systematic review of the evidence for low and middle 23. Sachs, J. (2005). The end of poverty: How we can make it
income countries,; in Labour Economics, Vol. 32, pp 66-85. happen in our lifetime. London: Pendguin Books Ltd.
11. Gunarshi, T, sayellti, F. & Deweuh, R.L (2018). Financial 24. Sanusi L (2011). Financial inclusion for accelerated micro,
inclusion and poverty alleviation: evidence from Indonesia. small and medium enterprises development: The Nigerian
International Journal of Economics, Business and Perspective. Paper Presented at the 2011 Annual Microfinance
Management Research, Vol. 2(3) and Entrepreneurship Awards.
12. Miller, A. (2016). Nexus of financial inclusion, poverty 25. Sanya O & Olumide F. F. (2017). Financial inclusion as an
reduction and growth, Finance for Alli Promoting Financial Effective Tool of Poverty Alleviation: A case of Ekiti State.
Inclusion in West Africa. Washington DC World Bank Group. Journal of Economic and Finance, Vol. 8(4), 01-10
13. Narula R. (2020). Policy opportunities and challenges from the 26. WHO (2022). https://covid19.who.int/ Retrieved on 26 July,
Covid-19 pandemic for economies with large informal sectors. 2022.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |102 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

A REVIEW ON THE FREQUENCY RESTORATION IN A TWO

AREA POWER SYSTEM

Ashok Maruvada1*, Ramana Pilla2

*1
PG Student, GMR Institute of Technology, Rajam, AP.
2
Professor, GMR Institute of Technology, Rajam, AP
*Corresponding Author

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11262

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11262

ABSTRACT
In the process of achieving frequency restoration in multi area multi source, we came across several problems. First one is to place a
controller to maintain and tune the gain parameters of different generation units to get the optimal response by proper optimization
technique to simulate the environment for finding the optimal values. Here we are analyzing the Hybrid Differential Evolution
Pattern Search based Fuzzy PID controller for AGC of multi area power system. In this work, a two area six-unit hydro, thermal,
wind and diesel system were examined. Area-1 consists of hydro + thermal +wind and area-2 consist of hydro +thermal + diesel
which is interlinked with a tie-line. The future scope will be on simulation results which validate the present work of hybrid pattern
search differential evolution (HPS-DE) with other techniques in terms of frequency deviation, tie-line power deviation.
KEY WORDS: Frequency Restoration, Fuzzy PID, HPS-DE, power generation, multi area multi source.

1. INTRODUCTION
The world is fully enlightened throwing darkness aside with the bulk power generation. But power generation requires
much attention with manual as well as automation. Frequency and tie-line power is the main concern in multi area power system,
we have to kept and maintain it within specified limits. The main concern we have to put to get effective result is the selection of
algorithm for tuning the parameters. Getting the optimal values for PID controller to make the system effective and efficient by
the the artificial bee colony (ABC) and differential evolution (DE) are utilized. But artificial bee colony gives better results alone
in both fractional and integer models when compared with differential evolution algorithm [1]. As ABC is a global optimization
technique because of its robustness, fast convergence. It faces some disadvantages of accuracy in optimal values and premature
convergence in later steps. For solving the accuracy problem in getting global optimal value, a chaotic search ABC (CABC) is
proposed for tuning the PID control parameter [2].

2. LITERATURE REVIEW
Pretty Neelam et al. (2020), automatic generation control is responsible for regulating frequency under sudden power demands of
the end users. Present work is analyzed with two test systems. In test system 1: the proposed hybrid teaching and learning based
optimization pattern search algorithm tuned tilted integral derivative controller is better compare to newly published GA/DE
optimized different classical controller for AGC in a deregulated environment. In test system 2: a two area six units system in
deregulation is considered with appropriate boiler dynamics, govern dead band, generation rate constraint and time delay and the
effectiveness of solar thermal power plant is studied in presence of thyristor controlled phase shifter and superconducting
magnetic energy storage devices [3].

Naladi Rambabu et al. (2022), this article determines the optimal location of accurate high voltage direct current (AHVDC) tie
line and energy storage devices (ESD) on system dynamics of three area thermal-precise wind turbine systems (PWTS) under
deregulated scenario. A new controller called fractional order PI and integer order integral derivative with filter is utilized. Their
gains are optimized by a crow search algorithm subjecting to minimization of a performance index named hybrid peak area
integral squared error (HPA-ISE). System responses with parallel AC-AHVDC tie-line, ESD explore better performance and
improves the system dynamics. The optimal location of AHVDC tie-line and ESD are found out in the distributed area.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |103 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Investigation with ESD like RFB, UC, and both are carried out and found that optimal AC-AHVDC system with both RFB and
UC outcomes best [4].

Mohamed Mokhtar et al. (2020), the problem of regulating the actual power of generating units in reaction to the change of the
system frequency and the interchange of patch line power within stated limits is known as load frequency control. The effective
operation of multi area power systems requires the total generation to be equal to the total load demand plus transmission losses.
The goal of the LFC is to reduce the overall fluctuation of the system frequency as soon as possible with the appropriate power
authority to recover the system frequency to its desired value. Objective to design a controller is to improve dynamic response
such as decrease of settling time and overshoot of frequencies and tie-line power deviation [5].

Hassan Bevrani et al. (2020), it deals with a novel heuristic based recurrent Hopfield neural network designed self adaptive PID
controller for automatic PID controller for automatic load frequency control of interconnected hybrid power system. Designing a
self adaptive heuristic particle swarm optimization (PSO) gravitational search algorithm (GSA) based Hopfield neural network
tuned PID and cascade controller for ALFC study of more realistic multi-source hybrid power system. Application of FACTS
devices inimproving the power quality and stability of power system like UPFC which is extensively used in transmission lines
for improving the transient stability, alleviating power oscillations, and providing voltage support to the system [6].

D. K. Chaturvedi et al. (2021), a multi objective optimization-based feature selection with the capability of eliminating features
is implemented to create an efficient day ahead price Forecasting. To increase the forecasting accuracy, a backtracking search
algorithm is applied as an efficient evolutionary search algorithm in the learning procedure of adaptive neuro fuzzy inference
syatem. Investigation over the day ahead price forecasting is based on the price of electricity (POE) data and demand of electricity
(DOE) data in different time intervals [7]. Electricity forecasting techniques :(1) artificial neural network (2) adaptive neuro
fuzzy inference system.

J. L. Willems et al. (2019), here the cascaded ID-PD controller is applied for system dynamics control of a hybrid deregulated
power system. Impact of solar thermal system and geothermal plant on system dynamics. With the presence of superconducting
magnetic energy storage in addition to RES to regulate the system dynamics. For controlling the gains of secondary controller,
Satin bowerbird optimization technique is used here. Sensitivity evaluation for the proposed cascaded ID-PD controller [8].

T. Hiyama et al. (2020), this paper presents a novel optimization model for the calculation of the water value of a hydro power
plant. The coordination between the medium- and short-term generation scheduling in centralized electricity markets has usually
been realized by means of future cost functions that express the expected power supply cost as a function of the systems state at
the end of the short-term scheduling horizon. It works on scheduling medium term generation model for computation of the water
value of a hydropower plant participating as a price taker in the electricity market operated by OMIE and as a price maker in the
reserve market. Optimization process solved by Stochastic dynamic programming [9].

C. S. Chang et al. (2022), it presents a large new scale multi area multi source AGC power system in the restructured
environment with different types of power plants such as thermal power plants with reheat turbine, gas, diesel and hydro power
units. Proposes a new modified virus colony search algorithm based orthogonal learning to enhance the search space ability. It
considers various contracts between Gencos, Transcos and Discos in the restructured regime with different types of unexpected
conditions. Some of the Discos may violate their contract to increase their profit, therefore this violation should be added as extra
load demand on local areas [10].

S. Bhowmik et al. (2004), a two area multi source power system comprised of thermal hydro wind units in each area is proposed
to make scheme more realistic by considering non linearities such as GRC, GDB AND TD. For frequency regulation, a novel
controller based on fractional order approach is proposed. To tune fractional order based TID controller parameters using Salp
Swarm algorithm in a hybrid power system. The robust analysis of the controller is done for a wide range of variation of ±50 % in
all system parameters and variation in time delay values. RFB helps in enhancing system performances in terms of reduced
overshoot, undershoot with lesser settling time [11].

X. Yu and K. Tomosovic et al. (2004), this paper investigates the problem of event-triggered H∞ load frequency control (LFC)
for multiarea power systems under hybrid cyber attacks, including denial-of-service (DoS) attacks and deception attacks. An
event-triggered transmission scheme is developed under the DoS attacks to lighten the load of network bandwidth while
preserving a satisfactory system performance. Then, a new switched system model accounting for the simultaneous presence of
DoS attacks and stochastic deception attacks is established with respect to the LFC for multiarea power system [12].

3. METHODS and DEVELOPMENT

Initially individual power plants were going to supply the power upto large extent but with the increasing capacity and usage of
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |104 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

power, we ran into deficit power supply. So adapting multi area multi source [13] environments, there will be less scarcity of
power demand. Here we are developing a two area five-unit power system as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Block diagram of A Two Area Power System

In this two-area power system, generation of power from five units which are hydro, thermal, gas from area1 and thermal, hydro
from area2 respectively. These two areas are interlinked with a tie line as shown above. As we are analyzing this system for
maintaining frequency and tie-line power within specified limits, effective selection of algorithm with efficient controller is
compulsory. From the literature review, it is better to use a hybrid pattern search- differential evolution (HPS-DE) based fuzzy
PID for better dynamic response and fast convergence.

3.1 Fuzzy Proportional Integral Derivative Controller

Fuzzy logical approach uses artificial intelligence for error detection and correction. But it lacks a systematic design process, and
improper tuning of parameters may lead to the divergence of system stability. Taking all these considerations into account, the
fuzzy PID controller [14] was chosen here to solve the AGC problem. The structure of the fuzzy PID is shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Structure of Fuzzy PID

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |105 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

3.2 Hybrid Pattern Search- Differential Evolution Algorithm

In the current work, an effort has been prepared to analyze a hybrid DE method and PS technique to tune the controller parameters
which is shown in below figure - 3.

Figure 3: Flow Chart of HPS-DE

Differential Evolution (DE) technique [15] is a straightforward, capable, but effective technique and applied to numerous design
problems. It gives remarkable performance for dynamic, multi-objective, constraint problems. Four main steps of differential
evaluation are, namely initialization, mutation, crossover and selection. The PS method [16] is an easy concept, simple to realize
and computationally competent. The PS method calculates a series of spots that could or could not come up to the finest position.
The method initiates by a set of positions named mesh, about the original positions. The original positions or present positions are
offered through the DE method. So the hybrid pattern search- differential evolution algorithm performs iterations and gives the
optimal values.

4. NEED for FREQUENCY RESTORATION

All the loads in industries and utensils are manufactured to work under specified power ratings in terms of frequency, current and
voltage. If ever the power supply varies from the generation side, then the loads consuming the power will go unstable and system
will face severe malfunction [17]. So, there must be attention to maintain frequency deviation within specified limits [18]. For that
purpose, effective controlling mechanisms need to be addressed in terms of obtaining fast convergence, robustness, accuracy in
optimum values.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |106 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

5. CONCLUSION
Frequency restoration helps in maintaining the frequency within specified limits with fast restoration capability. It will be
implemented in all generation systems as well as distribution systems. Now a days power generation takes place from different
sources like renewable and non-renewable as power demand is increasing day by day. So not only keeping concern on generation
but also in maintain and avoiding malfunctions in distributing as it going to affect end users severely. Then dynamic responses
need to be improved in terms of frequency deviation and tie-line power deviation. From the analysis, there will be a much scope in
avoiding frequency deviation and tie-line power deviation by using hybrid pattern search differential evolution (HPS-DE) based
fuzzy PID controller in two area power system.

REFERENCES
1. Senberber, Halit, and Aytekin Bagis. "ABC Algorithm Based System Modelling for Tuning the Fractional Order PID Controllers."
Elektronika ir Elektrotechnika 24.5 (2018): 3-9.
2. Yan, Gaowei, and Chuangqin Li. "An effective refinement artificial bee colony optimization algorithm based on chaotic search and
application for PID control tuning." Journal of Computational Information Systems 7.9 (2011): 3309-3316.
3. Khamari, Dillip, et al. "Automatic generation control of power system in deregulated environment using hybrid TLBO and pattern
search technique." Ain Shams Engineering Journal 11.3 (2020): 553-573.
4. Babu, Naladi Ram, and Lalit Chandra Saikia. "Optimal location of accurate HVDC and energy storage devices in a deregulated AGC
integrated with PWTS considering HPA-ISE as performance index." Engineering Science and Technology, an International Journal 33
(2022): 101072.
5. Ranjan, Mrinal, and Ravi Shankar. "A literature survey on load frequency control considering renewable energy integration in power
system: Recent trends and future prospects." Journal of Energy Storage 45 (2022): 103717.
6. Veerasamy, Veerapandiyan, et al. "Design of single-and multi-loop self-adaptive PID controller using heuristic based recurrent
neural network for ALFC of hybrid power system." Expert Systems with Applications 192 (2022): 116402.
7. Pourdaryaei, Alireza, et al. "Recent Development in Electricity Price Forecasting Based on Computational Intelligence Techniques in
Deregulated Power Market." Energies 14.19 (2021): 6104.
8. Farooq, Zahid, et al. "Power generation control of renewable energy-based hybrid deregulated power system." Energies 15.2 (2022):
517.
9. Pérez-Díaz, Juan I., et al. "Medium-term scheduling of a hydropower plant participating as a price-maker in the automatic frequency
restoration reserve market." Electric Power Systems Research 185 (2020): 106399.
10. Ghasemi-Marzbali, Ali. "Multi-area multi-source automatic generation control in deregulated power system." Energy 201 (2020):
117667.
11. Sharma, Mandeep, et al. "Optimal fractional-order tilted-integral-derivative controller for frequency stabilization in hybrid power
system using salp swarm algorithm." Electric Power Components and Systems 48.18 (2021): 1912-1931.
12. Yu, Xiaofeng, and Kevin Tomsovic. "Application of linear matrix inequalities for load frequency control with communication delays."
IEEE transactions on power systems 19.3 (2004): 1508-1515.
13. Parmar, KP Singh, S. Majhi, and D. P. Kothari. "LFC of an interconnected power system with multi-source power generation in
deregulated power environment." International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems 57 (2014): 277-286.
14. Sahu, Rabindra Kumar, Sidhartha Panda, and Narendra Kumar Yegireddy. "A novel hybrid DEPS optimized fuzzy PI/PID controller
for load frequency control of multi-area interconnected power systems." Journal of Process Control 24.10 (2014): 1596-1608.
15. Fan, Shimeng, Xihua Xie, and Xuanyi Zhou. "Optimum manipulator path generation based on improved differential evolution
constrained optimization algorithm." International Journal of Advanced Robotic Systems 16.5 (2019): 1729881419872060.
16. Sahu, Rabindra Kumar, Sidhartha Panda, and Pratap Chandra Pradhan. "Design and analysis of hybrid firefly algorithm-pattern
search based fuzzy PID controller for LFC of multi area power systems." International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems
69 (2015): 200-212.
17. Christie, Richard D., and Anjan Bose. "Load frequency control issues in power system operations after deregulation." IEEE
Transactions on Power systems 11.3 (1996): 1191-1200.
18. Parmar, KP Singh, S. Majhi, and D. P. Kothari. "Load frequency control of a realistic power system with multi-source power
generation." International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems 42.1 (2012): 426-433.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |107 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

A RAPID NOVEL ANALYTICAL METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUS

ESTIMATION OF GRAZOPREVIR AND ELBASVIR BY USING
RP-HPLC

Vankudoth Kavitha1, Usha Kondla2, P.V Pavan Kumar3, Gopi Swapna4

1,2,3,4
Avanthi Institute of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Approved by AICTE, PCI, NAAC, JNTUH, Gunthapally, Hayathnagar,
Hyderabad-501512

ABSTRACT
The current investigation described a sensitive, selective, precise and accurate RP-HPLC method with photodiode array detector for the
simultaneous estimation of antiviral drugs, grazoprevir and elbasvir. The separation and analysis were done on Sunsil C18 analytical
column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 μ particle size). 0.1M NaH2PO4: methanol [60:40 v/v] in isocratic elution mode was used as mobile
phase. The pH of the mobile was adjusted to 4.0 with orthophosphoric acid. The elution of grazoprevir and elbasvir was accomplished
with a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min. Detection was performed with photodiode array detector set at a wavelength of 260 nm. The detector
response was linear in the concentration of 25-75 μg/ml for elbasvir and 50-150 μg/ml for grazoprevir. The limit of detection and limit of
quantitation values were found to be 0.137 μg/ml and 0. 574 μg/ml for elbasvir and 0.290 μg/ml and 0.968 μg/ml for grazoprevir,
respectively. The method was validated following international conference on harmonization guidelines. The percentage recovery for
grazoprevir and elbasvir were found to be in the range of 100.08%-100.45% and 99.60%-100.06%, respectively. The %RSD values are
0.130% and 0.161% for grazoprevir and elbasvir, respectively. The results of validation parameters were found in the acceptance range.
The present investigation concluded that the RP-HPLC method with photodiode array detector method was selective for simultaneous
estimation of elbasvir and grazoprevir in combined dosage form.
KEYWORD: Elbasvir , Grazoprevir , Method Development,RP-HPLC.

INTRODUCTION
Grazoprevir is a NS3/4A protease inhibitor used against different hepatitis C virus genotype variants [1]. Grazoprevir belongs
to second generation hepatitis C virus protease inhibitor [2]. By inhibiting NS3/4A protease enzyme, grazoprevir stops the conversion
of viral polyprotein into its functional proteins. Elbasvir is a NS5A protein inhibitor used in the treatment of hepatitis C viral infection
[3]. NS5A is a protein important for replication of virus and assembly of virion. The combination of elbasvir with grazoprevir was
approved by FDA in 2016 in the treatment of chronic Hepatitis C virus genotypes 1 and 4 [4].
The combination of elbasvir with grazoprevir is not listed official in any pharmacopoeia. Only few methods are found in the
literature for the quantification of elbasvir and grazoprevir either individually or in combination. Haiyan et al., [5] established an ultra
performance liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry method for the quantification of elbasvir in rat plasma using
deuterated elbasvir as internal standard. The separation and analysis was achieved with an UPLC BEH C18 column. The mobile phase
consisted of acetonitrile–water (containing 5 mM ammonium acetate with 0.01% acetic acid, pH 4.5) at a flow rate of 0.3 ml/min for 3
min in gradient elution mode. This method was applied to the pharmacokinetics study of elbasvir in rats. Haritha et al., [6] described a
liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry method for estimation of grazoprevir and elbasvir simultaneously in human
plasma. Agilent TC-C18 (4.6 x 75 mm, 3.5 μm, 80 Å) column as stationary phase and acetonitrile: 5 mM ammonium acetate (80:20
v/v) as mobile phase was used for the analysis. Akram [7] determinate elbasvir and grazoprevir in bulk and in its pharmaceutical
dosage forms using an RP-HPLC method. The separation and analysis are performed using Ineertsil ODS column (4.6 ×2 50 mm, 5
µm). Acetonitrile and phosphate buffer (pH 3) in the ratio of 40:60 ( v/v) with a flow rate of 1 ml\min was used.
The methods of Haiyan et al., [5] and Haritha et al., [6] were not applied to the quantification of elbasvir and grazoprevir in
bulk and pharmaceutical dosage forms. Though the RP-HPLC method of Akram [7] was applied to pharmaceutical dosage forms, this
method has disadvantages such as less sensitive, less precise increased retention time of drugs. The present study was aimed to
develop a cost effective, sensitive and fully validated RP-HPLC method with photodiode array detection method for the simultaneous
determination of elbasvir and grazoprevir in bulk and pharmaceutical dosage forms.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |108 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

EXPERIMENTAL
Mobile phase
All the solvents and chemicals are used in the preparation of mobile phase were of HPLC grade and analytical grade,
respectively. 0.1 M NaH2PO4 and methanol (Merck India Ltd., Mumbai) in the ratio of 60:40 (v/v) was used as mobile phase.
NaH2PO4 solution (0.1M) was prepared by dissolving 12 g of NaH 2PO4 (Sd. Fine Chemicals Ltd., Mumbai) in 300 ml of double
distilled water in a 1000 ml volumetric flask and made up to the volume with the same solvent. pH of the mobile phase was corrected
to 4.0 with dilute orthophoshoric acid (Sd. Fine Chemicals Ltd., Mumbai). Before use, the mobile phase was filtered through millipore
membrane filter and degassed for 15 min.

Instrumentation and chromatographic conditions

Waters 2695 alliance with binary HPLC pump coupled with Waters 2998 PDA detector and Waters Empower2 software was
used. Sunsil C18 analytical column (250 x 4.6 mm; 5 µm particle size) was used for separation and analysis of elbasvir and
grazoprevir. The temperature of the column was maintained at 25±2oC. Isocratic elution with 1.2 ml/min as flow rate was used. The
injection volume was 10 μl. The eluents were detected at 260 nm.

Standard solutions
Elbasvir and grazoprevir reference standard samples were obtained from Lara drugs pvt Ltd. (Hyderabad, Telangana, India).
50 mg of elbasvir and 100 mg of grazoprevir was dissolved in 100 ml of mobile phase in a 100 ml volumetric flask to prepare the
stock standard solution. Working standard solutions in the concentrations 25, 37.5, 50, 62.5 and 75 μg/ml of elbasvir and 50, 75, 100,
125 and 150 μg/ml of grazoprevir was prepared from stock solution by aptly diluting the stock solution with the mobile phase.

Calibration curve
10 μl of each of the working standard solutions was injected automatically into the column (n=3) under the chromatographic
conditions described. The chromatograms and the peak area response of selected drugs were recorded. The calibration curve was
constructed by plotting the mean peak area vs concentration of analyte (μg/ml). The results of each drug were subjected to regression
analysis to compute the regression equation and regression coefficients.

Assay of elbasvir and grazoprevir content in tablet dosage form:

Zepatier tablets (labeled to contain 50 mg of elbasvir and 100 mg of grazoprevir) are used. Ten tablets were weighed,
powdered and an accurate weight of the powder corresponding to 50 mg of elbasvir and 100 mg of grazoprevir was transferred to a
100 ml volumetric flask. The analytes were extracted with 30 ml of mobile phase in an ultrasonic bath for 30 min. The resulting
solution was diluted to volume with the mobile phase then filtered through a membrane filter (0.45 μm pore size). One ml of tablet
sample solution prepared was diluted to 10 ml with mobile phase in a 10 ml volumetric flask. The resulting tablet sample solution
contains 50 μg and 100 μg of elbasvir and grazoprevir, respectively. The solution thus prepared was filtered using membrane filter and
then analyzed as described in the section “calibration curve”. The content of grazoprevir and elbasvir in the tablets were obtained
either the calibration curve or regression equation.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

High performance liquid chromatography method parameters optimization
In order to achieve good resolution, better sensitivity, good symmetric peak shape for selected drugs several trails were
conducted to optimize the chromatographic method parameters (analytical column, composition of the mobile phase, pH, flow rate
and analytical wavelength). 0.1 M NaH2PO4 and methanol in different ratios and with different pH were tested. The best separation
was obtained on Sunsil C18 (250 x 4.6 mm; 5 µm particle size) using a 0.1 M NaH 2PO4 and methanol in the ratio of 60:40 (v/v) with
pH 4.0 as mobile phase pumped with a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min. The column temperature was set at 25±2°C. The maximum response
of grazoprevir and elbasvir together was detected at 260 nm and the same wavelength was chosen for the analysis. Using the above
described conditions, the retention times for elbasvir and grazoprevir was observed to be 2.853 min and 3.882 min respectively
(Figure 1). Total run time of analysis was 6 min.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |109 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Figure 1: Chromatogram of Elbasvir and Grazoprevir by the Developed Method.

HPLC method validation

Method validation was done in accordance with ICH recommendation [8].

System suitability
Chromatographic parameters associated to the developed method must pass the system suitability limits before the analysis of
sample. The relative standard deviation for peak area of drugs, relative standard deviation for retention time of drugs peak response,
theoretical plates, resolution and tailing factor for elbasvir and grazoprevir peaks was evaluated using a working standard solution (50
and 100 μg/ml of elbasvir and grazoprevir, respectively). The results (Table 1) pledge the adequacy of the proposed method for
routine analysis of grazoprevir and elbasvir simultaneously.

Table 1: System Suitability Results.

Parameters Elbasvir Grazoprevir Recommended limits

Retention time 2.843 3.875 RSD ≤2
(%RSD – 0.435) (%RSD – 0.344)
Peak area 2299022 2778077 RSD ≤2
(%RSD – 0.082) (%RSD – 1.008)
USP resolution - 7.524 > 1.5
USP plate count 9723 10709 > 2000
USP tailing factor 1.370 1.294 ≤2

Selectivity
The selectivity study was assessed to verify the absence of interference by the components of mobile phase and tablet
excipients. For this study, solutions of working standard (50 μg/ml-elbasvir; 100-μg/ml of grazoprevir), tablet sample (50 μg/ml-
elbasvir; 100-μg/ml of grazoprevir), placebo blank (contains the tablet excipients and devoid of drugs) and mobile phase blank were
injected into the chromatographic system. The chromatograms obtained are shown in Figure 2. The chromatogram confirmed the
specificity of the method, because there were no peaks at the retention time of selected drugs in the chromatogram of mobile phase
blank and placebo blank. The retention time of selected drug combination in the chromatograms of standard solution and tablet sample
solution were almost same.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |110 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Figure 2: Chromatograms of selectivity studies.

Linearity and sensitivity (Limits of detection and quantification)

Table 2 presents the equation of the regression line, regression coefficient (R2), slope and intercept for each drug. Excellent
linearity with good regression coefficient was found between the peak area and concentration. The linearity was found in the range of
25-75 μg/ml and 50-150 μg/ml for elbasvir and grazoprevir, respectively. The high R2 value was indicative of good linearity.
The limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantitation (LOQ) represents the sensitivity of the method. they were calculated
based on the signal-to-noise ratio. LOD and LOQ were demonstrated by five injections of elbasvir and grazoprevir at concentrations
of LOD and LOQ. The results presented in the Table 2 indicated the satisfactory sensitivity of the method for the assay of elbasvir and
grazoprevir. The chromatograms of selected drug combination at LOD and LOQ levels are shown in Figure 3.

Table 2: Linearity and sensitivity results.

Drug Regression equation Regression coefficient (R2) LOD LOQ

(Y = m X + c) (μg/ml) (μg/ml)
Elbasvir y = 45916x + 2322 0.9998 0.137 0.457
Grazoprevir y = 27804x - 1757 0.9996 0.290 0.968
X = Concentration (μg/ml); Y=Area; m=slope; c=intercept.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |111 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Figure 3: Chromatograms of elbasvir and grazoprevir at LOD and LOQ levels.

Precision
The precision of the method was checked by injecting elbasvir and grazoprevir standard solution 6 times at the 50 μg/ml and
100 μg/ml concentration level. The method precision was expressed as % RSD and found to be 0.161% and 0.130% for elbasvir and
grazoprevir, respectively (Table 3). The low percent RSD values indicated the precision of the method.

Table 3: Method Precision Results.

Elbasvir Grazoprevir
Peak area Peak area
2299045 Mean peak 2778843 Mean peak
2292669 area: 2774658 area:
2297777 2296191 2778971 2777029
2299705 2779893
2291795 %RSD: 2779769 %RSD:
2299011 0.161 2771858 0.130
Accuracy
A standard working solution containing elbasvir and grazoprevir, at concentration level 50 μg/ml and 100 μg/ml, respectively
was prepared. The prepared standards were injected 6 times in the HPLC system as a test sample. From the respective peak area
counts, the concentrations of elbasvir and grazoprevir were calculated using the detector responses. The accuracy represented in terms
of percentage recovery is listed in Table 4. The good percent recovery values indicated the accuracy of the method.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |112 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Table 3: Method Accuracy Results.

Elbasvir Grazoprevir
Concentration Recovery (%) Concentration Recovery (%)
taken (μg/ml) taken(μg/ml)
50 99.20 Mean 100 99.53 Mean recovery(%):
50 98.93 recovery(%): 100 99.38 99.47
50 99.15 99.10 100 99.53
50 99.23 100 99.57 %RSD:
50 98.89 %RSD: 100 99.56 0.120
50 99.20 0.150 100 99.28

The accuracy of the proposed method was again established by recovery studies through standard addition method. For this,
the preanalyzed sample solution was spiked with known concentration of elbasvir and grazoprevir at 3 diverse concentration levels
(50%, 100% and 150%). The percentage recovery data presented in Table 5 show that the proposed method was accurate and the
excipients present in tablets did not obstruct the assay of elbasvir and grazoprevir.

Table 5: Recovery Study Results.

Spiked level Elbasvir Grazoprevir
(%) Added Found Recovery Mean (%) Added Found Recovery Mean (%)
(µg/ml) (µg/ml) (%) (µg/ml) (µg/ml) (%)
24.75 24.70 99.79 49.50 49.51 100.02
50 24.75 24.62 99.49 99.66 49.50 49.60 100.19 100.08
24.75 24.67 99.69 49.50 49.51 100.02
49.50 49.57 100.13 99.00 99.26 100.26
100 49.50 49.41 99.81 100.01 99.00 99.56 100.57 100.42
49.50 49.54 100.08 99.00 99.43 100.43
74.25 74.23 99.98 148.50 149.14 100.43
150 74.25 74.28 100.04 100.06 148.50 149.24 100.50 100.45
74.25 74.36 100.15 148.50 149.14 100.43

Robustness
The method robustness was established at a concentration of 50 μg/ml (elbasavir) and 100 μg/ml (grazoprevir). To measure
the method robustness, the chromatographic conditions were deliberately varied. The studied parameters were: column temperature
(±2°C) and flow rate (±0.1). The system suitability parameters were determined to reveal the method robustness. The results shown in
Table 6 indicated that the minute change in the chromatographic conditions did not notably affect the system suitability. Thus, the
method is robust.
Table 5: Results of method robustness.
Parameter Retention time Peak area USP plate USP USP
count Tailing resolution
Elbasvir
Flow rate – 1.1 ml/min 3.572 2841800 10645 1.44 -
Flow rate – 1.3 ml/min 2.384 1898190 9087 1.35 -
Column temperature-23oC 3.576 2855300 10744 1.39 -
Column temperature-27oC 2.387 1897586 9256 1.36 -
Grazoprevir
Flow rate – 1.1 ml/min 4.815 3479251 11932 1.35 7.64
Flow rate – 1.3 ml/min 3.233 2272806 9903 1.24 7.14
Column temperature-23oC 4.822 3486149 11888 1.31 7.64
Column temperature-27oC 3.236 2303683 9810 1.25 7.14

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |113 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CONCLUSION
The RP-HPLC photodiode array detector system with C18 reversed phase column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 m) was used in this
investigation. NaH2PO4 (0.1M) and methanol in the ratio of 60:40 (v/v) with a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min was selected as the mobile
phase. Analytical wavelength of 260 nm was used. The method validation was performed following the guidelines of the International
Conference on Harmonization and the results of validation parameters were found to be within the acceptance criteria. The
components of mobile phase and common tablet excipients did not interfere with the assay. Therefore, the present RP-HPLC method
can be helpful for estimating the concentration of elbasvir and grazoprevir simultaneously in tablet dosage forms in quality control
laboratories.

REFERENCES
1. Summa V, Ludmerer SW, McCauley JA, Fandozzi C, Burlein C, et al. MK-5172, a selective inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3/4a protease
with broad activity across genotypes and resistant variants. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2012; 56 (8): 4161-4167.
2. Gentile I, Buonomo AR, Borgia F, Zappulo E, Castaldo G, Borgia G. MK-5172 : a second-generation protease inhibitor for the treatment
of hepatitis C virus infection. Expert Opin Investig. Drugs. 2014; 23 (5): 719-728.
3. Coburn CA, Meinke PT, Chang W, Fandozzi CM, Graham DJ, Hu B, et al. Discovery of MK-8742: an HCV NS5A inhibitor with broad
genotype activity. Chem Med Chem. 2013; 8 (12): 1930–1940.
4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. https://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm483828.htm.
5. Haiyan L, Hongjiang X, Wei S, Yinsheng Z, Sen Y, Xin H. Validated UPLC/MS/MS assay for quantitative bioanalysis of elbasvirin rat
plasma and application to pharmacokinetic study. J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 2016; 1015- 1016: 150–156.
6. Haritha P, Rao BS, Sunandamma Y. Picogram level quantification of grazoprevir and elbasvir with deuterated internal standards in
human plasma samples by LC–ESI-MS/MS. Indian J Pharm Educ. 2016; 50 (4): 612-619.
7. NMD Akram. A new validated RP-HPLC method for the determination of elbasvir and grazoprevir in its bulk and pharmaceutical dosage
forms. Int J Chem Pharma Anal. 2017; 4 (3): in press.
8. ICH Validation of analytical procedures; Text and methodology; Q2(R1), International Conference on Harmonization, 2005.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |114 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

AN EMPIRICAL STUDY ON LIFE INSURANCE

POLICYHOLDERS AND INNOVATIONS IN INSURANCE
SECTOR: WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INDIA

Dr.Prasad Mahale1, Dr. C.K Hebbar2

1
Assistant Professor,Institute of Management and Commerce,
Srinivas University, Mangalore, Karnataka, India.
2
Research Guide, Institute of Management and Commerce, Srinivas University, Mangalore,
Karnataka, India.

ABSTRACT
In India, insurance has a deep-rooted history. Since 2001, tremendous changes have been observed in the approximately two
hundred years old insurance sector. Digitalization, E-insurance, etc. are the new concepts in this sector. The study is explorative; an
attempt has been made to identify the level of awareness of life insurance policyholders regarding the innovations in the life
insurance sector.
KEYWORDS: Awareness of policyholders, Digitalisation, E-insurance

INTRODUCTION
The insurance sector was opened up in the year 1999 facilitating the entry of private players into the industry. With an
annual growth rate of 24.31 percent and the largest number of life insurance policies in force, the potential of the Indian Insurance
industry is huge. (Pal. et al 2007) Since the opening up of the market, the insurance industry has experienced a lot of innovations
in every aspect starting from converting from “monopoly to perfect competition”. At present, the insurance sector is in a
transformative stage. E-insurance, digitalization, online sales, and repository systems are some examples of innovations taking
place in the insurance sector. All innovations are the bridges between insurance companies and customers, which helps to come
together and to have a long-term relationship
This study empirically shows the awareness of life insurance policyholders towards innovations in the insurance sector as
well as the impact of such innovations on insurance policyholders of Mangalore city. In Mangalore, almost all life insurance
companies have their branches.

LITERATURE REVIEW
Darzi (2012) stated that the insurance industry in India has witnessed a paradigm shift in a relatively short period since
liberalization. Sharma (2012) specified that any new technology implemented needs to be customer focused. IT implementations
should help customers minimize their effort in dealing with insurance companies. Sahu (2015) stated that the availability of
increased capital flow(due to FDI) will enable insurers to increase penetration, with the availability of improved technology
through foreign companies, reduced cost, and good practices. Vyas (2015) stated that innovative plans, electronic insurance, and
minimal role of agents have contributed to the modernization of the insurance industry in India. Horvath (2015), had the opinion
that digitalization helps companies to identify external market developments and trends in both their industries and those of
others, through the use of algorithm-based analysis and interpretations of the extensive range of information, and to identify and
react early to changes in customer behavior.

CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
In recent years both insurance companies, as well as customers, are moving towards innovations related to technology.
These innovations are considered as Fourth Industrial Revolution. Digitalization is a process where the entire system transforms
into digital. Even though, little late, insurance has adopted digitalization in all activities like administration, distribution, etc.
Online purchase of policies is a system where customers can buy directly from companies through self-operated websites
of insurance companies.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |115 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

E- insurance is a concept where policyholders keep their policies in dematerialized form. An electronic insurance policy is
a policy document in which an evidence of insurance contract is issued by an insurer and digitally signed, issued in an electronic
form.
A repository is a storage system where policies are converted from paper form to digital form. At present in India, there are
four repository systems.

Digitalisation

On-line purchase

E-insurance

OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The present study has two-fold objectives which are listed as follows:
i. To ascertain the level of awareness of life insurance policyholders towards the innovation of the life insurance
sector
ii. To know the impact of innovations in the life insurance field on life insurance policyholders
iii. To give any suggestion if any, based on a study

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
To achieve the objectives of the study an appropriate methodology has been adopted. The present study is exploratory
research. The study was limited to Mangalore city. A convenient sampling method was adopted to select the sample. A structured
questionnaire with distributed to 75 policyholders which include policyholders of both public as well as private insurance
companies. Out of that 60, filled-in questionnaires were received. (80% was the response rate)The percentage method was used to
analyze the data. Secondary data has been collected from journals published by IRDA and other magazines and books, reports,
and other secondary sources like UGC-Inflibnet, lib, etc.

ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

Table1: Demography of the respondents
Gender Male 33 55%
Female 27 45%
Total 60 100%
Age <30 10 17%
31-40 24 40%
41-50 17 28%
51> 09 15%
Total 60 100%
Educational Up to S.S.L.C 06 10%
Qualification
P.U.C 08 13%
Degree 30 50%
Post-graduation 16 27%
Total 60 100%
Occupation Agriculture 02 03.3%
Employed 26 43.3%
Self-employed 21 35%
Home-maker 11 18.3%
Total 60 100%
Company in Public 32 53%
which policy Private 28 47%
purchased Total 60 100%
Source: Primary Data
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |116 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Table 1 reveals the demography of the respondents. Out of 60 respondents, 55% are male and the remaining 45% are female. It
also reflects that out of 60 respondents 17% are aged below 30 years, 40% of the respondents are in the age group of 31-40 years,
28% are in the age group of41-50and 15% are in the 51 and above category. From this, it is understood that more number of
respondents are aged between 31-40 years of age. Educational qualification of respondents shows that 10% of the respondents are
having S.S.L.C or below education.13% of the respondents completed P.U.C, 50% have a degree and 27% have post-graduation
qualifications. It is observed that education level is high in Mangalore city. Out of the sample of 60 respondents, 3.3% are
agriculturists, 43.3% are employed (both government as well as private), 35% are self-employed and 18.3% are homemakers. It
shows the majority of the respondents are employed. The last part of the table shows the type of company from which
respondents have purchased the policy. It shows that 53% of the respondents have purchased a policy from LIC and 47% from
other private life insurance companies.

i. The level of awareness of life insurance policyholders towards the innovation of the life insurance sector
Table2: Table showing the awareness of policyholders towards innovations in the insurance sector
Parameters / Response Yes (%) No (%)
Awareness regarding usage of 51 85% 09 15%
computers, mobile and social
media in insurance
Awareness regarding the online 43 72% 17 28%
purchase of the policy
Awareness regarding E- 15 25% 45 75%
insurance
Source: Primary Data
The above table shows that the majority(85%) of respondents are aware of the usage of computers, mobile and social media in
insurance. Among these respondents, policyholders of private insurance companies are more. These respondents told that they
receive SMS from the insurance company or agents regarding premium payments. They also told that they saw the use of
computers in insurance branches. Responses regarding the online purchase of policy majority (72%) of the respondents are aware.
The third question in the section is regarding E-insurance. Of this majority of the respondents are not aware. Only 25% of the
respondents told they heard about the concept. Awareness is more in the young generation, who are aged below 40 as well as
among the respondents who qualified Degree.

ii. To know the impact of innovations in the life insurance field on life insurance policyholders
Table 3: Table showing the impact of innovations in the life insurance field on life insurance policyholders
Parameters Yes (%) No (%) No idea (%)
Ease of operation 30 50% 15 25% 15 25%
Transparency 36 60% 05 8.3% 19 31.7%
Quality of service 32 53.3% 04 6.7% 24 40%
Source: Primary Data

The above table shows the response for three parameters such as ease of operation, transparency, and quality of service. For the
question regarding ease of operation due to innovations adopted in the insurance field, the majority of the respondents (50%) felt
there is the ease of operation. 25% ticked for option no idea. The same number of respondents felt there is no ease of operation.
For the next parameter, transparency, the majority (60%) ticked for option „yes‟. A majority felt that because of innovations there
is less chance of mis-spelling and false promises.31.7% of respondents ticked for „no idea‟. Regarding the quality of service,
53.3% responded positively.40% of respondents ticked for „no idea‟ and 6.7% of respondents felt there is no improvement in the
quality of service. For all three parameters, many respondents didn‟t have any idea about the impact of innovations in the
insurance sector.

FINDINGS OF THE STUDY

 The majority (85%) of respondents are aware of the usage of computers, mobile and social media in insurance.
 The majority (72%) of the respondents are aware of online purchases of the life insurance policy.
 Only 25% of the respondents are aware of E-insurance.
 The majority of the respondents (50%) felt there is ease of operation due to digitalization (includes SMS, use of computer
and internet, etc.)
 60% of respondents agreed there is transparency, after the implementation of innovations.
 53.3% of respondents felt there is an improvement in the quality of service due to innovations in the insurance sector.
 Many respondents are unaware of the innovations as well as the impact of such innovations.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |117 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

SUGGESTIONS
Insurance companies, as well as IRDA, can think about
 Awareness camps for their customers regarding the innovations adopted in the insurance sector.
 Awareness programs can be arranged in colleges as well as in gram panchayat or ward meetings as these innovations lead
to saving time as well as the environment leading to realizing the dream of paperless communication and a cashless
economy.

CONCLUSION
In this less cash, high technology world not updating makes one, fall behind. Insurance penetration can be increased by
creating proper awareness and education regarding innovations in the insurance sector. These innovations make a customer self-
reliant, which is beneficial for both insurance companies and customers.

LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY AND SCOPE FOR FURTHER RESEARCH

The present study is limited to Mangalore city and was conducted for three months. The sample size is also limited to 60.
The study has used only percentages as a tool of statistics. Hence future studies can be made by covering a larger area for an
extended period with more samples, which may result in better information.

REFERENCES
1. Darzi, TanveerAhmad(2012), Financial Performance of Insurance Industry in Post Liberalization Era in India. Retrieved from
http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in
2. Horvath and partners (2015), White Paper: The Impacts of Digitization on the Management of Insurance Companies Steering
Business in a Digital World. Retrieved from www.horvath-partners.com
3. Sahu, B.K. (2015), FDI in Insurance Industry in the Context of Universalization of Social Security, IRDA JOURNAL, Vol.13, No.3,
pp3-4
4. Sharma. B.S. (2012), Basic Principles of Insurance, Applications, and Practices, (pp. 278-279), Delhi; Vista International Publishing
House
5. Vyas. Muktak (2015), A Study of Recent Trends in Insurance Industry, Indian Journal of Applied Research, Vol.5, Issue 9, pp.348-350

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |118 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

THE MAIN FEATURES OF GENDER LINGUISTICS

Haqberdiyeva Gulrux Tolibovna

Lecturer at Samarkand State Institute of Foreign Languages

ANNOTATION
This article provides information about the main characteristics of gender performance. In addition, in this article it is also
discussed the types of gender linguistics. The study of gender in the field of linguoculturology makes it possible to distinguish the
ethno-cultural characteristics of the language, as well as to determine the specific characteristics of the national mentality. In
addition to the fact that its research methodology has a general philosophical basis, the methods of analysis also change according to
the emergence of new trends.
KEYWORDS: Gender linguistics, intersectoral communication, linguistic phenomenon, psycholinguistic research.

As in any field of science, gender linguistics is currently evolving in a number of areas based on different
methodological principles.
N.Z.Nasrullaeva notes that three main approaches are popular in the study of problems related to the fact
that men and women have specific indicators of speech movements [Nasrullaeva 2016: 14-16].
1. The first is the pure gender approach, which aims to shed light on the social nature of male and female
languages.
2. In the second approach, called sociopsycholinguistic, male and female languages are limited to identifying
indicators of linguistic behavior. The most important thing for linguists conducting research in this area is to collect
statistical data and determine the averages. Based on this information, a psycholinguistic theory of the specifics of
male and female speech activity is formed.
3. Representatives of the third direction focus on identifying the cognitive aspect of differences in the
linguistic activity of men and women. They seek not only to distinguish existing differences and define their activation
indicators, but also to form general models of the cognitive basis of linguistic categories [Nasrullaeva 2016: 15].
Popular trends in gender linguistics can be divided into six types in terms of conceptual purpose, research
methods and the material under analysis:
1) gender studies studying the linguistic behavior of both sexes;
2) gender research in the sociolinguistic direction;
3) feminist linguistics studying women's language;
4) the youngest direction of gender linguistics in the twentieth century is the study of masculinity in language;
5) psycholinguistic research. These include neurolinguistics, speech genetics, and analysis of the cognitive features of
women’s speech;
6) Linguocultural research covering cases of gender subcultures.
Since gender linguistics is a science that deals with intersectoral communication, the study of this or that
problem can be done in several directions. Emerging fields of science are no exception. In particular, some areas of
gender linguistics are closely related to the development of quantum and computer linguistics. Indeed, the results
achieved in these areas allow us to gather pre-statistical material for the activation of language in one or another social
group.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |119 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Sociolinguistic scientists were among the first to engage in quantum analysis of the phenomena of gender
linguistics, and in their work provided a large amount of quantitative data on the use of language in certain social
groups. V. Labov, who studied the phonological aspects of language use, observed that women choose a more
influential form of pronunciation, but the amount of differences in pronunciation between men and women varies
depending on the social status of women [Labov 1972]. The scholar also does not forget to point out that in any
speaker speech there are cases of variability and that this or that phonological variant is not used uniformly in all
situations. This conclusion of V. Labov proves that the opinion of some representatives of gender linguistics that the
imbalances in the speech of men and women are biologically conditioned is unfounded.
The work of the English sociolinguist P. Tradjell also focuses on the analysis of the phonological level. The
scientist, in particular, said that while women refer to the n (ng) sound, which is considered more influential, men
prefer the abbreviated (n) form. Such a difference in the use of sounds depends on what profession women have, i.e.
teachers, hairdressers, nurses interact with representatives of different social groups, and this is reflected in their
speech activities [Trudgill 1972].
We are aware that the application of quantitative measures to gender research is becoming more
widespread. Well-known linguists such as I. Baudouin de Courtenay and V. V. Vinogradov emphasized the
importance of referring to the operations of mathematical thinking in the study of linguistic phenomena. According to
V. N. Yartseva, "the use of quantity belongs to the functional aspect of the language system, taking into account the
amount of use of any linguistic phenomenon is a useful method of analysis" [Tuldava 1987]. However, the
effectiveness of the use of the quantitative analysis method depends on the purpose and object of the study. It is
difficult to find a solution to any problem by resorting to mathematical apparatus. Based on a quantum approach,
certain aspects of linguistic phenomena can be identified. It is also known that methods aimed at collecting statistical
data have descriptive and evaluative views. The first task is to summarize and visualize the results, while the second is
to evaluate the predicted assumptions on the basis of comparing them with the achieved results. In order to use both
methods, it is first necessary to distinguish whether the observed phenomena are general, typical, or individual in
nature. Those in the first row are associated with permanent causes, while those in the second row are included in the
group of emergencies [Martynenko 1996: 204; 208].
Psycholinguistic research is one of the fastest growing areas in the field of genealogy. The doctoral
dissertation of E. I Goroshko, one of the promoters of this direction, emphasizes the role of associative linguistics in
the development of psycholinguistics and gender linguistics, and describes the methodological basis of this approach
[Goroshko 2001].
Observations show that men and women have different associative images of the world, which, in turn,
indicates that the linguistic behavior of members of different genders takes place within their linguistic consciousness.
It is clear that the formation of associative links is influenced by the profession of language speakers, their status in
society, life experience, as well as gender [Hoshimova 2011].
The person in the mind “assimilates” reality and accepts the team’s response to that reality. The imagination
of the world, which is specific to a particular community, organizes consciousness. For this imagination to be
renewed, reality must change. Such perceptions are formed through language and speech, and therefore linguistic
consciousness underlies human activity. Indeed, in the formation and description of the phenomenon of consciousness,
man's attitude to the world is central, and it is important for modern linguistics to know that this attitude affects his
speech activity. Although the human mind is formed in the presence of language, we are forced to recognize that it is
also related to biosocial factors in the accumulation of cognitive experience in the mind of each individual. Men and
women may perceive concepts differently formed in the collective mind and express them differently through
linguistic forms.
M. M. Rasulova, O. N. Kolosova and other researchers note that the process of linguistic categorization in
the linguistic consciousness of women is different from that of men. [Rasulova 2005].

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |120 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Since the vocabulary of a language is considered to be the main material of categorization, the nominative
system of language is analyzed in most gender studies. It is perceived that the interest in the gender aspects of
linguistic naming of events has a long history. One of the main theoretical ideas of feminist linguistics is precisely the
critique of the nominative system of language and the proof that it has an aprocentric character.
While acknowledging that gender linguistics is evolving in different directions, it should be noted that new
“budding areas are also emerging. In particular, it has not been long since translation analysis has focused on gender
analysis ”[Goncharenka 1999]. Although the issue of gender inclusion in translation has been mentioned in one form
or another by a number of translators, a detailed study of the problem awaits its turn. According to L. Flotou, one of
the leading experts in the field, “when the focus is on the cultural and historical features of translation and the gender
nature, the meaning created in the translation process becomes the focus. Recognizing that the meaning in the text is
gender-specific encourages a deeper understanding of the translation process ”[Flottow 2013: 95]. This note by a
Canadian scholar testifies to the need for translation and the study of the gender problem in gender linguistics.
The study of gender in the field of linguoculturology, along with the differentiation of ethnocultural features
of language, allows to identify specific features of the national mentality. Evidence of this can be seen in recent times
when gender linguistics has taken on a mainly linguocultural content and gender differences in the language system
have been explored from the perspective of national mentality.
Gender is a dynamic phenomenon, its linguistic and cultural characteristics vary. In addition to the fact that
its research methodology has a general philosophical basis, the methods of analysis will change in accordance with the
emergence of new directions. In particular, the formation of the fields of pragmalinguistics, cognitive linguistics,
emotology, discursive analysis will contribute to the strengthening of the position of gender linguistics, the
popularization of new areas of analysis.

REFERENCES
1. Насруллаева Н.З. Гендер в английской фразеологии. – Фан, 2016. – 120 с.
2. Flottow Luis von.Translation and Gender.Translating in the Era of feminism. – Shanghai: Foreign Language
Education Press, 2013. – 114 p.
3. Labov W. Sociolinguistic Patterns. – Pennsylvania: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1972.
4. Trudgill P. Sex, covert prestige, and linguistic change in the urban English of Norwich // Language in Society,
1972. № 1. – P. 179-195.
5. Гончаренко С.Ф. Гендерный фактор в концептульно–метафорической картины мира «оригинального
поэта и поэти–переводчика: интрига и драма перевоплощения // Актуальные проблемы
межкультурной коммуникации. – М.: 1999. – С. 38-41.
6. Горошко Е.И. Говорящий пол. (Квантитативные исследования в социо – и психолингвистике
гендерный аспект). М.: 2000. www.psycho.rushop/cd 24.
7. Горошко Е.И. Языковое сознание (ассоциативная парадигма). Автореф. дисс… докт. филол. наук. –
М.: 2001. – 55 с.
8. Мартыненко Г.Я. Методы статистического моделирования в языкознании // Прикладной
языкознание. – СПБ.: Изд-во С. – Петербург у-та, 1996. – 201-223.
9. Расулова М.И. Основы лексической категоризации в лингвистике. – Т.: Фан, 2005. – 268 с.
10. Тулдава Ю. проблемы и методы квантативно – системного исследования лексики. – Таллин: Валгус,
1987. – 204 с.
11. Ҳошимова Н.А. Прагматические аспекты при исследовании ассоциаций // Вестник МГОУ. Серия
“Русская филология” 2011. № 6. – С. 91-93.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |121 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

GENERATORS OF BOREL MEASURABLE COMMUTATIVE

ALGEBRA ON COMPACT HAUSDORFF TAKING VON NEUMANN
AW* OVER *-ISOMORPHISM

Deep Bhattacharjee1,2
1
Electro Gravitational Space Propulsion Laboratory
2
Theoretical Physics Research Division of AATWRI Aerospace & Defence Research Directorate

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11269

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11269

For any complex valued functions over any topological space there exists a relation in von Neumann algebras of *-graded that is
bounded on compact Hausdorff where for category- I, II, III there exists a commutative form of algebras such that to satisfy a
monotone complete algebra suffice an isomorphic factor on the same tamed as having the generators for a generic group
( ) for 2-groups and for the former being additive integers generating the later free group for algebras where
Hausdorff a Borel measure exists in compact set norms the associated Hausdorff space over a locally finite via
( ) .
KEYWORDS AND PHRASES – Commutative algebra, Operator theory, Hilbert space.
Mathematical subject Classification (MSC) – primary (13-XX, 52-XX), secondary (13-11, 52B20)

()

For any positive integer we can consider any idempotent element for a general property to suffice that in the relation of an associated
element such that where the simplification table states . With this if one takes the
annihilator[1-5],

Where for the left module if there is a set * + is any number of elements of set then or the annihilator or ring suffice a
relation as per the element of ring ; we get properties,

* +
( ){

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |122 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Then the algebra suffice,

( ){

suffice properties as,

( ){

There exists a Rickart * ring to relate ( ) and ( ) as,

* * ++

Thus getting the relation to suffice ( ) in a concrete way with as the left-annihilator, the generalized W* algebra which is again a special
case of algebra for any Hilbert space there is a weak operator topology for the operator such that[2,4],

〈 〉

Where are vectors of that Hilbert space where isomorphism of the operator exists for an involution parameter
establishing[7-10],

→
→

{
{ → ( ) ( )

( )

Taking the identity operator as factor in von Neumann algebras there exists categories for a unique decomposition in every commutative
algebra[1,8,10-12],

( )
( ){

Respect to the commutative form of algebras, ( ) exists in a compact Hausdorff for every bounded * graded von Neumann algebras,
Borel measure can be found for generators such that for norms in a compact set for compact Hausdorff where power factors
establishes over relating Araki-Wood factor over[1-3,11-14],

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |123 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

{
{

Suffice the commutation over the relation[1,5,7,8-10],

( ) ( ) ( )

Over the generic group[10,13,14],

( ){
( )

For the associated generators taken over the generic groups having two forms for the later suffice the Borel measurable set, there is a
uniqueness and equivalence between AW* generalization to W* with C* where for the categories one gets a relative factor which
with the affine parameter gives the commutative relations for the generic groups that are associated satisfies METHOD (II) in a nice way so
as to suffice the earlier relations for the idempotent, rings, Baer, Rickart, weak operator topology in the sense to conclude left-annihilator,
projections with the Baer* ring capturing every parameters of AW* for the related involutions mapping from ring to opposite ring .

1. Dixmier, Dixmier, J. (2011, October 9). Von Neumann Algebras. North Holland.
2. J. (2011, October 9). Von Neumann Algebras. North Holland.
3. Christensen, E., Matematik, K. U. I. F. M. F. A. F., & Københavns Universitet. Institut for Matematiske Fag. Afdelingen for Matematik.
(2000). Finite Von Neumann Algebra Factors with Property Gamma. Københavns Universitet.
4. Bhattacharjee, Deep (2022): Establishing equivariant class [O] for hyperbolic groups. figshare. Preprint.
https://doi.org/10.6084/m9.figshare.20445843.v1
5. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022am, May 10). Establishing equivalence among hypercomplex structures via Kodaira embedding theorem for non-
singular quintic 3-fold having positively closed (1,1)-form Kähler potential 𝒊2−1∂∂*ρ. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-
1635957/v1
6. Bhattacharjee, D., Roy, S. S., & Behera, A. K. (2022, August 31). Relating Enrique surface with K3 and Kummer through involutions and
double covers over finite automorphisms on Topological Euler–Poincaré characteristics over complex K3 with Kähler equivalence.
Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-2011341/v1
7. Mortad, M. H. (2018, December). An Operator Theory Problem Book. World Scientific. https://doi.org/10.1142/10884
8. Eisenbud, D. (1995, March 30). Commutative Algebra: With a View Toward Algebraic Geometry. Springer.
9. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022an, August 16). Generalization of Quartic and Quintic Calabi – Yau Manifolds Fibered by Polarized K3 Surfaces.
Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1965255/v1
10. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022ao, June 13). Uniqueness in Poincaré-Birkhoff-Witt Theorem over Algebraic Equivalence .Authorea.
https://doi.org/10.22541/au.165511635.53854231/v1
11. Chang, S., & Weinberger, S. (2021, January 26). A Course on Surgery Theory: (AMS-211) (Annals of Mathematics Studies, 365). Princeton
University Press.
12. Bhattacharjee, D. (2022ap, July 7). Generalized Poincaré Conjecture via Alexander trick over C-isomorphism extension to h-cobordism on
inclusion maps with associated Kan-complex. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-1830184/v1
13. Heunen, C., & Reyes, M. L. (2014, August). Active lattices determine AW*-algebras. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications,
416(1), 289–313. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmaa.2014.02.041
14. Saitô, K., & Wright, J. D. M. (2015, January 11). On Defining AW*-algebras and Rickart C*-algebras. ArXiv:1501.02434v1 [Math.OA].
https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.1501.02434
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |124 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

CURRENT PROSPECTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE

PRIMARY SEED OF SHORTANBAY-1 VARIETY OF COMMON
WALL WHEAT IN THE CONDITIONS OF KARAKALPAKSTAN

Absattarov Nietbay Allenbergenovich1, Omarov Alauaddiyin Kadyrbaevich2

Gudaybergenov Bakhtiyar Sultamuratovich3
1
Ph.D, Associate Professor of Karakalpakstan Institute of Agriculture and Agrotechnologies, Nukus, Uzbekistan
2
Junior-Teacher of the Department of Ecology and Soil Science of Karakalpak State University. Nukus,
Uzbekistan
3
Scientific Employee of Karakalpakstan Scientific Experiment Station, Scientific Research Institute of Cereals and
Leguminous Crops. Nukus, Uzbekistan

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11314

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11314

ABSTRACT
The article presents the results of the scientific experiments conducted by the Scientific Research Institute of Grains and Legumes,
Karakalpakstan Scientific Research Institute, on the introduction of primary seed production of Shortanbay-1 variety of short soft
wheat in the conditions of Karakalpakstan. The article focuses on the scientific basis of the establishment of the primary seed
production system of Shortanbay-1 variety of winter wheat, which has high productivity and breadmaking properties suitable for
different soil and climate conditions of our Republic, on the supply of high-quality seeds to farms specializing in seed production.
KEY WORDS: Spring wheat, variety, seed production, yield, environmental factors, quantity, variant.

INTRODUCTION
Creation of new, early-ripening, local winter wheat varieties with high baking properties, acceleration of ecological tests in
different soil and climate conditions of our republic, and organization of the primary seed system of local varieties cultivated on
the basis of the scientific basis of the primary seed production system, high-generation production of seeds at low prices, economy
of our currency is one of the most urgent tasks of today.
It is finding its solution by ensuring food safety, choosing varieties resistant to different levels of salinity, rational
placement of varieties and improving agrotechnology of cultivation, increasing the yield of winter wheat, improving grain quality
and organizing seed production.
Paragraph 3.3 of the Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan №4947 from February 7, 2017 "On the
Strategy of Actions for the Further Development of the Republic of Uzbekistan" provides for continuous development of
agricultural production, further strengthening of the country's food security, effective use of irrigated, including saline, lands and
waters, creation and selection of new varieties of salt-resistant agricultural crops adapted to local soil, climate and ecological
conditions, introduction of resource-efficient modern agro-technologies, special attention is paid to the development of grain
production. Cultivation of crops on the basis of innovative technologies, along with efficient use of land, improvement of soil
conditions, improvement of grain crop cultivation technology, especially development of seed production is urgent.
The President of the Republic of Uzbekistan emphasized the importance of fundamental researches in the development of
science and the acquisition of new knowledge and the formation of theories through them, as well as the creation of a solid
foundation for future practical researches and innovative developments.
The introduction of new varieties of promising autumn grain crops, the renewal of seeds, which are recommended to be
planted with variety replacement and renewal of seeds, will create a basis for obtaining high and quality grain yields from the
varieties of grain crops.
The main goal of our scientific work is to grow high-yield (orginal) seeds of the Shortanbay-1 variety of autumn soft
wheat, suitable for different soil and climatic conditions of our republic, with high productivity and breadmaking properties,
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |125 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

resistant to diseases, on the basis of the establishment of the primary seed breeding system on a scientific basis, and to send them
to seed production for ensuring delivery to specialized farms.
In our practice, experiments were conducted on the scientific basis of the establishment of the primary seed system of the
promising shortanbay-1 variety of autumn soft wheat, which produces high and quality grains in different soil and climate
conditions of the Republic of Karakalpakstan, and is introduced to the production of its seeds.
The experiment was conducted at the research station of Karakalpakstan Research Institute of Grain and Legume Crops. As
a result of the works in the field of selection carried out in the experiment, the primary seed system of the newly created,
promising winter wheat variety Shortanbay-1 was established on a scientific basis. As a result of the works in the field of selection
carried out in the experiment, the primary seed breeding system of the promising winter wheat Shortanbay-1 variety was
established on a scientific basis, the inspection of families for 1-2 years, the reproduction of seeds grown in the 1st breeding
nursery of the seeds grown from the trial nurseries was organized, during the vegetation period in the nurseries In order to ensure
the purity of the variety in the phases of earing and wax ripening, 2 cleaning operations were organized and enough seeds were
prepared for the 2nd year propagation nursery.
The goals and objectives of our research are as follows:
Primary breeding of winter wheat in promising varieties, development of seed breeding and scientific basis, preservation of
all economic-biological signs characteristic of this variety in the process of breeding.
Primary sowing was carried out in the following scheme.
Primary sowing was carried out in the following scheme.
Breeding kennel, breeding nursery and super elite.
In the first year, 1000 generations of winter wheat primary generation trials were conducted on the promising winter soft
wheat variety "Shortanbay-1".
It serves for the production of high-quality seeds, for planting in large areas, and for the increase in the quality and
quantity of the products grown in the future. Also, in our conditions, the cultivation of high-generation seeds at low prices will
create a basis for reducing the amount of seeds that are brought to the republic from abroad at high prices at the expense of foreign
currency.

THE FOLLOWING METHODS WERE USED IN THE RESEARCH

Phenological observation, field and laboratory analyzes carried out in field experiments were evaluated using the "All-Russian
Scientific Research Institute of Plant Science" method, biometric analyzes were performed according to the "Method of the State
Committee for Testing Agricultural Crops", and evaluation of resistance to rust diseases in field conditions was evaluated using
the "Modified Cobb" scale. The accuracy and reliability of the obtained data were analyzed according to the generally accepted
method of B.A. Dospekhov "Methods of field experience".
The experiment was carried out in the "Agrotechnics of selection and cultivation of spiked grain crops" department of the
station. Scientific work was carried out based on established methods in the station's experimental section.

RESULTS OF THE RESEARCH

Shortanbay-1 variety was planted on September 28, 2021. During the vegetation period, mineral fertilizers were given two times
(February 25 and March 25, 2022) and watered on April 9, 2022.
During 2020-2022, the research was conducted at the research stations of Karakalpakstan on 5 winter wheat varieties
Shortanbay-1, Garezsizlik, Amangul, Utkir, Karakalpak.
The following results were obtained in the experiments carried out in the conditions of the Republic of Karakalpakstan, the
northern region of the Republic of Uzbekistan (Table 1).
Table 1.
Influence of spring wheat on yield indicators depending on the varieties in the conditions of the northern region (2020-
2022)
t/r Productivity by years, с/ha Average
Varieties name
2021 2022 productivity, с/ha
1 Shortanbay-1 58.2 58.6 58.4
2 Garesizlik 56.5 56.9 56.7
3 Amangul 57.4 58.0 57.7
4 Utkir 48.7 48.2 48.4
5 Karakalpak 57.8 57.2 57.5

In the experiments, the yield was different in the cross-section of years related to wheat varieties. Shortanbay-1, Garesizlik,
Amangul varieties increased in 2022 compared to 2021, while Utkir and Karakalpak varieties decreased in 2022 compared to
2021. The average high productivity of varieties was found in Shortanbay-1 variety (58.4 с/ha).
Shortanbay-1 variety showed to be a promising variety in the conditions of Karakalpakstan and was found to be
economically effective.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |126 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

In the experiment, the primary seeding of the newly created, promising autumn soft wheat variety Shortanbay-1 was
organized on a scientific basis, and it was shown that if agrotechnics are carried out correctly, it is possible to grow high-
generation, fertile, high-quality seeds.
At the end of the first year of the experiment, high-generation seeds of promising winter wheat variety Shortanbay-1 were
grown and conditioned.
During the experiments, scientists-breeders of the institute created high-generation super-elite (original) seeds of this
variety with the scientific basis of correcting the primary seeding system of the new winter wheat variety Shortanbay-1, which is
included among the promising varieties for planting under irrigated conditions in our republic, and delivering it to farms
specializing in seed production. has been achieved.

CONCLUSION
During the experiment, the seeds of a promising new variety of the local Shortanbay-1 variety of autumn soft wheat,
recommended for planting in the irrigated conditions of our republic, were multiplied, despite the influence of various
environmental factors, a high yield was obtained, and the variety showed the possibility of high yield in the conditions of
Karakalpakstan.

LIST OF USED LITERATURE

1. Utambetov D., Khojambergenov G. Agrotechnology of high-yielding grain crops in the Republic of Karakalpakstan. Tashkent-2015.
2. G. Allashov, P. Toreshov, A. Pirniyazov . "Influence of sowing dates and seeding rates on the yield of winter wheat in the conditions of
the Aral Sea region" Magazine of Agriculture and water economy of Uzbekistan № 8 of 2020 . P. 29-30.
3. Allashov.G.E., Utambetov D.U., Toreshov.P.A. Selection of varieties of winter soft wheat most adapted to the conditions of the Aral
Sea region. Agrarian science 2020,336(3) Moscow, Russia. P 60-62

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |127 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

INFLUENCE OF THE USE OF COMPOSTS OF DIFFERENT

COMPOSITIONS ON THE GROWTH AND YIELD OF COTTON

Saymbetov Alisher
Ph.D. in Agricultural Sciences, Karakalpakstan Institute of Agriculture and Agrotechnologies, Nukus, Uzbekistan,

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11298

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11298

ANNOTATION
The article describes the impact of the use of composts of various compositions on the growth and development and yield of cotton.
This is the growth and development of cotton with the use of compost -2 at rates of 10 and 20 t/ha, these indicators, respectively,
amounting to 99.8–105.9 cm, the yield of raw cotton averaged 37.1 c/ha and, comparing to control, 6.7 c/ha additional crop.
KEY WORDS: compost, composition, cotton growth and development, productivity, fertility, soil, phosphogypsum, rice and
sawdust, manure, poultry manures.

INTRODUCTION
Recently, in the cotton growing of the republic, large-scale measures have been taken to apply the optimal norms and terms for
the joint use of organic and mineral fertilizers, the use of organomineral composts for plant nutrition. The use of organic fertilizers
on gray soils, desert-sandy, gray-brown, takyr and other soils makes it possible to obtain high and stable yields of raw cotton.
In this regard, the preparation of composts from phosphogypsum and various organic substances in optimal ratios and
carrying out research to improve soil fertility and nutrient uptake by the plant, as well as determining their effect and aftereffect on
cotton yields, is relevant.
According to R.K. Kuziev [3; 51-60-p.] in order to preserve, increase soil fertility and regulate the balanced mineral
nutrition of plants, it is necessary to revise the system of applying fertilizers for various crops, taking into account the use of new
forms of organic fertilizers (lignin, composts, organomineral mixtures, biofertilizers, etc.) and local mineral raw materials. For
these purposes, it is necessary to introduce in all natural and economic zones of the republic, for all farms, the practice of
collecting, evaluating, composting and applying local organic and mineral fertilizers to the soil.
The data of M. Sorokin, S.G. Okhotnik and T. Yakhina [4, 11-12-p] show that the use of organic fertilizers for cotton
contributes to the formation of high-quality raw cotton with good technological indicators of fiber and seeds. At the same time,
there is no growth of the tissue of the base of the outer integument of the peel and the chalazal part in the form of loose layered
thickenings, leading to a decrease in the mechanical strength of the seed peel and the formation of a skin defect with fiber during
ginning.
The results of studies by A.Zh.Bairov, D.Kh.Khamdamov and A.A. Zhuraev [1; 170-173-p; 2; 66-67-p.], showed that
organomineral composts obtained from fresh poultry manures with the addition of straw, ammophos (at the rate of 1.5-2.0% of the
total mass of compost) and phosphogypsum (5-7% of the total mass compost) are rich in organic matter (37.9-43.7%) and the
content of total nitrogen was in the range of 1.55-2.56%. The highest content of organic matter and total nitrogen was observed in
option I (poultry manure+straw+soil+ammophos) and in option 4 (poultry manure+straw+soil+phosphogypsum).
Compost was applied on the soil (KR manure + sawdust). Under the influence of long-term use of compost, the physical
properties of the soil have significantly improved. The water-retaining capacity increased, incl. moisture available to plants and
matrix potential. The parameters of soil porosity have noticeably improved. The biological properties of the soil have improved.
As a result, these changes contributed to an increase in crop yields [5; 535-539-p, 6; 7].

MATERIAL AND METHODOLOGY OF THE RESEARCH

Field experiments were carried out in conditions of typical gray soils in the educational and experimental farm of the Tashkent
State Agrarian University. We used the methods of UzSRIA in our research.
The experiments were carried out in nine variants, in four repetitions. In the following schemes: 1) N200; P140; K100
(control); 2) NPK + 10 t/ha of manure; 3) NPK + 20 t/ha manure; 4) NPK + 10 t/ha compost - 1; 5) NPK + 20 t/ha compost–1; 6)
NPK + 10 t/ha compost - 2; 7) NPK + 20 t/ha compost - 2; 8) NPK + 10 t/ha compost - 3; 9) NPK + 20 t/ha compost - 3 (note:
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |128 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

compost - 1 - (rice and sawdust - 25%, manure - 25%, poultry manures - 45%, phosphogypsum - 5%); compost - 2 - (rice and
sawdust - 25%, manure - 25%, poultry manures - 35%, phosphogypsum - 15%); compost - 3 - (rice and sawdust - 25%, manure -
25%, poultry manures - 25%, phosphogypsum - 25%); cattle manure).

RESULTS OF THE RESEARCH

When using various composts, in the first year, an increase under their influence in the 0–30 cm soil layer of the bulk density by
0.05–0.07 g/cm3 and porosity by 2.2–2.6% was revealed, along with this, preservation of their impact in subsequent years in the
variants in which composts were introduced.
The optimal effect of the applied composts was observed at a rate of 20 tons/ha of compost-2. At the same time, an
increase in the amount of humus in 0–30 and 30–50 cm soil layers relative to the control by 0.115–0.024%, nitrogen by 0.010–
0.002% and phosphorus by 0.014–0.003% was also observed.
It is stated that the influence of composts was clearly reflected in the growth and development of cotton in subsequent
years. Under the influence of 10 and 20 t/ha of compost -1, the height of the main cotton stem was (1.08) 100–105.2 cm, the
number of sympodial branches, as well as the total number of open buds was 13.5–14.9; 10.9–12.7 and 3.43–4.14 pieces, and the
weight of cotton in one bud was 4.55–4.72 and, accordingly, relative to the control was higher by 12.0–17.2 cm, 2.0 -3.4; 1.5–3.3
and 0.73–1.44 pieces, as well as by 0.35–0.5 grams, and regarding the options in which manure was used, by 2.0–0.5 cm, 0.3–0.5;
0.2–0.2 and 0.23–0.38 pieces, as well as 0.1–0.07 grams. When using compost -2 at rates of 10 and 20 t/ha, these figures,
respectively, amounting to 99.8–105.9 cm, 13.7–15.2; 11.0–12.9 and 3.5–4.3 pieces, as well as 4.6–4.75 grams, relative to the
control were higher by 11.8–17.9 cm, 2.2–3.7; 1.6–3.5 and 0.8–1.6 pieces, as well as by 0.4–0.55 grams, relative to options 2 and
3, where 10 and 20 tons of manure per hectare were applied, were higher by 1.8–1.2 cm, 0.5–0.8; 0.3-0.4 and 0.3-0.47 pieces, as
well as 0.15-0.1 grams. And when using compost -3 in the norms of 10 and 20 t/ha, making respectively the above 98.8–104.6 cm,
13.4–14.7; 10.8–12.5 and 3.35–4.1 pieces, as well as 4.5–4.7 grams, were higher than the control by 10.8–16.6 cm, 1.9–3.2; 1.4-
3.1 and 0.65-1.4 pieces, as well as 0.3-0.5 grams and relative to the options where manure was applied, there were no significant
differences.
Judging by these indicators, the most optimal among the structural ratios and norms of composts is compost -2 at a rate of
20 t/ha, with the use of which more accumulated productive elements of cotton are compared to other options, where other
composts and manure were introduced.
And according to subsequent influences in 2011–2012 the norms of the applied composts, the information corresponding
to the above regularities was obtained.
In the control variant, where mineral fertilizers (NPK) were used, the yield of raw cotton, according to the years of
research, was 30.8; 30.4 and 29.9 c/ha, and on average for 3 years - 30.4 c/ha (1-fig.).
This means that in this variant, there is a decrease in the cotton yield to 0.9 c/ha from 2010 to 2012. Note that, as noted in
the previous sections, the weather conditions in the years of research were almost similar, and therefore such a decrease can only
be explained by a decrease in soil fertility.

Fig. 1. Average yield for 3 years when composts are used

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |129 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

In variants 2 and 3, where 10 and 20 t/ha of manure were applied against the background of mineral fertilizers, under
their influence, 33.0–36.5 quintals/ha of raw cotton was obtained, and under the influence of subsequent years 2011–2012 - 32.8–
36.0 and 32.3–35.7 quintals/ha, and on average for 3 years - 32.7–36.1 quintals/ha or, relative to the control, the additional yield
was 2.3 and 5.7 quintals / ha.
In the variants where 10 and 20 tons of compost -1 were used, the average yield of raw cotton for 3 years was 32.9 and
36.6 c/ha, and, respectively, compared to the control, 2.5 and 6.2 c/ha additional yield was obtained, and compared to options 2
and 3, where 10 and 20 tons of manure were applied, 0.2–0.5 c/ha of additional yield was obtained. When using 10 and 20 t/ha of
compost -2, the yield of raw cotton averaged 33.2–37.1 q/ha and, relative to the control, 2.8–6.7 q/ha of additional yield was
obtained, relative to manure norms - 0 .5–1.0 c/ha, and relative to the norms of compost -1 - 0.3–0.5 c/ha of additional yield. In
the variants where 10 and 20 tons of compost -3 were applied, the raw cotton yield was 32.5–35.9 quintals/ha, or 2.1–5.5
quintals/ha of an additional yield was obtained relative to the control variant.

CONCLUSION
In conclusion, we can say that when comparing the influence of various composts and their influence in subsequent years
under conditions of low-fertility lands, the best result was observed when using compost-2 at a rate of 20 t/ha and a high
additional yield of 6.7 c/ha was obtained.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Bairov A.Zh., Khamdamova D.Kh., Zhuraev A.A. Ways to obtain organo-mineral fertilizer from poultry waste. // Materials of the V
Congress of the Society of Soil Scientists and Agrochemists of Uzbekistan (September 16-17, 2010). T.: 2010. -p. 170-173.
2. Bairov A., Khamdamova D. Organic and organomineral fertilizer sources to increase crop yields and soil fertility. // Agroilm.
Scientific supplement to the journal Agriculture of Uzbekistan. T.: 2013. 1(25). -FROM. p. 66-67.
3. Kuziev P.K. Problems of fertility of irrigated soils in Uzbekistan // Materials of the IV Congress of Soil Scientists and Agrochemists of
Uzbekistan (9-10 September 2006. GosNIIPA). T.: 2005. - p.51-60
4. Sorokin M., Okhotnik S., Yakhina T. Influence of fertility background on defect formation. // Cotton growing. 1980. No. 10. - p. 11-12.
5. Carter M.R., Long-term influence of compost on available water capacity of a fine sandy loam in a potato rotation. Can. J. Soil Sci.
2007. 87, no. 5. P. 535-539.
6. www.farmit.ru/rastenievodstvo/udobreniya/organicheskie.
7. www.stroy-spravka.ru/kompostirovanie-otkhodov.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |130 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

ACCLIMATIZATION OF IN VITRO PROPAGATED CHERRY

KRIMSKY-5 (VSL-2) GRAFTS TO OPEN FIELD

Saimnazarov Yuldash Bekmirzaevich1, Amirov Murodulla Shavkat ugli2

1
Doctor of Biological Sciences, Professor, Institute of Rice Researches
2
Master,Tashkent State Agrarian University, Tashkent, Uzbekistan.

ABSTRACT
In the article, the acclimatization of microclonal propagated cherry Krimsky-5 grafts in different nutrient environments was
studied. In this case, grafts were grown on substrates such as "Agrobalt-S", "Agrobalt-V" peat and "Bioghumus" at an air
temperature of 25oC and relative humidity of 65-70%. Also, growth and development of microplants in open field conditions, growth
dynamics of height and body diameter, number of leaves, leaf surface and root system development indicators are highlighted.
KEY WORDS: Cherry, microclonal propagation, acclimatization, greenhouse, biometric measurements, phenological
observations.

INTRODUCTION
Acclimatization is described as climatic adaptation of a living organism, especially a plant, to a new environment or getting
used to the environment [1,4]. Acclimatization of microclonal propagated plants to greenhouse and field conditions is very
important because microclonal propagated incubator conditions and greenhouse or field conditions are very different. Seedlings or
branches grown in vitro are kept free from stress and in a uniform microclimate with optimal conditions for plant reproduction.
Seedlings in cultivation containers, develop and feed heterotrophically in low-light and aseptic conditions, in an environment
containing sufficient amounts of sugars and nutrients, and in an atmosphere with high humidity [3]. As a result of these
conditions, seedlings with unusual morphological, anatomical and physiological characteristics develop. When microclonal shoots
or seedlings are transferred from incubators to the greenhouse, they may rapidly wither or die from the change in environment
unless adequate precautions are taken to acclimatize them [6]. When transferring from in vitro conditions to in vivo conditions, the
aforementioned shortcomings must be considered. Successful acclimatization technologies should provide growth in greenhouse
or field conditions with low humidity, strong light, autotrophic nutrition, and aseptic environment. Although there are specific
methods of acclimatization for some plants, there are technologies common to all plants [5].

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The experiments were carried out in the research institute of horticulture, viticulture and winemaking named after Academician
M. Mirzaev within the framework of the practical international cooperation project UZB-Ind-2021-84 - "Enrichment of plant
genetic resources in Uzbekistan and India and increasing the scientific potential of researchers". The growth of microclonally
propagated Krymsky-5 grafts of cherry was observed from February 11 th to February 25th on three different substrates in the
acclimatization room. Rooted micro-plants were separated from the nutrient medium, and the residues of the nutrient medium
stuck to the root system were washed in running water. Micro-plants were transferred to polystyrene cassettes containing
substrates such as "Agrobalt-S", "Agrobalt-V" peats and "Biogumus" and stored in plastic bags in an acclimatization room. In
acclimatization, air temperature was 250C and relative humidity was 70%. During the first four days of cultivation, the covers of
the cells were not opened. On the fifth day of acclimatization, microplants were watered. As the upper leaf buds grow, watering is
reduced. The full growth phase gradually transitioned into the nursery phase with significantly longer watering intervals. The
composition of peat and biohumus used in the process of acclimatization of the Krimsky-5 graft of cherry were as follows:
"Agrobalt-S" peat moisture content is 65%, the content of mineral substances is N-120 mg/l, P2O5 80 mg/l, K2O 140 mg/l, Mg-30
mg/l, Ca-170 mg/l and microelements Cu-9 mg/kg, Mn-40 mg/kg, Zn- 9 mg/kg, Co-0.001 mg/kg. Organic matter was 90% and
the pH value was 5.5-6.6.
"Agrobalt-V" peat moisture - 65%, no mineral additives. Organic matter was 95%. рH indicator was -3.0-4.2.
"Biohumus" N-0.9 -3.0%, P2O5 1.3-2.5 mg/kg, K2O 1.2-2.5 mg/kg, Mg-0.5-2.3 mg/kg , Ca-4.5-8 mg/kg, Fe-0.5-2.5%
and microelements Su-3.5-5.1 mg/kg, Mn-60-80 mg/kg, Zn- 28- 35 mg/kg, humus was 10-12%. Organic matter is 40-60% and the
pH value was 6.5-7.2 [6].

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |131 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

In the conducted experiments, the length of the graft when planted on February 11 in Agrobalt-S peat on the Krimsky-5 graft on
February 25 in the MS (Murasige and Skug) control medium was 5.7 cm, 11.8 leaves and 3.5 cm 2 of leaf surface.
The height of the Krimsky-5 graft in the DKW (Driver and Kuniyuki) nutrient medium was 6.3 cm, the number of leaves
was 12.0 pcs. Also, it was noted that the leaf level is 0.2 cm2 higher.
In MStak (Murasige and Skug, improved) nutrient medium, the length of Krimsky-5 graft grew from 3.2 cm to 5.8 cm, the
number of leaves was 12.2 pieces, the leaf area was 3.7 cm 2, and the height of the graft compared to the control variant was 0.1
cm. Also, it was observed that the number of leaves is 0.4 pieces and the leaf surface was 0.2 cm2 higher.
The height of the graft in WPM (Woody plant medium) medium is 5.3 cm, the number of leaves was 11.5 pieces and the
leaf area was 3.7 cm2, compared to the control variant, the height of the graft is 0.4 cm and the number of leaves is 0.3 less and it
was noted that the leaf surface was 0.2 cm2 higher.
During the acclimatization of cherry cuttings, when the height of Krimsky-5 cuttings planted on "Agrobalt-B" peat was
observed from February 11 to February 25 in the control medium MS, they grew from 3.1 to 4.2 cm, the number of leaves was
11.5, the leaf surface was 3.5 cm2.
In DKW nutrient medium Krimsky-5 graft height was 4.1 cm, the number of leaves was 12.1 pieces and leaf surface was
3.6 cm2, comparing to the control variant, it was observed that the height of the graft was 0.1 cm lower, the number of leaves was
0.6 pieces and the leaf surface was 0. 1 cm2 was higher.
In MStak and WPM media, graft height was 4.2 cm, leaf number and leaf surface increased to 12.5 and 3.8 cm2,
respectively compared to the control, graft height was the same with leaf number (0.7) and leaf area (0.3 cm2) was observed to be
higher.

А Б

Figure 1. Growth (A) and growth length (B) of Krimsky-5 grafts on Agrobalt-S peat.
When the height of Krimsky-5 grafts planted in "Bioghumus" was observed from February 11 to February 25, it grew
from 3.0 to 3.6 cm in MS control medium, the number of leaves was 11.5, and the leaf area was 3.5 cm 2. The height of the graft
grew by 3.6 cm in DKW, option 3 MStak and WPM nutrients, the number of leaves was 10.0 pieces and the leaf area was 3.6 cm 2,
compared to the control option, the height of the graft was the same, the number of leaves was 1.5 pieces less and leaf surface was
observed to be higher by 0.1 cm2.
The growth dynamics of growth of height and body diameter, the number of leaves, the level of leaves and the
development of the root system were studied in vitro.
According to the results of the study, the bruising of the cherry planted in the open field in the Krimsky-5 graft was
studied in 4 different options and 4 repetitions.
100 grafts were planted in each variant. According to the results of the study, the microclonal reproduction in vitro made
95.6% of cherry grafting Krimsky-5 (VSL-2) in open field conditions.
The growth length, width, number of leaves and leaf area of the graft under field conditions were observed from April to
September. The growth length of the graft in the Krimsky-5 graft variant 1 MS in the control nutrient medium increased from 21.9
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |132 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

cm in April to 84.8 cm in September, and the graft width was 7 .8 mm, the number of leaves was 40.0 and the leaf area was 32.5
cm2.
In variant 2 in the Krimsky-5 graft on DKW medium, the growth length increased from 31.9 cm in April to 131.3 cm in
September, the width of the graft was 9.8 mm, the number of leaves was 41.1, and the leaf area was 33.4 cm2 compared to the
control variant, it was noted that the growth length of the graft was 46.5 cm higher, the width was 2 mm, the number of leaves was
1.1 pieces, and the leaf surface was 0.9 cm2 higher.
In option 3 MStak and option 4 WPM mediums, graft growth length increased from 39.3 cm in April to 107.2 cm in
September, width 9.5 mm, leaf number 35.6 and leaf area 29.7 cm 2 growth was observed, compared to the control variant, the
growth length of the graft was 22.4 cm, the width was 1.7 mm higher, the number of leaves was 4.4 pieces and the leaf area was
2.8 cm2 less.
In variant 1, the growth length of the Krimsky-5 graft in the control nutrient medium MS increased from 24.4 cm in April
to 82.5 cm in September, the graft width was 6.4 mm, the number of leaves was 42.3, and the leaf area was 32.6 cm 2.
In the variant 2 DKW medium of Krimsky-5 graft the growth length increased from 25.6 cm in April to 82.5 cm in
September, the graft width was 7.4 mm, the number of leaves was 44.1, and the leaf area was 35.6 cm2. Comparing to the control
variant, the growth length of the graft was the same, the width was 1 mm, the number of leaves was 1.8 pieces and the leaf surface
was 3 cm2 higher (Figures 1 and 2).
The growth length of the graft in the variant 3 MStak nutrient medium increased from 42.1 cm in April to 110.8 cm in
September, the width increased to 8.6 mm, the number of leaves increased to 38.5 pieces, and the leaf area increased to 30.9 cm2,
compared to the control option. in comparison, it was noted that the growth length of the graft was 28.3 cm, the width was 2.2 mm
higher, the number of leaves was 3.8 pieces and the leaf surface was 1.7 cm2 less.
Variant 4 WPM media showed a growth length of 41.3 cm in April to 117.2 cm in September, width 9.8 mm, number of
leaves 42.7 and leaf surface 33.2 cm2 compared to control. 34.7 cm, 3.4 mm higher in width, 0.4 more leaves and 0.6 cm 2 more
leaf surface.
The growth length of Krimsky-5 grafts in the control medium of variant 1 MS increased from 23.4 cm in April to 85.6
cm in September, the width was 7.1 mm, the leaves were 40.2 pieces, and the leaf surface was 31.4 cm2.
Krimsky-5 graft on Variant 2 DKW nutrient medium, growth length increased from 38.1 cm in April to 106.7 cm in
September, width 8.6 mm, number of leaves 42.4 pieces and leaf area 33.9 cm2, control compared to the variant, the growth
length of the graft was 21.1 cm, the width was 1.5 mm higher, the number of leaves was 2.2 more and the leaf surface was 2.5 cm2
more.

CONCLUSIONS
The highest growth rate for the Krimsky-5 grafts of cherries prepared in different nutrient media was in the DKW
nutrient medium "Agrobalt-S" peat, the growth length was 6.3 cm, the number of leaves was 12.0 pcs. was found to be the most
effective peat. In substrates such as "Agrobalt-V" peat and "Bioghumus" the growth length of the graft was determined by the
growth of 3.4 cm, the number of leaves up to 10.0 pieces and the leaf surface up to 1.9 cm2. It was found that the substrates such
as "Agrobalt-V" peat and "Bioghumus" are ineffective for the growth of Krimsky-5 graft.
According to the results of the research, the cherry grown in different nutrient mediums was studied in field conditions
on the Krimsky-5 graft from April to September, and when the boimetric measurements were calculated, it grew well in the DKW
nutrient medium, with the growth length was 31.9 cm, the width was 2.2 mm in September 131 3 cm, 9.8 mm wide, 41.1 leaves
and 33.4 cm2 leaf area were observed.

REFERENCES
1. Abduramanova S. Growing cherry rootstocks obtained in vitro on typical loam soils // journal "Agroilm” (Agriculture of Uzbekistan).
- Tashkent, 2019. - № 3 (59). – P. 44-45. (06.00.00; No. 1).
2. Abduramanova S., Rustamova I. Economic efficiency of cherry rootstocks grown in vitro. // Journal of Agriculture of Uzbekistan. № 6.
2020.
3. Abduramanova S . The in vivo acclimatization of cherry rootstock Krymsk 5(VSL-2) micropropagated on different culture media. //
Academica An International Multidisciplinary Research Journal ISSN:2249-7137 Vol.10, Issue 8, Avgust 2020 Impact Factor:SJIF
2020=7.13. India-2020.-255-259pp.
4. Buronov F., Kudratillaev J., Valieva M. Technology of microchipping in the process of microclonal propagation of cherry rootstocks.
// Collection of materials international. Scientific practice. Conf. "State, problems, prospects of interregional fruit growing and
viticulture”. - Tashkent: "Info Capital Group", 2018. - P. 160-163.
5. Fila G, Ghashghaie J, Hoarau J, Cornic G (1998) Photosynthesis, leaf conductance and water relations of in vitro cultured grapevine
rootstock in relation to acclimatization. Physiologia Plantarum102, 411- 418.
6. Saimnazarov Y.B., Abduramanova S.Kh. In vitro multiplication of cherry rootstock Krymsk 5 (VSL). // International journal for
innovative research in multidisciplinary field – Volume 5, - Issue 1, India, 2019. – P. 77-81. Impact Factor: 6.497.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |133 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

KNOWLEDGE, ATTITUDE AND PRACTICE REGARDING

LEPTOSPIROSIS PREVENTION AMONG THE
NON-PARAMEDICAL STUDENTS

Sridevi B1, Soundariya.S2, Yogalakshmi.S3

1
Nursing Tutor, Department of Medical Surgical Nursing, Saveetha College of Nursing, SIMATS, Thandalam,
Tamil Nadu, India
2
B.Sc. (N) IV year, Saveetha College of Nursing, SIMATS, Thandalam, Tamil Nadu, India
3
B.Sc. (N) IV year, Saveetha College of Nursing, SIMATS, Thandalam, Tamil Nadu, India

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11278

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11278

ABSTRACT
Leptospira, a genus of pathogenic spirochetes, are the source of the infectious disease leptospirosis, which affects both humans and
animals. It is connected to environments with inadequate sanitation and agricultural jobs that need contact with animals or water and is
regarded as the most prevalent zoonosis in the world. Adventure travel and "mud run" sports or events that expose competitors to fresh
water or soil are putting people at risk more and more.
AIM:To assess the level of knowledge, attitude, and practice regarding leptospirosis prevention among the non-paramedical students.
METHODS AND MATERIALS: A descriptive research design was conducted. 60 samples were selected by convenient sampling
technique. Self - structured questionerwere used to collect data from the participants.
RESULTS: The present study suggested that the26 (43.3%) had inadequate, 19 (31.7%) had moderate and 15 (25%) had adequate
knowledge, 25(41.7%) had adequate, 16(26.7%)had moderate, 19(31.7%) had inadequate attitude, 22(36.7%) had inadequate,
13(21.7%) had moderate,25 (41.7%) had adequate practice. The occupationhad shown statistically significant association with level of
knowledge regarding leptospirosis preventionat p<0.05.This study showed that the majority of respondents had low levels of knowledge,
unfavorable attitudes, and poor practices regarding leptospirosis prevention.
CONCLUSION:As a result, leptospirosis prevention knowledge, attitudes, and practices were generally substandard. They might be
more likely to get leptospirosis as a result of this discovery.
KEY WORDS: Attitude, Knowledge, Leptospirosis’, Non-Paramedical, Practice, Prevention.

INTRODUCTION
“In examining disease, we gain wisdom about anatomy and physiology and biology. In examining the person with disease, we
gain wisdom about life.”
Leptospirosis is a neglected zoonotic infectious disease caused by spirochetes of genus Leptospira, which can be transmitted
directly or indirectly though human-to-human transmission is not common [1]. Being sporadic in nature, it has been reported as the
outbreak from developing countries such as Nicaragua, India, Brazil, Thailand, Sri Lanka and from urban areas of developed countries
such as USA, France, Japan, Ireland and Germany [2,3]. Studies have identified that peak incidence of disease occurred during rainy
seasons in tropical regions and late summer to early fall in temperate regions, but most of the time outbreak followed periods of excess
rainfall[4].Besides mentioned climatic factors certain occupation or professions s such as farming, butchering, veterinarians and rodent
control put individuals at risk for disease. It is estimated that presently one billion of the world's population live in the slum area,
which is going to be doubled by 2025 can have a significant impact on the Leptospirosis disease burden[5,6].
In South East Asia, 447 million people are engaged with agriculture in rural areas of 11 different countries [7].Most of the
countries sharing similar environmental, cultural and demographic characteristics have reported well number of cases in past few
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |134 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

years, which is again anecdotal just like a tip of the iceberg[8].India lacks data on national incidence of Leptospirosis, even though the
disease contributes for 12.7% of acute febrile illness[9].
The most common entry point is through cuts or abrasions in the skin, or through the conjunctiva; infection can also spread
through intact skin after prolonged submersion in water, although this usually happens when abrasions are more likely to happen,
making it harder to prove. Leptospirosis epidemics have been caused by point water supply pollution, which has been proven to be a
source of water-borne transmission[10].The mucous membranes of the respiratory system may get infected as a result of inhaling water
or aerosols. Animal bites can occasionally result in infection. Rarely has direct transmission between people been proven [11,12].
Leptospires have, however, been found excreted in human urine months after regaining health. It is believed that Leptospira survival
after excretion is restricted by the low pH of human urine. There have been reports of sexual activity causing transmission during
recovering [13,18].

The objectives of the present study were

 To assess level of knowledge, attitude and practice of leptospirosis prevention among the non-paramedical students
 To find out the association between the level knowledge of leptospirosis prevention among the non-paramedical students
with their selected demographic variables.

Material and Methods

The quantitative approach with non-experimental descriptive research design was adopted for the present study. After
obtaining an ethical clearance from the institutional ethical committee (IEC) of Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences
and a formal permission from the selected non paramedical college, the study was conducted. A total of 60sampleswho are presently
studying in the selected non paramedical college(n=60) and who met the inclusion criteria were recruited as study participants by
using Convenience sampling technique.The inclusion criteria for the study, participants, who areavailable during the study period and
who are cooperative and who understand both Tamil and English. During the initial interview, the purpose of the study was explained
by the investigator to each of the study participants and a written informed consent was obtained from them. The demographic data
and the existing level of knowledge, attitude and practice regarding leptospirosis prevention was exploited by using a self-structured
questionnaire and the collected data were tabulated and analyzed by using descriptive and inferential statistics.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

SECTION A: DESCRIPTION OF DEMOGRAPHIC DATA OF THE STUDY POPULATION
With regards to age 20 (33.3 %) were between the age group of13-15 years, with regards to religion 26 (43.3 %) were Hindu,
with regards bread winner 23 (42.7%) were husband, with regards to income 36 (60%) were earning 10000-25000 per month, with
regards to family 26 (43.3%) were nuclear family,with regards to work27(45)were clerical worker andwit regards to education 25
(41.6%)were secondary education.

SECTION B: ASSESSMENT OF LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE, ATTITUDE AND PRACTICE REGARDING

LEPTOSPIROSIS PREVENTION AMONG THE NON-PARA MEDICAL STUDENTS
Assessment of Level of Knowledgeamong the Non-Paramedical Students
The current study identified among our study participants are26(43.3%) had inadequate knowledge, 19(31.7%) had moderate
knowledge and 15(25%) had adequate knowledge regarding prevention of leptospirosisas debited in (Table1 and Fig 1).

TABLE 1:Frequency and Percentage Distributionof Level of Knowledgeamong the Non-Paramedical Students
N=60
Level of Knowledge Frequency Percentage
Inadequate (1-5) 26 43.3%
Moderate (5-15) 19 31.7%
Adequate (15-20) 15 25%

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |135 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE
50.00%
43.3%
45.00%
40.00%
35.00% 31.7%
Figure:1 Level of Knowledgeamong the Non-Para Medical Students
30.00% 25% the Non-Paramedical Students
Figure 1: Level of Knowledgeamong Inadequate Knowledge
25.00%
20.00% Moderate Knowledge
15.00% Adequate Knowledge
10.00%
5.00%
0.00%
Inadequate Moderate Adequate
Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge

A descriptive study was conducted by Ramesh U, Renuka K. (2020)aiming to assess the level of knowledge on prevention
of leptospirosis among schoolchildren. 60 samples were selected by simple random sampling, the data were collected through a formal
information questionnaire on the prevention of leptospirosis.In terms of schoolchildren's understanding of leptospirosis prevention, it
was shown that 1 (1.7%) had adequate knowledge, 18 (30%) had fairly adequate information, and 41 (68.3%) had poor knowledge [14].
A cross-sectional study by Kipper BH, Stein CE, Castro TH, et al. (2020) included 270 interviewees out of a total of 5,336
residences. 30 streets out of a total of 230 streets were studied, with a sampling error of 5% and a confidence level of 95%. Two
questionnaires were used to collect the data at random: one was distributed to the local community to assess their knowledge of the
disease, and the other was distributed to every street in the neighborhood to confirm the neighborhood's risk factors. Regarding
knowledge about the disease, 93.33% of respondents stated that they had knowledge about the disease, and 98.89% of the
interviewees affirmed that they had never leptospirosis yet and 18.89% knew people affected by the disease [15].
Hence, the level of leptospirosis awareness among students indicated the urgent need for further health education, especially for
people with low levels of education.

Assessment of Level of Attitudeamong the Non-Paramedical Students

The current study identified among our study participants are25(41.7%) had inadequate attitude, 16 (26.7%) had moderate
attitude and 19 (31.7%) had adequate attitude regarding prevention of leptospirosisas debited in (Table2 and Fig 2).

TABLE 2:Frequency and Percentage Distributionof Level of Attitude among the Non-Paramedical Students
N=60
Level of Attitude Frequency Percentage
Inadequate (1-5) 25 41.7%
Moderate (5-15) 16 26.7%
Adequate (15-20) 19 31.7%

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |136 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

LEVEL OF ATTITUDE

31.7%

41.7% Inadequate Attitude

Moderate Attitude
Adequate Attitude

26.7%

Figure 2: Level of Attitude among the Non-Paramedical Students

Azfar ZM, Nazri SMetc. (2018)conducted a cross sectional study involving 321 town serviceworkers namely garbage
collector, town cleaner, landscaper and lorry driveror mechanic. Questions on attitude aredesigned to be answered using a Likert scale.
In the present study, it was found that there was a slightly higher proportion of those with satisfactory (about52%) than unsatisfactory
attitude. The important areathat was identified as considering higher risk attitudewhile respondents were not at work were “wearing
anytype of shoes” and “walking in flood” as only 35.8%and 68.2% gave favorable answers respectively. For attitude at workplace, it
was found that high risk attitudeduring working like drinking habit and PPE usage werequite alarming [16].
Bakar SM and Rahman HA (2018) conducted a cross-sectional study with 170 students from veterinary medicine (22
students), nursing (57 students), environmental and occupational health (ENVOCH) (57 students), and other fields (97 students). The
study's instrument was a questionnaire. The majority of responders from ENVOCH, nursing, and veterinary medicine—42 (73.7%),
18 (81.8%), and 40 (66.7%)—had a moderate attitude regarding leptospirosis. In contrast, 10 (16.7%) students studying veterinary
medicine, 3 (13.6%) nursing students, and 5 (8.8%) ENVOCH students showed high attitudes [17].
Hence, a large proportion of respondents had shown a negativeattitude. Positive attitude towards the exposure to the urine or excretion
of infected animals, and also water or soil that being contaminated with secretion of the infected animalsshould practice in waste
handling and waste management.

Assessment of Level of Practice among the Non-Paramedical Students

The current study identified among our study participants 25(41.7%) had inadequate practice, 13(21.7%) had moderate
practice and 22(36.7%) had adequate practice regarding prevention of leptospirosisas debited in (Table 3 and Fig 3).

TABLE 3: Frequency and Percentage Distribution of Level of Practice among the Non-Paramedical
N=60
Level of Practice Frequency Percentage
Inadequate (1-5) 25 41.7%
Moderate (5-15) 13 21.7%
Adequate (15-20) 22 36.7%

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |137 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

LEVEL OF PRACTICE

36.7%
41.7% Inadequate Practice
Moderate Practice
Adequate Practice

21.7%

Figure:3 Level of Practice among the Non-Paramedical Students

Bakar SM and Rahman HA (2018) conducted a cross-sectional study with 170 final year students fromveterinary medicine
(22 students), nursing (57 students), environmental and occupational health (ENVOCH) (57 students), and other fields (97 students).
Purposive sampling technique employed and self-structured questionnaire was used.A mean score of 64.32and standard deviation of
7.70 were used to classify thesubjects into three levels (15) namely high level (morethan 72), moderate level (57 to 72) and low level
(lessthan 57).Majority of the respondents for all three programmeshad moderate practiced which were 41 (71.9%), 17(77.3%) and 44
(73.3%)[17].
In order to collect 315 respondents, Abdullah NM and Mohammad WM (2019) used a cross-sectional study, multistage
cluster sampling, and simple random sampling. There are 17 statements in the practice items that represent acceptable and
unsatisfactory preventative practices among responders. Practice's average (SD) percentage score was 64.31. (12.19). The bulk of
responders (81.3%) generally had poor preventive behavior.In overall, majority of respondents had unacceptable preventive practice
(81.3%). Nevertheless, good practice was observed in several items including avoiding to eat or drink while handling waste (93.0%),
choosing a clean restaurant (92.4%), and keeping foods in a covered container (91.1%) [19].
The majority of respondents also generally had poor practices for preventing leptospirosis. However, there were still some
instances of good behavior when a small majority of respondents avoided eating or drinking while handling garbage.
As a result, leptospirosis prevention knowledge, attitudes, and practices were generally substandard. They might be more
likely to get leptospirosis as a result of this discovery. In order to create a focused and well-directed intervention programme on
leptospirosis infection, policy makers will need to identify weak areas in their knowledge, attitude, and practice.

SECTION C: ASSOCIATION OF LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE WITH SELECTED DEMOGRAPHIC

VARIABLES OF THE STUDY POPULATION.
The result shows demographic variables such has occupation has significant association with level of knowledge, attitude and practice
of leptospirosisat level of p<0.05. Others variables had no association with level of knowledge of leptospirosis prevention.
Bakar SM and Rahman HA (2018) conducted a cross-sectional study with 170 final year students from veterinary medicine (22
students), nursing (57 students), environmental and occupational health (ENVOCH) (57 students), and other fields (97 students).
Purposive sampling technique employed and self-structured questionnaire was used to collect datas regarding knowledge, attitude and
practice about leptospirosis. The study results show that there was a significant associationbetween race and knowledge, also gender
and attitude with p<0.05, (p=0.008) and (p=0.001) respectively. Furthermore, there was also an association between attitude and
practice (p<0.05). Meanwhile, there was a significantdifference on the knowledge between students of ENVOCH with Veterinary
Medicine and Nursing with VeterinaryMedicine (p<0.05) [17].
Margaret LaFerla Jenni (2019) conducted cross-sectional study aiming to determine awareness and general attitudes about canine
leptospirosis and to identify gaps in veterinarians’ knowledge in treatment and prevention among 1058 arizona veterinary medical
association members. A 40-questionnaire, self-administered online survey to 1058 Arizona Veterinary Medical Association members,
the results using Pearson’s Chi-squared or Fisher’s exact test; a P-value <0.05 was considered statistically significant [20].

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |138 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

LIMITATIONS
The study has some limitations. The researcher could not generalize the study findings as the sample size is relatively small and
limited to 60 clients. Only non-paramedical students were included into the study. Another limitation is selected urban area used for
data collection. Psychological well-being among clients can differ based on their cultural differences and background. The current
study has only few supportive studies in Indian Population due to paucity of literature.

CONCLUSION
In conclusion, this study showed that the majority of respondents had low levels of knowledge, unfavorable attitudes, and
poorpractices regarding leptospirosis prevention. However, a significant portion of them still had little understanding of the method of
transmission and available defenses. Our findings imply that leptospirosis education initiatives should be done specifically for high-
risk populations to reach them and raise their knowledge of the disease. If effective steps are not made to address this issue, the
number of cases and fatalities will keep rising. The disease's prevention strategies and therapies should be improved, according to
public health professionals, researchers, and policymakers.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Researchers would like to extend their gratitude andthanks to the study participants.

REFERENCE
1. Geneva: World Health Organization/ International Leptospirosis Society. Publication; 2003. [Last accessed on 2012 Sep 21].
Human Leptospirosis: Guidance for Diagnosis, Surveillance and Control; pp. 1–2. ISBN 92 4 154589 5.
2. Vijayachari P, Sugunan AP, Shriram AN. Leptospirosis: An emerging global public health problem. J Biosci. 2008;33:557–69.
3. Ko AI, Galvão Reis M, Ribeiro Dourado CM, Johnson WD, Jr, Riley LW. Urban epidemic of severe Leptospirosis in Brazil.
Salvador Leptospirosis Study Group. Lancet. 1999;354:820–5.
4. Zaki SR, Shieh WJ. Leptospirosis associated with outbreak of acute febrile illness and pulmonary hemorrhage, Nicaragua, 1995. The
Epidemic Working Group at Ministry of Health in Nicaragua. Lancet. 1996;347:535–6.
5. Tangkanakul W, Tharmaphornpil P, Plikaytis BD, Bragg S, Poonsuksombat D, Choomkasien P, et al. Risk factors associated
with Leptospirosis in Northeastern Thailand, 1998. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2000;63:204–8.
6. Sasaki DM, Pang L, Minette HP, Wakida CK, Fujimoto WJ, Manea SJ, et al. Active surveillance and risk factors for Leptospirosis in
Hawaii. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 1993;48:35–43.
7. Nardone A, Capek I, Baranton G, Campèse C, Postic D, Vaillant V, et al. Risk factors for Leptospirosis in metropolitan France: Results of a
national case-control study, 1999-2000. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39:751–3.
8. Leblebicioglu H, Sencan I, Sünbül M, Altintop L, Günaydin M. Weil's disease: Report of 12 cases. Scand J Infect Dis. 1996;28:637–9.
9. Pate GE, Hogan MC, FitzSimon N, Mellotte GJ. A review of the epidemiology of Leptospirosis in the Republic of Ireland. Ir Med
J. 2000;93:114–7.
10. Rathinam, S., Vedhanayaki, R., &Balagiri, K. (2019). A Cross-Sectional Assessment of Knowledge, Attitude, and Practice Toward
Leptospirosis among Rural and Urban Population of a South Indian District. Ocular immunology and inflammation, 1-12
11. Arbiol, J., Orencio, P. M., Nomura, H., Takahashi, Y., & Yabe, M. (2016). Knowledge, attitude and practices towards leptospirosis among
lakeshore communities of Calamba and Los Baños, Laguna, Philippines. Agriculture, 6(2), 18.
12. Sakundarno, M., Bertolatti, D., Maycock, B., Spickett, J., & Dhaliwal, S. (2014). Risk factors for leptospirosis infection in humans and
implications for public health intervention in Indonesia and the Asia-Pacific region.Asia Pacific Journal of Public Health, 26(1), 15-32.
13. Cook, E. A. J., de Glanville, W. A., Thomas, L. F., Kariuki, S., de Clare Bronsvoort, B. M., &Fèvre, E. M. (2017). Risk factors for
leptospirosis seropositivity in slaughterhouse workers in western Kenya.Occupational and environmental medicine, 74(5), 357-365.
14. Ramesh U, Renuka K. A Study to Assess the Level of Knowledge on Prevention of Leptospirosis among Schoolchildren in Selected School at
Puducherry with a View to Develop Information Module.
15. Kipper BH, Stein CE, Castro TH, da Silva BC, Baumgärtel C. Evaluation of the Level of Knowledge of the Population and Risk Factors
Related to Leptospirosis in an Endemic City. Int Arch Public Health Community Med. 2020;4:034.
16. Azfar ZM, Nazri SM, Rusli AM, Maizurah O, Zahiruddin WM, Azwany YN, Nabilah I, Asma HS, Aziah BD. Knowledge, attitude and practice
about leptospirosis prevention among town service workers in northeastern Malaysia: a cross sectional study. Journal of Preventive
Medicine and hygiene. 2018 Mar;59(1):E92.
17. Bakar SM, Rahman HA. Knowledge, Attitude and practice on leptospirosis among undergraduate students in University Putra Malaysia. Mal
J Med Health Sci. 2018;14:104-11.
18. BD A, Wm Z, TJ TZ, RA H, O M, I N, I Z, AW Z. Knowledge, attitudes, practices and health beliefs toward leptospirosis among urban and
rural communities in Northeastern Malaysia. International journal of environmental research and public health. 2018 Nov;15(11):2425.
19. Abdullah NM, Mohammad WM, Shafei MN, Sukeri S, Idris Z, Arifin WN, Nozmi N, Saudi SN, Samsudin S, Zainudin AW, Hamat RA.
Leptospirosis and its prevention: knowledge, attitude and practice of urban community in Selangor, Malaysia. BMC public health. 2019
Dec;19(1):1-8.
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |139 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

20. Jenni, M.L., Woodward, P., Yaglom, H., Levy, C., Iverson, S.A., Kretschmer, M., Jarrett, N., Dooley, E., Narang, J. and Venkat, H., 2019.
Knowledge, attitudes, and practices among veterinarians during an outbreak of canine leptospirosis—Maricopa County, Arizona, 2019.
Preventive veterinary medicine, 172, p.104779.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |140 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

TEACHER EMPOWERMENT TOWARDS PROFESSIONAL

DEVELOPMENT AND EFFECTIVENESS-CONCEPT, NEED AND
IMPORTANCE

J. Nagabhooshanam
Research scholar, Department of Education, Osmania University, Hyderabad, Telangana State, India

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11351

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11351

ABSTRACT
Generally Teaching is delivered by a teacher to enhance the amount of learning of a learner. To make learning more meaningful,
understandable and fruitful to a learner, effectiveness of teaching delivered by a teacher is very essential condition. This concept of
teaching-learning process is not exceptional one in case of development in teacher training institutions. Empowered teachers are given the
encouragement and support necessary to take risks and engage in Continuous Professional Development (CPD) while collaborating with
their colleagues and this process is essential to success in education. Being an empowered teacher means having enough resources and
freedom to provide every student with the education that they deserve. The present paper deals in lime light the relationship among teacher
empowerment, professional development and effectiveness.
KEYWORDS: Teacher Empowerment, Professional Development and Teacher Effectiveness

INTRODUCTION
The term teacher empowerment is used in multiple and sometimes even conflicting ways, probably because of its popularity in
educational discourse (Prawat, 1991). We will outline some of the definitions of empowerment before giving our own ideas about the
concept. Sometimes empowerment is linked with notions on teacher efficacy (Edwards &Newtons, 1995; Imants et al., 1993;
O‟Connor &Korr, 1996; Quaglia et al., 1991). Empowered teachers believe that they can affect student learning and can exercise
control over important events which may lead to student learning. Knowledge and skills of teachers are necessary conditions for their
professional routines, but they do not guarantee success because the relationship between knowledge and actual performance is
mediated by self-efficacy. A view is held by Goodmam” Empowered teachers carefully consider the content of what is taught to
children is able to creatively use materials , personal talents and innovative resources in planning and implementing learning
activities. In particular, these individuals are committed to providing thoughtful and challenges educational experiences for children,
thereby encouraging their pupils to become empowered themselves”.
Prawat (1991) tries to summarize the literature on empowerment. He states that two dimensions can be discerned on which notions
of empowerment can be traced. First, definitions of empowerment refer either to the personal context of teachers or on the context of
the work place of teachers, or on the context of the work place of teachers, the classroom or the school. Second, notions of
empowerment can relate either to the epistemological or to the political agenda. Most of the definitions outlined above can fairly
easily be placed on the dimensions of Prawat.

CONCEPT OF TEACHER EMPOWERMENT

Many educational professionals, including the adaptive team, place heavy emphasis on the importance of being an
empowered teacher. However, the concept of empowerment can seem abstract and its meaning in relation to education is sometimes
unclear. Defining exactly what is meant by statements such as „adaptive learning technology empowers teachers‟ is vital to
maximising their impact on the field and illustrating how teachers can become empowered. As such, this post aims to clarify exactly
what it means to be an empowered teacher. Dictionary definitions of empowerment generally distinguish between empowerment as
“to give power or authority to, especially by legal means” and empowerment as “to enable or permit”. This distinction presents the
2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |141 |
 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

first problem in defining empowerment in relation to education because it is not immediately clear whether one or both of these
definitions relates to being an empowered teacher. Additionally, each definition is somewhat abstract and difficult to link to
educational practice. Although the first definition given above emphasises power, being empowered is not the same as being powerful.
Power is often defined as “the ability or right to control people or things”, implying that people with power have the authority to
influence the actions of others.
While empowered people can have power and powerful people can be empowered, it is possible to be empowered without
being powerful and vice versa. In education, creating a hierarchy in which some teachers have power while others are powerless
opposes the empowerment process because empowered teachers must be free to exercise their own professional judgment without
being restricted by others. A further problem with the conceptualisation of empowerment as “to give power or authority to” is the
implication that empowered people are in control. As illustrated above, empowered people do not necessarily have control over others
and such a situation would inhibit empowerment in education. It is also important to consider factors such as variability, innovation,
and creativity, all of which are central to empowerment even though they can rarely be controlled. Teachers can‟t control everything,
and expecting them to do so would prevent them from becoming empowered.

NEED AND IMPORTANCE

Teachers‟ empowerment is very important and necessary. Frances Bolin defined it as “investing teachers with the right to
participate in the determination of school goals and policies and to exercise professional judgment about what and how to teach”. In
this view, being an empowered teacher means having access to information and materials and being free to use these resources in a
way that meets student needs and targets. Empowered teachers are given the encouragement and support necessary to take risks and
engage in Continuous Professional Development (CPD) while collaborating with their colleagues and this process is essential to
success in education. Being an empowered teacher means having enough resources and freedom to provide every student with the
education that they deserve. Teachers who have not yet experienced empowerment are unable to fully personalise their teaching to the
needs of each student and, as mentioned in my recent post about how adaptive learning technology is depersonalising education,
students are turning to expensive personalised tuition sessions in search of the full attention of an educator who can provide them with
personalised content and feedback. The importance of empowerment is also illustrated by its role in increasing teacher motivation,
improving problem-solving skills, and teaching students to become empowered, all of which are vital to improving learning outcomes
for every student.
Personal/epistemological: What knowledge and value claims should I accept as valid? This type of empowerment is especially
stressed in the literature on teacher reflection, where teachers are not considered consumers of educational products but active
participants in the construction of education.
1. Personal/ Political: What do I personally have to offer to the ongoing conversation in education? This type of empowerment is
derived from the literature on unequal power relations and oppressed groups in educational settings.
2. School/ epistemological: What should I focus on in the teaching/ learning environment? In this view teachers construct their own
environment by making use of theories about teaching and learning.
3. School/ political: what recourses and support do I need, as a professional, to be successful in my work? This view on
empowerment stresses the need for greater control and autonomy in the work place. A lack of autonomy supposedly reduces
teachers.

EMPOWERMENT AS MEANS TO ACHIEVE EDUCATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS

In this paper, I will focus on the teachers as a professional in a school setting and as a part of a school team.
At the context level: Teacher profiles, initial training of teachers, core goals/core curricula, assessment and evaluation system.
Teachers profiles are descriptions of the characteristics ascribed to professionals in teaching, for example teachers in primary
education
At the school level: Educational leadership and in-service training and forms of intervention and coaching
At the teacher level: procedures for the selection of educational materials and implementation of materials by grouping procedures
and teacher behavior
Here are 15 of the many 21st-century professional development skills, or as we like to call it, “Modern skills” that today‟s teachers
should possess.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |142 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
1. Adaptability: In this modern, digital age, teachers need to be flexible and be able to adapt to whatever is thrown their way. New
technologies are developed every day that can change the way students learn, and the way teachers teach. Likewise, administrators are
changing and updating expectations and learning standards. Being able to adapt is a skill that every modern teacher must have. If it‟s
being able to adapt to the way students learn, the behaviour their classroom exhibits, or their lesson plans, it is a definitely a trait that
is a must-have.
2. Confidence: Every teacher needs to have confidence, not only in themselves but in their students and their colleagues. A confident
person inspires others to be confident, and a teacher‟s confidence can help influence others to be a better person.
3. Communication: Being able to communicate with not only your students but with parents and staff is an essential skill. Think
about it: Almost all of a teacher‟s day is spent communicating with students and colleagues so it is crucial to be able to talk clear and
concise in order to get your point across.
4. Team Player: Part of being a teacher is being able to work together as part of a team or a group. When you work together as a
team, it provides students with a better chance to learn and have fun. Networking with other teachers (even virtually) and solving
problems together will only lead to success. Doing so fosters a sense of community not only in your own classroom, but school-wide
as well.
5. Continuous Learner: Teaching is a lifelong learning process. There is always something to learn when you are teacher. The world
is always changing, along with the curriculum and educational technology, so it‟s up to you, the teacher, to keep up with it. A teacher
who is always willing to go that extra mile to learn will always be an effective, successful teacher.
6. Imaginative
The most effective tool a teacher can use is their imagination. Teachers need to be creative and think of unique ways to keep their
students engaged in learning, especially now that many states have implemented the Common Core Learning Standards into their
curriculum. Many teachers are saying that these standards are taking all of the creativity and fun out of learning, so teachers are
finding imaginative ways to make learning fun again.
7. Leadership: An effective teacher is a mentor and knows how to guide her students in the right direction. She leads by example and
is a good role model. She encourages students and leads them to a place of success.
8. Organization: Modern teachers have the ability to organize and prepare for the unknown. They are always ready for anything that
is thrown their way. Need to go home sick? No problem, they have a substitute folder all ready to go. Studies show that organized
teachers lead more effective learning environments. So it is even more imperative to be organized if you want higher-achieving
students.
9. Innovative: A modern teacher is willing to try new things, from new educational apps to teaching skills and electronic devices.
Being innovative means not only trying new things, but questioning your students, making real-world connections and cultivating a
creative mindset. It‟s getting your students to take risks and having students learn to collaborate.
10. Commitment: While being committed to your job is a traditional teaching skill, it is also a modern one. A modern teacher needs
to always be engaged in their profession. The students need to see that their teacher is present and dedicated to being there for them.
11. Ability to Manage Online Reputation: This 21st-century, modern teaching skill is definitely a new one. In this digital age most,
if not all, teachers are online, which means they have an "Online reputation." Modern teachers need to know how to manage their
online reputation and which social networks are OK for them to be on. LinkedIn is a professional social network to connect with
colleagues, but Snapchat or any other social networking site where students visit, is probably not a good idea.
12. Ability to Engage: Modern teachers know how to find engaging resources. In this digital age, it is essential to find materials and
resources for students that will keep them interested. This means keeping up to date on new learning technologies and apps, and
browsing the web and connecting to fellow teachers. Anyway that you can engage students and keep things interesting is a must.
13. Understanding of Technology: Technology is growing at a rapid pace. In the past five years alone we have seen huge
advancements and we will continue to see it grow. While it may be hard to keep up with it, it is something that all modern teachers
need to do. Not only do you just need to understand the latest in technology, but you must also know which digital tools is right for
your students. It‟s a process that may take time but will be greatly influential in the success of your students.
14. Know When to Unplug: Modern teachers know when it's time to unplug from social media and just relax. They also understand
that the teacher burnout rate is high, so it's even more critical for them to take the time to slow down and take a moment for
themselves. They also know when it‟s time to tell their students to unplug and slow down. They give their students time each day for a
brain break and let them kick their heels up and unwind.
15. Ability to Empower: Teachers inspire, that‟s just one of the qualities that come along with the title. Modern educators have the
ability to empower students to think critically, be innovative, creative, adaptable, passionate, and flexible. They empower them to be

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |143 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

able to solve problems, self-direct, self-reflect, and lead. They give them the tools both digital and knowledgeable to succeed, not only
in school but in life.

CONCLUSION
One of the common obstacles to teacher effectiveness is constant organizational change. Far too often, schools change
instructional methodologies/programs every few years. In order to be effective in their role, teachers must have the opportunity to
master the instructional process, and this takes time. A school‟s assessment framework, data team process, and instructional routines
all take time to embrace and internalize. Therefore, careful consideration should be brought to decisions regarding instructional
materials and establishing processes. Schools can achieve higher levels of teacher effectiveness by empowering teachers through a
shared and clear understanding of core instructional materials, leveraging several kinds of assessments to build profiles of student
ability, informing instructional priorities through the use of data, leveraging research-based methodology for intervention, and
embracing the process with consistency. A commitment to this kind of approach benefits teachers, students, administrators and the
entire school community When schools are looking to hire a teacher, there are a few basic requirements that they are looking for: A
College degree, experience working with children, and, of course, patience. Teachers need a variety of professional development skills
along with knowledge of their subject matter and experience in order to be an effective teacher. Likewise, as the rapid developments
in technology infuse into our lives, they affect the way students learn and the way teachers teach. Modern teachers need to be
competent in not only basic skills, but new skill sets.

REFERENCES
1. Bill Mulford (2003). School Leaders: Challenging Roles and Impact On Teacher And School Effectiveness.
2. Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. (1999).Teacher learning communities. Review of Research in Education. 24, 24-32.
3. Dempster, N. (2002c). The professional development of principals: 3 A review of policy. The Practising Administrator. 24(3), 6-8 & 38-40.
4. Donaldson, G. (2001). Cultivating leadership in school: Connecting people, purpose and practice. N.Y.: Teachers College Press.
5. Heck, R. (2000). Estimating the impact of school quality on school outcomes and improvement: A value-added approach. Educational
Administration Quarterly. 36(4), 513-552.
6. Dinesh Kumar, Right to Education Act-2009: Problem of Age Appropriate Enrolment, International Journal of Educational Science and
Research (IJESR), Volume 2, Issue 1, May-June 2012, pp. 28-332.
7. Encouraging community participation in school education. (2015) Retrieved from
http://centralsquarefoundation.org/advocacy/encouraging-community-participation-in- chools/
8. http://www.rteforumindia.org/sites/default/files/SMC%20Manual%20english%20final_0.pdfrom4.https://www.hindustantimes.com/india/rt
e-not-applicable-to-minority-schools-sc/story-cRtNIadKfSbvucvpWT7wiK.html5.https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/supreme-court-
says-no-to-review-of-right-to-education-verdict/article3915647.ece
9. Ministry of Human Resource Development Department of School Education and Literacy (2011).
10. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan: Framework for implementation based on the right of children to free and compulsory education act,
2009.Retrieved from http://ssashagun.nic.in/docs/SSA-Frame-work.pdf

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |144 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

A STUDY ON ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR AMONG SECONDARY

SCHOOL TEACHERS IN MEDCHAL MALKAJGIRI DISTRICT

Mr. Sayam Deepathi

Assistant Professor, Malla Reddy College of Teacher Education (M.Ed), Hyderabad

Article DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra11349

DOI No: 10.36713/epra11349

ABSTRACT
Teaching is considered as a sacred profession and teacher act as guide in the lives of students without selfishness not only in the
process of education development but also in their public life. Teachers’ dedication towards school, society and towards their
profession is highly expected so as to have an effective and efficient generation with Altruistic behavior. With this regard the present
study is designed to assess Altruistic Behavior among Secondary School Teachers in Medchal Malkajgiri District. The
investigation is adopted by descriptive survey method on the sample of 200 secondary school teachers drawn by using the stratified
random sampling technique from the specified population. A researcher developed questionnaire is used as the research tool which
consists of 40 statements. The study independent variable is Secondary school teachers and dependent variable is Altruistic behavior.
The data collected was analysed by using Frequency count, Percentage, Mean, S.D, t-test & ANOVA. The findings of the study are
as follows: the majority of the responses (86.86%) are revealing that secondary school teachers are possessing Altruistic behavior in
their professional and personal life in Medchal- Malkajgiri district; the findings revealed that Altruistic behavior among secondary
teacher found to be insignificant with variables gender, management, subject teaching and years of teaching experience.
KEYWORDS: Altruistic Behaviour, Teaching, Teacher and Students’ development.

INTRODUCTION
Practicing altruism is the real source of compromise and cooperation; merely recognizing our need for harmony is not
enough. A mind committed to compassion is like an overflowing reservoir - a constant source of energy, determination and
kindness. This is like a seed; when cultivated, gives rise to many other good qualities, such as forgiveness, tolerance, inner
strength and the confidence to overcome fear and insecurity. The compassionate mind is like an elixir; it is capable of
transforming bad situation into beneficial ones. Therefore, we should not limit our expressions of love and compassion to our
family and friends. Nor is the compassion only the responsibility of clergy, health care and social workers. It is the necessary
business of every part of the human community.
Altruism is one aspect of what social psychologists refer to as prosocial behavior. Prosocial behavior refers to any action
that benefits other people, no matter what the motive or how the giver benefits from the action. Some people differentiate
prosocial behavior from what is sometimes referred to as pure altruism, which involves true selflessness with no expectation or
desire for personal gain. In the changing globalised scenario of education teaching has become more challenging and complex. It
is now not only a mere interaction between student and teacher but an organised, systematic process in which application of
science, technology and consideration of behavioural science is of outmost importance. In this context a teacher should have an all
round ability starting from academic superiority to behavioural adaptability. So, presence of some inherent and coherent quality
like personality, acceptability, adaptability, values, accountability, professional ethics etc are essential for a teacher to reach the
peak of excellence.

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

Naresh Kumar (2019) Conducted a study on the relationship between altruism and social skills of the adolescents. Altruism Scale
(2015) by Rai and Singh and Social Skills Scale (2012) by Sood, Anand and Kumar were used to collect the data. The sample
consisted of 200 students of XII class, selected randomly from private schools affiliated to CBSE, New Delhi from Moga District
of Punjab, India. The sample was equally categorized between Boys-Girls and Rural- Urban students. Statistical techniques viz. -
Mean, Standard Deviation, Standard Error of Means, t-test and Coefficient of Correlation (r) were used to analyze the data. The
results revealed that there exists significant relationship between altruism and social skills of adolescents. It means if the
adolescents have good social skills their level of altruism will be high and vice-versa.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |145 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Vinitha Sree and Rupa Gunaseelan (2018) Conducted study to analyse the direct effect of supervisors’ benevolent leadership and
subordinates’ psychological well-being also the indirect effect of these variables is tested when supervisors’ altruistic behavior
mediates between them. Data were gathered through structured questionnaires from a sample of subordinates’ employing at five-
star hotels in Coimbatore. The study scrutinizes whether the findings observed with regard to benevolent leadership in other
nations could be generalized to the findings generated in this study. The findings of the hierarchical regression analysis disclosed
that supervisors’ benevolent leadership possesses a significant positive relationship with subordinates’ psychological well-being.

METHODOLOGY
In the present investigation “Descriptive Survey Method” is adopted to investigate into intended area of Research.

OBJECTIVES
1. To assess the Altruistic behavior among Secondary School Teachers in Medchal Malkajgiri District.
2. To assess the Altruistic behavior among Secondary School Teachers with regard to gender i.e., male and female in
Medchal Malkajgiri District.
3. To assess the Altruistic behavior among Secondary School Teachers with regard to their management i.e., private and
government in Medchal Malkajgiri District.
4. To assess the Altruistic behavior among Secondary School Teachers with regard to subjects teaching i.e., Science , Social
& Languages.

HYPOTHESES
1. Secondary School Teachers possess Altruistic Behavior in Medchal Malkajgiri District.
2. There is no significant difference in Altruistic Behavior of male & female Secondary School Teachers in Medchal
Malkajgiri District.
3. There is no significant difference in Altruistic Behavior among Secondary School Teachers of private and government in
Medchal Malkajgiri District.
4. There is no significant difference in Altruistic Behavior among Secondary School subject teacher of Science, Social &
Languages.

VARIABLES
INDEPENDENT DEPENDENT DEMOGRAPHIC
VARIABLE VARIABLE VARIABLE
Secondary School Altruistic Behavior 1.Gender
Teachers a.Male
b.Female

2. Management
a. Government
b. Private

3.Subject Teaching
a.Science
b.Social
c.Language

SAMPLE
A sample of 200 secondary school teachers were taken as sample by using Stratified random sampling technique.

TOOL
In the present study a questionnaire is used consisting of 40 statements. Each statement is given with three options i.e.yes, no &
undecided. Respondents were instructed to opt for any one of these options.

STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES USED

Descriptive and inferential statistics are used including Percentages, Mean, S.D and t - test to analyze the data.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |146 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

DATA ANALYSIS & FINDINGS

1. ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN MEDCHAL MALKAJGIRI
DISTRICT
Table .1
“Showing the frequencies and percentages of Altruistic Behavior of Secondary school teachers in Medchal Malkajgiri District.”
Responses Frequencies Percentage
Yes 6949 86.86%
Undecided 726 9.07%
No 325 4.06%
Total 8000 100%

Interpretation: The above table. 1 infers that 86.86% of the secondary school teachers responses in Medchal Malkajgiri district
are showing their altruistic behavior in their profession & personal life; whereas 4.06% of responses are exhibiting absence of
altruistic behaviour. Therefore, majority of the responses (86.86%) are revealing that the secondary school teachers have altruistic
behavior in Medchal Malkajgiri district.

2. ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WITH RESPECT TO GENDER I.E.
MALE & FEMALE IN MEDCHAL MALKAJGIRI DISTRICT
Table .2
“Showing the mean scores, standard deviation, t-value & p-value of male & female of Altruistic Behavior of Secondary school
teachers in Medchal Malkajgiri District.”
Gender N Mean SD t-value P-value/
significance

Male 88 35.28 6.51 1.08 0.28

Female 112 34.32 6.07

Interpretation: From the above table.7 it is observed that the mean scores of male and female secondary teachers are 35.28 and
34.32 respectively. The obtained t-value 1.08 is found to be insignificant with p-value 0.28 at 0.05 level of significance.
Therefore, there is no significant difference between male and female secondary teachers in respect to altruistic behaviour in
Medchal Malkajgiri District.

3. ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WITH RESPECT TO

MANAGEMENT I.E. PRIVATE & GOVERNMENT IN MEDCHAL MALKAJGIRI DISTRICT
Table.3
Showing means, standard deviation and t-value of Altruistic behavior among Secondary School Teachers with regard to their
management i.e., private and government

Management N Mean SD t-value p-value/significance

Private 100 35.23 5.73 1.82 0.28
Government 100 34.26 6.77

INTERPRETATION
From above table. 8 it is observed that the mean scores of private and government secondary teachers are 35.23 and 34.26
respectively. The obtained t-value 1.84 is found to be insignificant with p-value 0.28 at 0.05 level of significance. Therefore, there
is no significant difference between private and government secondary teachers with respect to altruistic behaviour in Medchal
Malkajgiri District.

4. ALTRUISTIC BEHAVIOUR AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS WITH RESPECT TO

SUBJECT TEACHING IN, I.E. SCIENCE, SOCIAL STUDIES AND LANGUAGES
Table 4
“Showing sum squares scores, degree of freedom, mean sum squares and p-value of Science, Social and Languages secondary
teachers with respect to their Altruistic behavior”

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |147 |

 SJIF Impact Factor 2022: 8.197| ISI I.F. Value: 1.241| Journal DOI: 10.36713/epra2016 ISSN: 2455-7838(Online)
EPRA International Journal of Research and Development (IJRD)
Volume: 7 | Issue: 9 | September 2022 - Peer Reviewed Journal

Subject Teaching N Sum of Degree of Mean Sum F-ratio P-value

squares freedom Squares
Science 76 1.5708 2 0.7854

Social Studies 55 7828.424 197 39.7382 0.01976 0.98

Languages 69

INTERPRETATION: From above table. 9 it is observed that the obtained F-value 0.01976 is found to be insignificant with p-
value 0.98 at 0.05 level of significance. Therefore, there is no significant difference between Science, Social and languages
secondary teachers with respect to altruistic behaviour in Medchal Malkajgiri District.

CONCLUSION
The role of the teacher in 21st century became multiverse rather having so called conventional teaching learning paradigm.
Teachers of today should accept the children as they are further to modify as you want. However, this process requires great
concern and humility. Nurturing students can be fully accomplished when teacher acts in different roles i.e., facilitator, parents
and friends. Present study findings are inevitable as majority of secondary school teachers succeeding in showing humility and
concern for the progressive development of young students. The selfless concern in teachers will not only shape the students in
their intellectual development but also guide the students to possess a model personality with which Gandhiji’s definition on
education for all round development will be accomplished. The secondary school male and female teachers show same
compassion, fairness and treat students through a holistic approach and they are enabling students to meet their intellectual and
emotional needs. It’s proven that gender will not show any impact on services rended by teachers for the well-being of secondary
school students.

REFERENCES
1. Hakkari University, Hakkari, Turkey , Department of Educational Sciences, Faculty of Education, Conducted a
study to Examining the Attitudes and the Opinions of Teachers about Altruism.
2. C. Daniel Batson (2016), Altruism in Human. (Volume 2.pp. 329)New York: Oxford University Press.
3. Deepty Gupta & Geeta Thapliyal (2015) Assistant Professor, Guru Ram Dass College of Education, New Delhi, India. Assistant
Professor, Gitarattan Institute of Advanced Studies and Training, New Delhi, India. Conducted a Study On Prosocial Behaviour And
Self-Concept Of Adolescents.
4. Divya Pande (2016) Assistant Professor (contractual), R.I.E., Shyamla Hills, Bhopal, India Conducted a Study on Altruistic Behavior
Of Pupil-Teachers And Their Attitude Towards Environment.
5. Dr. Naresh Kumar (2019) D.A.V. College of Education, Hoshiarpur, Punjab, India, Assistant Professor, Conducted a study on
relationship between altruism and social skills of adolescents.
6. Donatus Wea S. Turu1 and Paulina Wula2 (2019) Yogyakarta State University, Indonesia, Conducted a study on The Relationships
among Job Motivation, Altruistic Behavior and Job Performance of Honorary Catholic Religious Education Teachers in Merauke,
Papua.
7. Dr. Sajan, K. S and Jayasree, M (2018) N S S Training College, Ottapalam , Kerala , India, Asst Professor and M Ed. Student,
Conducted a study on Altruism Of Secondary School Teachers In Relation To Their Gender.
8. Dr. G. Kumaravelu (2017) Sri Krishnan College of Education, Department of Education, Tiruttani Road, Arakonam, Tamilnadu
(India), Conducted a Study On Altruistic Behavior Of B.Ed., Teacher Trainees In Puducherry Region
9. Friedman, Isaac A. (2016) Conducted a study on Altruistic and Narcissistic Expectations of Pre-Service Teachers.
10. Karmakar's and Ghosh's (2012) Conducted a Study On Altruistic behaviour of adolescents of different regions of India.
11. Luca Negri, Lawrence Soosai-Nathan and Antonella Delle Fave (2013) Conducted a study on Exploration of Altruism in Two
Culture.

2022 EPRA IJRD | Journal DOI: https://doi.org/10.36713/epra2016 | www.eprajournals.com |148 |